2015 environment impact assessment report of...

Environmental Impact Assessment Study of Proposed Integrated Waste Management facility comprising of TSDF (Madanhatti & Pitchguntrahali Village, Malur Taluka, Kolar District,

Karnataka.)

Environment Impact Assessment Report of

Integrated Waste Management facility

comprising of TSDF

Project Proponent: Envotech Waste Management Limited (A SPV of SMS Envocare Limited for

setting up IWMF in state of Karnataka)

April 2015

EIA Consultant: EQMS India Pvt. Ltd.

304-305, Rishabh Corporate Tower Community Centre, Karkardooma

Delhi - 110092 Email: [email protected]

Phone: +91 11 3000 3200 Fax: +91 11 2237 4775

mailto:[email protected]

Environmental Impact Assessment Study of Proposed Integrated Waste Management facility

comprising of TSDF (Madanhatti & Pitchguntrahali Village, Malur Taluka, Kolar District,

Karnataka.)

2 | P a g e

Project: Environmental Impact Assessment Study of Proposed

Integrated Waste Management facility comprising of TSDF

(Madanhatti & Pitchguntrahali Village, Malur Taluka, Kolar

District, and Karnataka.)

Client: Envrotech Waste Management Limited

(A Subsidiary of SMS Envocare Limited)

Project No.: EQMS/PR-347/2012-13



Karnataka.)

3 | P a g e

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table of Contents .................................................................................................................. 3 List of Tables ......................................................................................................................... 9 List of Figures ..................................................................................................................... 11 Abbreviation ........................................................................................................................ 13 Executive Summary ............................................................................................................ 16 1. INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................ 34

1.1. The Project .......................................................................................................... 34 1.1.1. Project Proponent: ............................................................................................... 34 1.1.2. Project Location: .................................................................................................. 35 1.2. Need and Justification of Project: ......................................................................... 37 1.3. Regulatory Frame work........................................................................................ 38 1.4. EIA Consultant ..................................................................................................... 39 1.5. Purpose of the Report .......................................................................................... 39 1.6. Scope and Methodology of the Study .................................................................. 40 1.7. Approved TOR for EIA Study by MOEF ............................................................... 40

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................... 46 2.1. Introduction: ......................................................................................................... 46 2.1.1. Definition of Wastes: ............................................................................................ 46 2.2. Project Site location: ............................................................................................ 47 2.3. Selection criteria for this site: ............................................................................... 48 2.3.1. Preliminary Site Investigation: .............................................................................. 48 2.3.2. Detailed Site Investigation and Evaluation ........................................................... 49 2.4. Size and Magnitude of the Project ....................................................................... 50 2.4.1. Hazardous Waste Management Facility ............................................................... 51 2.4.2. Advanced Thermal Treatment Unit based on Plasma Technology with Heat Recovery and Power Generation ..................................................................................... 51 2.4.3. Secured Landfill Facility ....................................................................................... 51 2.4.4. Used Oil Recycling Unit ....................................................................................... 51 2.4.5. Hazardous Waste Co-Processing Unit ................................................................. 51 2.4.6. Medical Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility ...................................................... 51 2.4.7. E-Waste Recycling and Management Facility ...................................................... 51 2.5. Proposed Schedule of the Project: ....................................................................... 53 2.6. Process/Technology Description: ......................................................................... 53 2.6.1. Hazardous Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility ................................................. 53 2.6.1.1 Waste Receipt, Characterization and storage ...................................................... 54 2.6.1.2 Secured land fill ................................................................................................... 56 2.6.1.3 Plasma Gasification Facility with Power Plant for Incinerable Waste.................... 69 2.6.1.4 Used Oil Recycling Facility .................................................................................. 90 2.6.1.5 Waste Bank and unit for Co-processing of Hazardous Waste: ............................. 94 2.6.2. Medical Waste Management Facility.................................................................... 97 2.6.3. E - Waste Treatment and Disposal Facility ........................................................ 102 2.7. Proposed Infrastructure/Utilities and layout: ....................................................... 109 2.7.1. Boiler ................................................................................................................. 112 2.7.2. Storages ............................................................................................................ 112 2.8. Project requirements: ......................................................................................... 112 2.8.1. Land Break-up ................................................................................................... 112 2.8.2. Electricity ........................................................................................................... 113 2.8.3. Water ................................................................................................................. 114



Karnataka.)

4 | P a g e

2.8.4. Employment ....................................................................................................... 114 2.9. Environmental Aspects: ..................................................................................... 119 2.9.1. Emissions Management ..................................................................................... 119 2.9.2. Water and Waste water Management ................................................................ 121 2.9.2.2 Description of proposed Effluent treatment plant............................................... 124 2.9.2.3 Description of proposed Sewage Treatment Plant ............................................. 124 2.9.3. Solid/ Hazardous Waste Generation .................................................................. 125 2.9.4. Noise Pollution ................................................................................................... 126 2.9.5. Thermal Pollution ............................................................................................... 126 2.9.6. Fugitive emission: .............................................................................................. 126 2.9.7. Green belt development: .................................................................................... 127 2.9.8. Occupational Health & Safety Plan .................................................................... 127 2.10. Project Cost: ...................................................................................................... 128

3. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ................................................................ 129 3.1. Introduction: ....................................................................................................... 129 3.2. Site Location and its surroundings: .................................................................... 129 3.2.1. Brief Introduction about district and Taluka: ....................................................... 130 3.2.2. Study Area ......................................................................................................... 130 3.3. State of the Environment (Regional) .................................................................. 132 3.3.1. Land Environment .............................................................................................. 132 3.3.1.1 Geomorphology: ................................................................................................ 132 3.3.1.2 Soil composition and characteristics: ................................................................. 133 3.3.2. Land Use ........................................................................................................... 133 3.3.3. Natural Disasters ............................................................................................... 135 3.3.3.1 Seismic consideration: ....................................................................................... 135 3.3.3.2 Flood Proness ................................................................................................... 136 3.3.4. Water Environment: ........................................................................................... 136 3.3.5. Climate and meteorology: .................................................................................. 138 3.4. State of the Environment (Site-Specific) ............................................................ 139 3.4.1. Meteorological Study: ........................................................................................ 139 3.4.2. Land Environment .............................................................................................. 142 3.4.2.1 Topography: ...................................................................................................... 142 3.4.2.2 Land Use ........................................................................................................... 143 3.4.2.3 Soil Characteristics ............................................................................................ 145 3.4.2.4 Subsidence. ....................................................................................................... 146 3.4.3. Water Environment ............................................................................................ 148 3.4.3.1 Preliminary Survey ............................................................................................. 148 3.4.3.2 Methodology ...................................................................................................... 149 3.4.3.3 Water Quality Assessment ................................................................................. 149 3.4.4. Air Environment ................................................................................................. 152 3.4.4.1 Purpose ............................................................................................................. 152 3.4.4.2 Methodology ...................................................................................................... 152 3.4.4.3 Conclusion: ........................................................................................................ 153 3.4.5. Noise Environment ............................................................................................ 154 3.5. Ecological Environment ..................................................................................... 155 3.5.1. Objectives .......................................................................................................... 155 3.5.2. Methodology of the Study .................................................................................. 156 3.5.3. Land Use: .......................................................................................................... 157 3.5.4. Vegetation Profile of the Study Area .................................................................. 161 3.5.5. Terrestrial fauna................................................................................................. 169 3.5.6. Aquatic Ecology ................................................................................................. 179



Karnataka.)

5 | P a g e

3.5.7. Rare and Endangered Species .......................................................................... 180 3.5.8. Ecological Sensitive Areas ................................................................................. 180 3.5.9. Fisheries and Aquatic Life .................................................................................. 180 3.5.10. National Parks/wildlife Sanctuary/Reserve Forest .............................................. 180 3.6. Socio-Economic Profile ...................................................................................... 187 3.6.1. Socio-Economic Environment ............................................................................ 187 3.6.2. Demographic Profile .......................................................................................... 187 3.6.2.1 Population.......................................................................................................... 187 3.6.2.2 Sex Ratio ........................................................................................................... 188 3.6.2.3 SC / ST Population ............................................................................................ 188 3.6.2.4 Literacy Rate ..................................................................................................... 189 3.6.2.5 Workers Scenario .............................................................................................. 190 3.6.2.6 Marginal Workers: .............................................................................................. 191 3.6.2.7 Main Workers: ................................................................................................... 191 3.6.3. Infrastructure ..................................................................................................... 192 3.6.3.1 Education facilities ............................................................................................. 192 3.6.3.2 Health facilities .................................................................................................. 192 3.6.3.3 Drinking Water facilities ..................................................................................... 192 3.6.3.4 Communication Facilities ................................................................................... 192 3.6.3.5 Banking Facilities ............................................................................................... 192 3.6.4. Medical and Health: ........................................................................................... 197 3.7. Detailed Site evaluation Table ........................................................................... 197

4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND IT’S MitIgation Measuures ....... 200 4.1. Introduction: ....................................................................................................... 200 4.2. Key Definitions ................................................................................................... 200 4.3. Impact Assessment Methodology ...................................................................... 201 4.4. Identification of Major Activities .......................................................................... 201 4.5. Impacts Prediction/Evaluation and its Mitigation Measures ................................ 206 4.5.1. Air Environment ................................................................................................. 207 4.5.1.1 Construction Phase ........................................................................................... 207 4.5.1.2 Operation Phase ................................................................................................ 209 4.5.1.3 Fugitive Emissions ............................................................................................. 218 4.5.2. Noise Environment ............................................................................................ 219 4.5.2.1 Construction Phase ........................................................................................... 219 4.5.2.2 Operation Phase ................................................................................................ 220 4.5.2.3 Mitigation Measure ............................................................................................ 221 4.5.3. Water Environment ............................................................................................ 221 4.5.3.1 Impact on water resources ................................................................................. 221 4.5.3.2 Impact on Water Quality .................................................................................... 222 4.5.4. Land Environment .............................................................................................. 225 4.5.5. Impact on Soil and Geology ............................................................................... 226 4.5.6. Impact on Transportation ................................................................................... 227 4.5.7. Impact on Public Health ..................................................................................... 228 4.5.8. Socio- Economic Environment ........................................................................... 229 4.5.9. Ecology and Biodiversity .................................................................................... 230 4.5.10. Occupational Health and Risk to Surrounding Community ................................. 231 4.6. Impact analysis i.e. Score analysis .................................................................... 232 4.6.1. Criteria For Rating The Impacts ......................................................................... 232

5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES .............................................................................. 238 5.1. Preamble ........................................................................................................... 238 5.2. Alternative site analysis ..................................................................................... 238



Karnataka.)

6 | P a g e

5.3. Analysis of alternative technologies ................................................................... 239 5.3.1. Advanced Thermal Treatment Unit based on Plasma Technology with Heat Recovery and Power Generation ................................................................................... 239 5.3.2. Hazardous Waste Co-Processing Unit ............................................................... 241

6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ....................................................... 242 6.1. Introduction ........................................................................................................ 242 6.2. Environment monitoring Plan ............................................................................. 242 6.2.1. Water Pollution Monitoring Plan ......................................................................... 242 6.2.2. Ambient air and air Pollution monitoring Plan ..................................................... 243 6.2.3. Solid Waste Monitoring Plan .............................................................................. 245

7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES ........................................................................................... 246 7.1. Public Hearing ................................................................................................... 246 7.2. Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan ............................................. 246 7.2.1. Introduction ........................................................................................................ 246 7.2.2. Hazard Identification .......................................................................................... 246 7.2.3. Hazardous Wastes to be Handled at the TSDF ................................................. 247 7.2.4. Hazardous Activities at TSDF Site ..................................................................... 248 7.2.5. Human Health Risk From TSDF Site ................................................................. 248 7.2.5.1 Exposure Pathways ........................................................................................... 249 7.2.6. Hazards Due to Loss of Containment ................................................................ 249 7.2.6.1 Release of Flammable Wastes .......................................................................... 249 7.2.6.2 Fire in Stored Hazardous Wastes at TSDF Sites ............................................... 250 7.2.7. Hazardous Conditions Due to Release Hazardous Wastes ............................... 250 7.2.7.1 Explosion/Flash Fire .......................................................................................... 250 7.2.7.2 Delayed Ignition & Explosion ............................................................................. 250 7.2.7.3 Pool Fire ............................................................................................................ 251 7.2.8. Consequence Analysis ...................................................................................... 253 7.2.8.1 Scenario : Rupture of Recycled Oil Tank ......................................................... 253 7.2.8.2 UFL & LFL Concentrations ................................................................................ 253 7.2.8.3 Flash Fire Envelope ........................................................................................... 253 7.2.8.4 Late Pool Fire Heat Radiation ............................................................................ 255 7.2.9. Risk Mitigation Measures for Proposed TSDF ................................................... 256 7.2.9.1 Collection and Transportation of Hazardous Wastes ......................................... 256 7.2.9.2 Storage area (Storage Shed) ............................................................................. 256 7.2.9.3 Storage Drums/Containers ................................................................................ 258 7.2.9.4 Spillage/Leakage Control Measures .................................................................. 259 7.2.9.5 Fire Protection System....................................................................................... 259 7.2.9.6 Miscellaneous risk Mitigation Measures ............................................................. 260 7.2.9.7 Hazard Analysis And Safety Audit ..................................................................... 261 7.2.9.8 Display of Necessary Information at TSDF Site ................................................. 261 7.3. Disaster Management Plan ................................................................................ 261 7.3.1. Defining the Nature Of Emergency .................................................................... 263 7.3.2. Classification of Emergencies ............................................................................ 264 7.3.3. Priority in Emergency Handling .......................................................................... 264 7.4. Legal Authority and Responsibility ..................................................................... 264 7.4.1. On Site Emergency Planning ............................................................................. 265 7.4.2. Off-Site Emergency Planning ............................................................................. 265 7.5. Organization Structure – Duties And Responsibilities ........................................ 265 7.5.1. Duties and Responsibilities for Functionaries ..................................................... 266 7.5.1.1 Crises Co-ordinator ............................................................................................ 266 7.5.1.2 Chief Emergency Coordinator (CEC) ................................................................. 266



Karnataka.)

7 | P a g e

7.5.1.3 Site Incident Controller....................................................................................... 267 7.5.1.4 Fire and Safety Function .................................................................................... 268 7.5.1.5 Media Function .................................................................................................. 269 7.5.1.6 Communication Function ................................................................................... 269 7.5.1.7 Medical Function................................................................................................ 269 7.5.1.8 Transport Function ............................................................................................. 270 7.5.2. List of Names of Functionaries ........................................................................... 270 7.5.3. Emergency Response Procedures .................................................................... 271 7.5.3.1 Background ....................................................................................................... 271 7.5.3.2 Initial Notification of Releases ............................................................................ 272 7.5.3.3 Establishment and Staffing of Command Post ................................................... 272 7.5.3.4 Formulation of Response Objectives and Strategy at the Incident Site .............. 273 7.5.3.5 Ensuring Health and Safety at Incident Scenes ................................................. 273 7.5.3.6 Evacuation ......................................................................................................... 274 7.5.3.7 Fire Response ................................................................................................... 275 7.5.3.8 Health Care ....................................................................................................... 275 7.5.3.9 Personal Protection ........................................................................................... 275 7.5.3.10 Public Relations ......................................................................................... 275 7.5.3.11 Documentation And Investigative Follow Up .............................................. 277 7.5.3.12 Training ...................................................................................................... 277 7.6. Communication System & Action On The Site ................................................... 278 7.6.1. Communication System ..................................................................................... 278 7.6.2. Declaring the Major Emergency ......................................................................... 279 7.6.3. Telephone Message .......................................................................................... 280 7.6.4. Communication of Emergency ........................................................................... 280 7.6.5. Communication to the Outside Emergency Services and Authorities ................. 280 7.6.6. Statutory Communications ................................................................................. 281 7.7. Services And Control ......................................................................................... 281 7.7.1. Public Address System ...................................................................................... 281 7.7.2. Telephones ........................................................................................................ 281 7.7.3. In case of Failure of Telephone .......................................................................... 281 7.7.4. Fire Fighting Equipment ..................................................................................... 282 7.7.5. Mock Drill ........................................................................................................... 282 7.7.6. Review & Revision ............................................................................................. 282

8. PROJECT BENEFITS .............................................................................................. 283 8.1. Improvements in the physical and social infrastructure ...................................... 283 8.2. Industrial Area ................................................................................................... 283 8.3. Green belt .......................................................................................................... 283

9. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN .............................................................. 286 9.1. Introduction ........................................................................................................ 286 9.2. Purpose of the Environmental Management Plan .............................................. 286 9.3. CSR ACTIVITIES AT SMSIL.............................................................................. 294 9.4. Proposed Corporate Social Responsibility ......................................................... 296 9.5. Technological measures .................................................................................... 297 9.5.1. Air Quality .......................................................................................................... 297 9.5.2. Odour Control .................................................................................................... 301 9.5.3. Water Quality ..................................................................................................... 302 9.5.4. Surface Run Off Management and Rain Water Harvesting ................................ 304 9.5.5. Land and Soil ..................................................................................................... 306 9.5.6. Green Belt Development .................................................................................... 308 9.5.7. Noise ................................................................................................................. 309



Karnataka.)

8 | P a g e

9.6. Compliances with Respect to Provisions of Bio-Medical Wastes (Management, Handling) Rules, 2000 ................................................................................................... 310 9.7. Compliances with Respect to Provisions of Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary movement)) Rules .......................................................... 312 9.9. Compliances with Respect to Provisions of E- Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 2011 ................................................................................................................... 314

10. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS ............................................................................ 326 10.1. Prelude .............................................................................................................. 326 10.2. Regulatory Compliances .................................................................................... 326 10.3. Baseline Conditions ........................................................................................... 327 10.4. Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures ............................................... 327 10.5. Recommendations ............................................................................................. 328

11. Disclosure of Consultants Engaged .......................................................................... 329 References........................................................................................................................ 331



Karnataka.)

9 | P a g e

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1.1 Project at Glance ....................................................................................................34 Table 1.2 : Project Location Details ........................................................................................37 Table 1.3 : TOR Compliance Status .......................................................................................42 Table 2.1 : Surrounding Area Profile ......................................................................................48 Table 2.2 : Rejection or knock-out criteria Identification location of site village/ city ................48 Table 2.3 :Detailed Site Investigation and Evaluation .............................................................49 Table 2.4 : Projected Waste Quantity for Landfill ....................................................................60 Table 2.5 :Calculation of Waste Quantity ...............................................................................61 Table 2.6 Ultimate Analysis of Waste .....................................................................................72 Table 2.7 : Specification of HW for use as Alternative Raw Material/ fuel for Cement Units ...95 Table 2.8 Specification of HW for use of energy recovery ......................................................95 Table 2.9 :Land Break up of Project ..................................................................................... 112 Table 2.10 Details of Continuous Gaseous Emissions ......................................................... 119 Table 2.11 : Details of Emissions Load ................................................................................ 119 Table 2.12 : Key Mitigation Measures .................................................................................. 120 Table 2.13 Mitigation measures for Fugitive Emissions ........................................................ 120 Table 2.14 Project Cost Estimation ...................................................................................... 128 Table 3.1 List of surrounding villages ................................................................................... 132 Table 3.2 Details of landform in district ................................................................................. 133 Table 3.3 well description table ............................................................................................ 137 Table 3.4 Rainfall intensity in Malur Tehsil ........................................................................... 138 Table 3.5 Summary of Micrometeorological Data ................................................................. 139 Table 3.4(a) Sampling Location Table .................................................................................. 141 Table 3.6 Land use description ............................................................................................ 144 Table 3.7 Soil Sampling locations ........................................................................................ 146 Table 3.8 Analysis Results of Soil Sampling ......................................................................... 147 Table 3.9 Standards of soil characteristics ........................................................................... 147 Table 3.10 Ground Water Quality sampling location ............................................................. 149 Table 3.11 Ground Water Quality in the Study Area ............................................................. 150 Table 3.12 Air Quality sampling locations ............................................................................. 153 Table 3.13 Analysis result .................................................................................................... 153 Table 3.14 Noise Quality sampling locations ........................................................................ 154 Table 3.15 Analysis result .................................................................................................... 154 Table 3.16 Study sites for ecological environment in surrounding area of the proposed project

(10 km radius) ............................................................................................................... 156 Table 3.17 Flora within Study Area ...................................................................................... 163 Table 3.18 Electrification Table ............................................................................................ 196 Table 3.19 Health Status ...................................................................................................... 197 Table 3.20 Detailed Site Evaluation Table ............................................................................ 197 Table 4.1 Impact Identification.............................................................................................. 203 Table 4.2 Emission Factors of Various Dust Generation Processes ..................................... 208 Table 4.3 : Exhaust Emissions for Stationary and Mobile Machinery .................................... 208 Table 4.4 Stack Details ........................................................................................................ 210 Table 4.5 Details of Gas Emission ....................................................................................... 211 Table 4.6 Predicted 24hr max GLC from proposed stack ..................................................... 218 Table 4.7 Predicted 24hr max GLC at the ambient air quality monitoring stations ................ 218 Table 4.8 Predicted Exposure Levels ................................................................................... 220 Table 4.9 : Waste Water characteristics ............................................................................... 222



Karnataka.)

10 | P a g e

Table 4.10 : weighted Impacts without Mitigation measures(Matrice Method) ...................... 234 Table 4.11 Weighted Impacts with Mitigation measures(matrice method) ............................ 235 Table 5.1 :Comparison Between PGVR and Incineration ..................................................... 240 Table 6.1 Water Pollution monitoring Plan............................................................................ 242 Table 6.2 : Ambient air Monitoring Plan ................................................................................ 243 Table 6.3 Stacks Monitoring Plan ......................................................................................... 243 Table 6.4 Proposed Facilities For Monitoring ....................................................................... 244 Table 6.5 Solid Waste Generation monitoring ...................................................................... 245 Table 7.1 Illustrative Damage Effects due to Overpressures ................................................ 251 Table 9.1 Environment Management Plan ........................................................................... 287 Table 9.2 Environment Management Plan for Air ................................................................. 298 Table 9.3 : Environment Management Plan for Water .......................................................... 303 Table 9.4 Surface Run Off Calculation for First Five Min of Rain .......................................... 305 Table 9.5 Surface Run Off Calculation for One Season ....................................................... 305 Table 9.6 Catchment Area for Surface Run Off .................................................................... 305 Table 9.7 Environment Management Plan for Land & Soil ................................................... 306 Table 9.8 : Environment Management Plan for Noise .......................................................... 309



Karnataka.)

11 | P a g e

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1.1 Karnataka Political map showing Kolar ..................................................................36 Figure 1.2 Satellite Image showing proposed site location. ....................................................36 Figure 1.3 :Waste generation in Karnataka ............................................................................38 Figure 1.4 Methodology adopted for the EIA ..........................................................................41 Figure 2.1 Satellite Image showing proposed site location. ....................................................47 Figure 2.2 Overall Process Flow Diagram of IWMF ................................................................52 Figure 2.3 PFD Hazardous Waste Management Facility ........................................................55 Figure 2.4 Sequence and Methodology of Waste Handling ....................................................56 Figure 2.5 Flow Chart for Solidification and Stabilization ........................................................57 Figure 2.6 Land Fill Layout .....................................................................................................59 Figure 2.7 Section of Top Liner ..............................................................................................62 Figure 2.8 Section of Bottom Liner .........................................................................................63 Figure 2.9 Landfill Covered During Rainy Season ..................................................................66 Figure 2.10 Plasma Gasification Facility with Power Plant for Incinerable Waste ...................70 Figure 2.11 Plasma Torch ......................................................................................................80 Figure 2.12 Heat and Mass Balance ......................................................................................90 Figure 2.13 Oil Recovery Process ..........................................................................................94 Figure 2.14 Flow Diagram for Solid Premix Formation ...........................................................96 Figure 2.15 Flow Diagram for Liquid Premix formation ...........................................................97 Figure 2.16 Flow Diagram for Medical Waste Management ...................................................99 Figure 2.17 Recycle, Reuse and Recovery Options ............................................................. 104 Figure 2.18 Three level treatment diagram ........................................................................... 106 Figure 2.19 Water Balance Diagram(Alternative-1) .............................................................. 115 Figure 2.20 Water Balance Diagram(Alternative-2:Discharge To CETP) .............................. 116 Figure 2.19(a): Over all Water Balance Diagram (Alternative-1) ........................................... 117 Figure2. 20(a): Over all Water Balance Diagram (Alternative-2) ........................................... 117 Figure 2.21 :Site Layout ....................................................................................................... 118 Figure 2.22 :Water/Waste Water System ........................................................................... 123 Figure 2.23 Sewage Treatment Plant ................................................................................... 125 Figure 3.1 : Study Area Map of 10 km Radial Zone .............................................................. 131 Figure 3.2 Land-use of Kolar district ..................................................................................... 134 Figure 3.3 :Seismic Hazard Map of karnatka ........................................................................ 135 Figure 3.4 Wind Rose at Project Site.................................................................................... 140 Figure 3.5 Wind Class Frequency Distribution ...................................................................... 140 Figure 3.6 Sampling location map ........................................................................................ 141 Figure 3.7 TIN of study Area ................................................................................................ 142 Figure 3.8 : Contour Map of study area ................................................................................ 143 (Source: Satellite Data collection) ........................................................................................ 143 Figure 3.9 Land use diagram ............................................................................................... 144 Figure 3.10 Land-Use map of the study area ....................................................................... 145 Figure 3.11 Sampling Location for Terrestrial Ecology ......................................................... 157 Figure 3.12 Distribution of State Reserved Forests within 10 Km Buffer Zone. ..................... 162 Figure 3.13 National Parks/wildlife Sanctuary/Reserve Forest ............................................. 181 Figure 3.14 Tehsil-wise Population of the Study Area .......................................................... 188 Figure 3.15 Tehsil-wise SC Population in Study Area .......................................................... 189 Figure 3.16 Tehsil-wise ST Population in Study Area ........................................................... 189 Figure 3.17 Gender-wise Distribution of Literacy in Study Area ............................................ 190 Figure 3.18 Gender-wise Distribution of Illiteracy in Study Area ........................................... 190



Karnataka.)

12 | P a g e

Figure 4.1 Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of NOx .................................................... 212 Figure 4.2 Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of SOx .................................................... 213 Figure 4.3 Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of PM ..................................................... 214 Figure 4.4 : Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of HCl ................................................... 215 Figure 4.5 Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of HF ...................................................... 216 Figure 4.6 Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of TOC ................................................... 217



Karnataka.)

13 | P a g e

Annexures

Annexure-I Performance of already Established IWMF at Pune

Annnexure-II: Inventory Abstract

Annnexure-III: TOR letter issued By MoEF

Annnexure-IV: Categories of Bio Medical Waste

Annnexure-V: Categories of Electronic Waste

Annnexure-VI: Standards for Treatment and Disposal of Bio-Medical wastes

Annexure-VI I Scale opted For Evaluation Table of Base Line studies

Annexure-VIII Government of Karnatka Proceedings

Annexure-IX Vehicles Movement Plan

Annexure-X MOU with CETP

Annexure-X I Concurrence Letter of Member Companies

Annexure XII Public Hearing Proceeding

Annexure XIII Public hearing response compliance

ABBREVIATION



Karnataka.)

14 | P a g e

AAQ Ambient Air Quality AL Agricultural Land CO Carbon Monoxide CPCB Central Pollution Control Board CSR Corporate Social Responsibility CHWTSDF Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage Disposal Facility dB Decibel DG Diesel Generator DMP Disaster Management Plan EAC Expert Appraisal Committee EC Environmental Clearance EHS Environment Health and Safety EIA Environmental Impact Assessment ERPG Emergency Response Planning Guidelines1 EMP Environmental Management Plan EQMP Environmental Quality Monitoring Programme ERT Emergency Response Team ETP Effluent Treatment Plant EWML Envotech Waste Management Limited GIS Geographic Information System GLC Ground Level Concentration HDPE High Density Polyethylene HSD High Speed Diesel PCB Pollution Control Board IQPC International Quality & Productivity Centre IMD India Meteorological Department IRS Indian Remote Sensing Satellite IS Indian Standard ISCST Industrial Source Complex Short Term Model ISO International Standards Organization IWMF Integrated Waste Management Facility KLD Kilo liter Per Day LDO Light Diesel Oil MCAS Maximum Credible Accident Scenarios MEE Multi Effect Evaporator MoEF Ministry of Environment & Forests MSIHC Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals MT Metric Ton MTPA Metric Tons Per Annum NAAQ National Ambient Air Quality NH National Highway NOx Oxides of Nitrogen



Karnataka.)

15 | P a g e

NRSA National Remote Sensing Agency OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration PM Particulate Matter PPE Personal Protective Equipment PFD Process Flow Diagram PGVR Plasma Gas Vitrification Reaction R&D Research and Development SEAC State Level Expert Appraisal Committee SLF Secure Land Fill SMSIL SMS Infrastructure Limited SO2 Sulphur Dioxide TOR Terms of Reference TPA Tonne Per Annum USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency VOC Volatile Organic Compounds



Karnataka.)

16 | P a g e

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Project Proponent

Envotech Waste Management Limited is a Subsidiary of SMS Invacare Limited of SMS infrastructure Limited Group.

SMS Infrastructure Ltd. (SMSIL) is a leading company for infrastructure development, Environment & Clean Energy Projects with the track record of Quality & Technical engineering capabilities since last 47 years having its head office in Nagpur. Various projects of international standard are been successfully erected and executed under Environment and Clean Energy Sector.

The SMSIL believes in adopting the best eco-friendly technology available world over for the scientific disposal of wastes and specializes in treatment and disposal of hazardous solid and liquid waste using environmentally sound methods.

SMSIL is pioneer in establishing the first-of-its kind Plasma Gasification based Hazardous Waste Management.

Various projects of international standard are being successfully erected and executed under Environment and clean energy sector.

Regulatory Framework

As per the Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF), Government of India EIA Notification 2006 and as amended on December 1, 2009; the proposed ‘Common Hazardous Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility’ has to take environmental clearance

prior to commissioning of the plant. The proposed project is covered under Schedule 7(d) Category 'A'(1) as per the Schedule of EIA Notification and hence requires environmental clearance from MOEF.

Public hearing shall be conducted for the project as per provisions of Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 and the issues raised by the public shall be addressed in the Environmental Management Plan.

The proponents have engaged M/s EQMS India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi to carry out EIA study, which is authorized to represent, in the matter

Project Location

The proposed project site is located at 3/2, 5/2, 65,4P2 from village Pitchguntrahalli and 96/5, 96/6, 96/7, 96/8, 134/1, 134/2, 134/3, 135/1, 135/2, 135/3, 136/2, 136/3, 136/4. From Madanhatti Village, Malur Taluka, Kolar District, Karnataka

1The Project shall have landfill as well as Incineration Facility. Therefore it comes under category ’A’ project



Karnataka.)

17 | P a g e

Site Selection Justification

Two alternate sites were considered, one in North of NH-4 in Kolar district located approximately 5 KM away from NH-4 and the another one in South-East of NH-4 approximately 12 KM from NH-4.

Govt. of Karnataka has adopted an approach of IWMF for handling of Hazardous waste, E-waste and Medical waste at a single unit along with Waste recycling facility in line with this decision Govt. of Karnataka has notified its very first Integrated Waste Management Facility at this location vide its GO No. CI 183 Dated 18-August-2011

The present site was selected on the basis of following basic criteria:

CRITERIA ANSWER (Y/N)

Remarks

Existing or planned drinking water protection and catchments areas

N

High flood prone areas N Kolar is not at all flood prone area.

Area with unstable ground N Closer than 200 meters to populated areas N Closer than 200 meters to river boundaries N

Close to National Parks, monuments, Forests with large no. of flora and fauna, historical,

religious and other important cultural places

N

Existing use of site (Agricultural/Forest/Old dump site)

Non agriculture

land

un-irrigated land generally

surrounded by Eucalyptus plantation

Site is suitable for detailed EIA study (Y/N) Y Source: CPCB knock out criteria DOCUMENT SERIES HAZWAMS/25/2002-2003

As per the CPCB Knock out criteria, the alternative sites were not rendered suitable.

Project Description

The proposal involves development of an Integrated Waste Management facility at Madanhatti village in Kolar District, Karnataka. To ascertain the market scenario SMS undertook a survey for realizing the potential, availability of input material with respect to quantities estimated to be available in this region. This project will serve as a single facility for Hazardous Waste, Medical Waste, E Waste and Waste Oil Management.



Karnataka.)

18 | P a g e

Proposed Integrated Waste Management Facility shall be divided into three sub facilities and each of the sub facility shall work as an Exclusive Waste Management Facility namely,

1. Hazardous Waste Treatment& Disposal Facility,

2. Medical Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility,

3. E-waste Recycling & Management Facility

Table I: Capacity of treatment Facilities

S/N Facilities Capacity

I Hazardous Waste Management Facility

The facility shall have following main treatment and disposal components. The entire

Hazardous Waste Management Facility shall be planned on 30.81 Acres of Land.

Advanced Thermal Treatment Unit based on Plasma Technology with

Heat Recovery and Power Generation

This unit shall have a capacity to treat 20 MTPD of Incinerable Hazardous Waste.

Secured Landfill Facility

The Secured Landfill shall be spread over approximately 8 Acres of Land having a Total Landfill capacity of 3,750,00Tones of Landfill

Waste. The secured landfill shall be developed in two phases: Landfill 1 and Land fill 2.

Used Oil Recycling Unit

This unit shall have a total recycling capacity of 40 TPD

Hazardous Waste Co-Processing Unit

This unit will be designed to handle 30 TPD of Hazardous Waste

II Medical Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility

This facility shall have incineration capacity of 2.5 TPD of Bio Medical Waste and shall also

have autoclave and other ancillary units. III E-Waste Recycling and

Management Facility This facility shall have E-waste management

capacity of 4000 TPA

Project Requirements

Land Details

Total land area for plant is 124722 sq. M (30.81 acre). Out of which 25% approx. of area will be used for providing green belt, the break-up of the land has been presented in Table below:



Karnataka.)

19 | P a g e

Table II: Land Break up of Project

SR NO

AREA ALLOCATION AREA (m²) % AREA

1 Electrical switch yard 300 0.24 2 Admin Building & Laboratory 1220.5 0.97 3 Vehicle parking area & weigh bridge 2641.2 2.1 4 Bio medical waste management facility 4283.7 3.43 5 E- waste recycling facility 8218.5 6.58 6 Oil recovery unit with tank farm 5663.8 4.54 7 Advance thermal treatment plant & power

plant 5101.6 4

8 Raw water lagoon 8050.6 6.45 9 Inci. Waste storage area & landfill waste

storage 4074.2 3.26

10 Co-processing unit 1888.9 1.5 11 Stabilization unit 1664.2 1.3 12 Land fill area A 14150 11.34 13 Land fill area B 17706 14.19 14 ETP / LTP 1596.6 1.2 15 Vehicle wash area 397.8 0.3 16 Water treatment plant 855.7 0.68 17 Green belt 30544.4 24.49 18 Road & margin area 16363.9 13.1 TOTAL PLOT AREA 124722 100

Electricity

Total power requirement for the project will be approximately 2500 KVA. The power will be taken from state electricity Board (KPTCL). In case of power failure it would be met with the DG sets proposed for back up purposes.



Karnataka.)

20 | P a g e

Water

Total water requirement for the proposed project is 335 KLD, which shall be supplied through KUWSSB. The overall water Balance is given here in Figure 2.19.

Employment

The proposed unit will require the services of 158 nos. of employee in its commissioning and operation phase of which 58 personnel would be provided with direct employed and 100 personnel would be hired from nearby villages

Description of the Environment

The environmental status of the local vicinity at 10 km radial zone around the project site has been studied during the summer season (16 March to 15 June, 2012) by Vision Lab PVT. LTD, Hyderabad (NABL accredited Lab.) and analysed by EQMS India Pvt. Ltd.

Table III: Sampling Location Table

Sample Location code

Location Name

Location w.r.t. site Description

Distance Direction

Air

A1 Project Site 0.0 km ------- Proposed Project Site A2 Makanhalli 6 km NWW Village & surrounding area A3 Malur 6.0 km E Malur Industrial Area A4 Huralgere 2.3 km S Village & surrounding area

A5 Devankundi 5.8 km SW Devankundi Railway stn. & Oil depots

Ground water

GW1 Project Site GW2 Makanhalli 6 km NWW Village & surrounding area GW3 kanganhalli 2.2 km N Village & surrounding area GW4 Huralgere 2.3 km S Village & surrounding area

Soil

S1 Project Site -- -- ----

S2 Devankundi 5.8 km SW Devankundi Railway stn. & Oil depots

S3 Huralgere 2.3 km S Village & surrounding area

Noise

N1 Project Site (Core Zone)

0.0 km ------- Proposed Project Site

N2 Makannalli 6 km NWW Village & surrounding area N3 Malur 6.0 km E Malur Industrial Area N4 Huralgere 2.3 km S Village & surrounding area

N5 Devankundi 5.8 km SW Devankundi Railway stn. & Oil depots



Karnataka.)

21 | P a g e

Meteorological Data

A meteorological station was installed in the project area at about 10 m above the ground level. All care was taken to see that the station is free from obstructions to free flow of winds. Wind speed, wind direction, temperature and relative humidity data was collected daily on hourly basis during the study period.

Month

Temperature (°C) Relative Humidity (%)

Maximum

Minimum Mean Maximum Minimum Mean

16 March –15 April

35 18 28 86 6 37

16 April-15 May 36 21 27 92 10 56

16 May-15 June 36 18 27 92 6 55

The analysis of the average wind pattern shows predominant winds from west direction Having 35-38% wind frequency, and other directions that include East with wind frequencies of 20-22% respectively. The calm wind (wind speed < 0.5 m/s) conditions were prevailed for13.27% of the total time.

Air Environment

The ambient air quality in the 10 Km radius study area will form baseline information over which the predicted impacts is superimposed to find out the net impact on the air quality in the project impact section.

Monitoring of particulate matter of aerodynamic diameter less than 10 micron (PM10), particulate matter of aerodynamic diameter less than 2.5 micron (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Carbon Monoxide (CO), NH3, Fluorides, Benzene including VOCs was conducted twice a week at 5 locations(refer Table III) during the study period (Summer Season).

After Comparing the analysis Results with the NAAQ standards of MoEF august 2009.It can be concluded that the air quality of the monitored locations in the study area are well within the permissible standards for Industrial, Residential, Rural & other areas.

Noise

Noise levels were recorded at four different locations (refer Table III) within the study area. It has been observed that in all the locations, the noise level during day time and night time was well within limit specified for Residential areas i.e. 65dB (in Day), 55dB(in night) and industrial limits i.e.75dB (in Day),70dB(in night).



Karnataka.)

22 | P a g e

However, locally the installed machinery’s noise level should be studied after

installation of the plant machineries.

Land use of the Study Area

A recent satellite image for the study area (i.e. 10 km radius) was collected using Google Earth Pro. The image was interpreted for identification of various land usage along the study area and was actually verified at site through ground truth survey. Land use of study area is broadly classified into categories as given below:

Major part of the study area is agriculture dependent. Baseline data of the Environmental Impact Assessment and also the land classification details suggests that ecologically speaking, the niche that is offered by the proposed site is not wide in its diversity and the species diversity that can be expected will also be low with low diversity index. In addition, proposed plant is not expected to have any impacts that could influence the existing ecosystem diversity or its functions.

Soil quality

The red soil is found in kolar district and is derived from granitic gneisses .The soils do not show any regular variation in depth and colour due to undulating topography. Mineralogical the red soils are dominated by Kaolinite, halloy site and to some extent iron and aluminium oxides. The soil samples were taken from various locations (refer Table I) and examined for various parameters to determine the existing soil characteristics of the study area.

From the analysis it is concluded that Physical Properties of Soil i.e. Sand, silt, clay etc. reveals that soil is sandy clay in nature. The type of soil is best suited for landfills because it is impervious to water, chemicals and it compacts very well.

6%

29%

6%

7%

2%

9%

41%

Area(Sqkm)

Agricultural land

Agri fallow land

Settlement

Barren land

Water body

Dense forest

Open forest



Karnataka.)

23 | P a g e

Topography

The topography of the project site and the study area of 10 km radial zone are calculated with the help of contour and TIN map.

The elevation of the project area varies from 840 to 960 m in general. However, in the northern and western side to the project area the elevations are in the range of 910 to 920 m, which provides a gentle slope towards east direction of the project site.

Hydrogeomorphologically, major portion of study area is a pediplain (70.17%), formed under the conditions of arid and semiarid climate over an eroding mountain range or hilly relief. The topology / terrain of the study area are generally flat, fairly level land with least undulations and nearly level slope (72.88% of the total study area) and very gentle slope region (26.28% of the total area. The plain areas can be observed at the proposed project site and surrounding 10 km buffer area although varying slopes such as nearly level, very gentle, gentle and moderate, with slope value varying from 0-10% exist.

Ground Water Quality

Ground Water samples were collected from four locations (refer Table III) within the study area as following and analysed for parameter mentioned in IS 10500.The summary of the results is given below

S.N.

Name of Village

Parameters Above

Desirable Value Maximum Permissible Value

1. Project site TDS, Total Alkalinity as

CaCO3, Magnesium as Mg, Fluorine as F

Total Hardness as CaCO3, calcium as Ca

2. Makanhalli

TDS, Total Alkalinity as CaCO3, Total Hardness as

CaCO3, calcium as Ca, Magnesium as Mg

-

3. Kanganhali

TDS, Total Alkalinity as CaCO3, Chlorides as Cl-,

Magnesium as Mg, Fluoride as F, Copper as Cu, Arsenic as As


4. Huralgere

TDS, , Total Alkalinity as CaCO3, Sulphates as SO4-2, calcium as Ca, Magnesium as Mg, Fluoride as F, Copper as

Cu, Arsenic as As

Total Hardness as CaCO3,



Karnataka.)

24 | P a g e

The Ground water quality in the region has been compared with respect to the Drinking Water Quality Standards as per IS: 10500:1991 and it has been found that the Ground water is not desirable for Drinking Purposes. Some of the Parameters like Total Hardness as CaCO3, calcium as Ca which is above Permissible Limit

Hydro geochemistry of ground water - the study area revealed slightly acidic to alkaline pH in all the analysed groundwater samples, with majority of samples having salinity and TDS values within the desirable limit of 2000 µS/cm and 1000 mg/L respectively. Majority of the groundwater samples are considered as hard and very hard water as their total hardness value is above the standard limit of 150 mg/l based on WQI, salinity, SAR and Percent sodium. Overall, groundwater samples are considered safe for drinking and other utilitarian purposes

It is also noticed that arsenic in Kanganhali and Huralgere village is also exceeding the desirable arsenic value for drinking water. The Potential health impacts of arsenic can be Skin damage or problems with circulatory systems, and may have increased risk of getting cancer.

Surface Water Quality

No Surface Water samples were collected as because of no surface water body was found within the study area.

Biological Environment

For the purpose of surveying the vegetation quadrates were laid to record phytosociological features of the vegetation. The vegetation data collected for phytosociological information were analysed

Project area has been defined as core zone (CZ) and surrounding area has been defined as Buffer Zone (BZ).

Total Nine study sites were selected following general survey No reserve forest was found in the adjoining areas except the village waste land and plantation along the roadside. However, commercial plantation for Eucalyptus has been undertaken at large scale. No perennial water bodies and drains / stream are present in the study area. However, some low lying area where soil has been dugout for Brick Industries are able to get stagnate some rain waters. It was also observed from the land use pattern that most of the area falls under agriculture land and drought prone in nature

During the study no endangered species of flora and fauna was observed in the study area and same has also been confirmed from the record of State Forest Department as per Red data book of Botanical Survey of India and Wild Life (Protection) Act 1972.



Karnataka.)

25 | P a g e

Ecological Sensitive Areas

No major eco-system / biosphere reserves have been identified within the periphery of the project site. Also, the study area does not contain any such features having great historical or archaeological importance.

Fisheries and Aquatic Life

No natural or commercial fishery activities are observed within 10 Km radius of the existing premises, and hence proposed project activities are not envisaged to have any adverse effect on fisheries and aquatic life.

National Parks/wildlife Sanctuary/Reserve Forest

There are no National Parks/wildlife sanctuaries in the 10 km radius of the study area.

As per the working plan of Karnataka State Forest Department (KFD), there no state reserve forests within a radius of 2km from the buffer zone. But, there are about 12 reserve forests within 10km buffer zone around the project site (but outside 2 km buffer). Land use / land cover classification revealed that major part of the study area (10 km buffer zone) is agriculture dependent. Nonetheless Eucalyptus, Acacia and other exotic plantation is also seen over a large area in the buffer zone.

Socio-Economic Profile

The study area of 10 km radial zone mainly falls in the Tehsil: Malur of District Kolar and, Tehsil: Haskote of district Bangalore rural. There are total 28 villages in study area, 19 of them belongs to Tehsil: Malur, 9 of them in Hoskote Tehsil.

Education facilities

There are 34 Primary School, 4 Secondary Schools in Study Area. No College exists in the Study Area. Almost all of the villages have at least one primary School.

Health facilities

No Hospitals and Dispensaries are present in the study area. There is only 1 Primary Health Centre and 10 Primary Health Sub-centres found in the study Area. However, several private medical practitioner and community health workers are also found.

Drinking Water facilities

Villagers depend on groundwater as a source of Drinking water. Hand pumps, Well water, Tube well and Tap water are observed in almost every village.

Communication Facilities

There are 10 post office found in the study area. 73 Telephone connections were encountered in the study area.



Karnataka.)

26 | P a g e

Banking Facilities

2 Banks and 6 Credit Societies are found within the 28 Villages of Study Area.

Anticipated Environmental Impact Identification, Prediction and Mitigation

The methodology adapted to carryout impact assessment of the Common Hazardous waste facility is such that the whole Project is divided into major activities and for each activity adverse or positive impact is identified. On the Basis of these the complete chapter is divided into following sections

4. Identification of major Activities

5. Impact Prediction, evaluation due to these activities and its mitigation Measures

6. Impact analysis i.e. consequence/Score analysis

Air Environment

Construction phase

The sources of air emission during construction phase will include site clearing, vehicles movement, materials storages and handling and operation of construction equipment. Emissions from them are expected to result in temporary degradation of air quality, primarily in the working environment affecting construction employees. However, dust generation and PM rise in the ambient air will be coarse and will settle within a short distance close to the construction sites. Hence, dust and other emissions are unlikely to spread sufficiently to affect the surroundings of the construction site.

Mitigation Measures:

Dust Control

Water spray, through water trucks is an effective way to keep dust under control. Sprinklers can also be employed to deliver continuous moisture in dust prone areas.

High vehicle speeds increase the amount of fugitive dust created from unpaved areas. Reducing the speed of a vehicle to 20 km/hr. can reduce emissions by a large extent.

Care shall be taken to keep all material storages adequately covered and contained so that they are not exposed to situations, where winds on site could lead to dust/ particulate emissions. Fabrics and plastics for covering piles of soils and debris is an effective means to reduce fugitive dust from the material stores/ warehouses.

Spills of dirt or dusty materials shall be cleaned up promptly so that the spilled materials do not become a source of fugitive emission.



Karnataka.)

27 | P a g e

Spilled concrete slurries or liquid wastes shall be contained/ cleaned up immediately before they can infiltrate into the soil/ ground or runoff in nearby areas.

Gaseous Emissions Control

Regular maintenance of machinery and equipment will be carried out.

All the vehicles used for construction activity shall be checked for ‘Pollution under

Control’.

Ambient air quality monitoring should be carried out during construction phase. If monitored parameters are above the prescribed limits, suitable control measures must be taken

Operation Phase

Impacts on ambient air during operation phase would be due to emissions from the stacks attached to plasma gasification unit, incinerator of medical waste, metal recovery unit and coal fired boilers. All except DG sets are continuous stacks. In addition there will be fugitive emissions. Adequate measures have been proposed for the control of emissions to keep these within prescribed limits.

Emissions from the sources were analysed for their impacts on the Ground Level Concentration (GLC) for various distances using the dispersion modelling guidelines given by the Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi and the Industrial Source Complex Short Term Model (ISCST3) of the United States Environment Protection Agency (USEPA).

Table IV: Details of Continuous Gaseous Emissions

Stacks

Stacks Pollutant Concentration (m gm/Nm3) Internal

Diameter m

Temperature, K

Height, m

Flow Nm3/Hr.

Particulate Matter

SO2 Nox HCL HF TOC

Plasma Gasification Unit

0.45 433.00 30.50 8000.00 <50 <200 <400 <50 <4 <20

Incinerator Bio Medical Wastes

0.30 433.00 30.50 4000.00 <150 <200 <450 <50 --- ---

Metal Recovery Furnace

0.15 493.00 30.50 1000.00 <150 < 200 < 450 < 50 --- ---

Coal Fired Boiler

0.50 493.00 30.50 9040.00

< 150 < 200 --- --- --- --



Karnataka.)

28 | P a g e

Table V: Details of Emissions Load

Stacks Pollutant Emission Load (gm/sec) Remarks Particulate

Matter SO2

NOx

HCL

HF TOC


0.11 0.44

0.89

0.11 0.00

8 0.04

Incinerator Medical Wastes

0.165 0.22

0.44

0.05 0.00

4 0.02


0.042 0.05

0.11

0.013

--- ----

Coal Fired Boiler 0.376 0.5 --- --- --- --- DG Set Non

Continuous Stacks

DG Set

The estimated 24 hourly maximum ground level concentrations (excluding background concentration) for the modelled pollutants at the ambient air quality monitoring stations are presented below:

Table VI: Predicted 24hr max GLC at the ambient air quality monitoring stations

Station ID

Sampling Location

Location w.r.t. Site Description

Predicted 24hr max GLC, ug/m3

Distance (km)

Direction PM SO2 NOx HCL HF TOC

A1 Project Site 0.0 km ------- Proposed Project Site

- - - - - -

A2 Makanhalli 6 km NWW Village & surrounding

area 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

A3 Malur 5.0 km E Malur Industrial Area

0.8 5.7 11.5 1.4 0.5 0.5

A4 Huralgere 2.5 km S Village & surrounding

area 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

A5 Devankundi 5.8 km W Devengundi Railway stn. &

Oil depots 0.7 5.1 10.4 1.3 0.4 0.5

A6 Kanganhalli 2.5 km N Village & surrounding

area 0.4 2.7 5.5 0.7 0.2 0.3

Key mitigation measures adopted to control stack emissions are as below



Karnataka.)

29 | P a g e

Table VII: Key Mitigation Measures

S. No. Plant Stack Attached to Mitigation Measures 1 Plasma Gasification Unit Gas Quencher

Ventury Scrubber HCl Scrubber

Alkali Scrubber

Wet ESP 2 Incinerator Bio Medical Wastes Ventury Scrubber

Alkali Scrubber 3 E Waste Recovery; Metal

recovery Furnace Ventury Scrubber

Alkali Scrubber 4 Coal Fired Boiler Dual Cone Cyclone

Separator

Bag Filter Table VIII: Mitigation measures for Fugitive Emissions

Name and source of fugitive emissions

Abatement Method

VOC from liquid storage tank

All vents from the liquid storage tank will be connected to exhaust header. Exhaust header will be connected to exhaust blower. Exhaust blower discharge will be connected to inlet of Steam Boiler furnace where syn gas will be combusted.

VOC/Odorous air from haz. Waste storage area

Combustion air fan for syn gas boiler will draw air from the hazardous waste storage area. Suction of combustion air fan will be taken from hazardous waste storage area.

Emergency Vent from Plasma Reactor

Emergency vent will open in abnormal plant condition only. Exhaust of emergency vent will be connected at the inlet of syn gas boiler.

Scrubber Circulation Tank vents

Scrubber circulation vent will be connected to downstream gas ducting of syn gas which will be always under negative pressure.

Additional Measures to Control Air Pollution.

7. Air borne particulate may results during handling and transportation of waste due to wind. The status of ambient air quality shall be closely monitored.

8. Ambient air quality at the facility and at the vicinity shall be monitored to meet the prescribed standards prescribed by CPCB.



Karnataka.)

30 | P a g e

9. Watering of road as well as constructing of metalled roads shall be carried out.

10. Approx. 30544.4M2 Green belt development shall be carried out.

11. Traffic Operation Plan for better traffic management shall be worked out.

Noise environment

Construction Phase

This noise pollution is transient and will occur only for the duration of Setting up the development of Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal facility, Common E-waste Recycling & Management facility, Common medical Waste Treatment, Storage & Disposal Facility, Waste Receipt, Characterization and storage

There is no as such major source of noise Pollution during operation of facility; however there shall be slight disturbance in noise ambient of area due to regular traffic movement to the facility

Mitigation measures for noise will include the following:

Sufficient engineering control during installation of equipment and machineries (like mufflers in DG sets) is to be ensured to reduce noise levels at source.

Proper and timely maintenance of machineries and preventive maintenance of vehicles is to be adopted to reduce noise levels.

Plant and equipment will be designed to ensure that noise generated is limited to CPCB norms. Equipment will be provided with noise control measures such as acoustic insulation etc., to ensure noise abatement. Rotating equipment will be properly balanced. Where high noise levels are produced, employees will be provided with ear protection devices.

Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE) like ear plugs/muffs is to be given to all the workers at site and it will be ensured that the same are wore by everybody during their shift.

All the openings like covers, partitions shall be acoustically sealed.

Water Environment

Impact by integrated waste Management Facility on Water environment can be predicted in two ways i.e.

12. Impact on water resources

13. Impact on Water Quality

Impact on Water Resources



Karnataka.)

31 | P a g e

Surface water resources

No impact on surface water resources is anticipated during both the construction phase and operational phase of the project as there is no such surface water resources prevails in the study area,

Ground Water Resources

No impact on Ground water resources is anticipated during both construction as well as operational phase of the project as there is no withdrawal of water, however Water demand shall be met through state Water Board supply.

Impact on Water Quality

Construction Phase

The wastewater generated during construction phase is mainly from construction works & domestic activities. Adequate drainage system will be provided for runoff water to avoid water logging and it will be utilized during the construction phase for the proposed plant. Therefore, no long term adverse impact on water quality (surface as well as ground) is anticipated during construction phase

Operation Phase

The total maximum requirement of water for the facility is delineated to 335 KLD maximum.

Two alternate mode of disposal is proposed for the facility.

Alternative I: Disposal of treated waste water to CETP through tankers

Alternative II: Disposal of treated waste water through Multi Effect Evaporation system (MEES) and recycle treated waste water to plant for reuse. Waste water treatment system consist of following sub systems

14. Physico Chemical Treatment Units

15. Heavy Metal Removal Units

16. Oil Removal System

17. Multi Effect Evaporation system

18. Packaged Sewage Treatment Plant

The following mitigation measures will also be implemented:

EWML will use best engineering technique during setting up the development of Common Hazardous Waste Treatment facility so that proposed activities will not contaminate the ground water.



Karnataka.)

32 | P a g e

Hazardous waste storage area and plant area will be completely covered from top and side. Strom water runoff will be managed through separate storm water drains. Before discharging storm water into surface drain, it will be passed through small RCC pit where online pH sensor and recorder will be provided to keep check on pH of outgoing storm water.

Regular monitoring of ground water quality through monitoring wells as per CPCB guideline.

The water samples shall be analysed for the 36 physical, chemical and bacteriological parameters as per MOEF guidelines.

The landfill is proposed with double liner system with a view to avoid the leachate infiltration into the ground

Vehicle or Wheel Wash shall be treated in Physico Chemical Treatment Plant followed by MEE for reuse or sent to CETP for further disposal.

ETP sludge shall be disposed off to secure landfill

Land Environment

As the project site is on non-agriculture land (Provided in ch-2 i.e. 30.81 Acre) and no major rehabilitation prevails in the site area so impact on land use shall be of no significance.

However Positive Impact will be there as Project Proponent will provide the Employment to the Workers from nearby villages (158 workers) which further affect (Positive effect) the Occupational structure of the Area.

Impact on Soil and Geology

During the operational phase, there is a probability of accidental spillage of hazardous waste on the routes through which hazardous waste would be transported and its adjoining areas if a vehicle carrying hazardous waste meets with an accident. Since the hazardous waste is stored at the site for incineration there is a possibility that due to accidental spillage soil can be contaminated. Landfills gas production and migration leading to changes in soil temperature.

Mitigation Measures

During the operational phase of hazardous landfill as there is a possibility of contamination risk due to damage of liners of the landfill at the site. Therefore the Landfill will be constructed by complying the CPCB Land Fill sitting Guide lines. Store, preserve and protect topsoil separately to use it during restoration period; and domestic waste



Karnataka.)

33 | P a g e

Ecology and Biodiversity

There is no notified/protected ecologically sensitive area including national park, sanctuary, Elephant/Tiger reserves existing in within 2km buffer zone of the proposed site. Most of the vegetation is aggregated on agricultural boundaries, road side plantation, private land and social forest area

Mitigation Measures

Installation of systems to discourage nesting or perching of birds endangers environments

Socio Economic

Critical analysis of the socio-economic profile of the area vis-à-vis its scenario with project activities identifies the following impacts:

Social impacts like property price depreciation represent an external ‘cost’ of waste

disposal and treatment facilities. Property values are also affected by their proximity to a new landfill. The other adverse impact includes stress arising from fear to risk to health, etc. However, as a result of such projects, there would be employment generation, business generation, infrastructure development, etc.

The proposed activities shall generate indirect employment in the region due to the requirement of workers in trail making, supply of raw material, auxiliary and ancillary works, which would marginally improve the economic status of the people.

The activities would result in an increase in local skill levels through exposure to activities.

As the existing loose / soft surface roads, trails shall be upgraded to facilitate the movement of the heavy equipment required, the project in turn would lead to improvement in transport facilities.

Mitigation Measures

Proper compensation for land and crop based on APMC rates: this does not have significance in this case as the land was specifically allotted to the project proponent for the TSDF project by State Government.

Approach roads will be upgraded to facilitate heavy vehicular movement

Project proponent may provide educational aid to local villages based on need and request from the village Panchayat.

Conclusion

After implementation of all the mitigation measures the project can be considered as non –polluting project on the basis of rating criteria discussed in detail in EIA report.



Karnataka.)

34 | P a g e

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1. The Project

1.1.1. Project Proponent:

19. SMS Infrastructure Ltd. (SMSIL) is a leading company for infrastructure development, Environment & Clean Energy Projects with the track record of Quality & Technical engineering capabilities since last 47 years having its head office in Nagpur. Various projects of international standard are been successfully erected and executed under Environment and Clean Energy Sector.

20. The SMSIL believes in adopting the best eco-friendly technology available world over for the scientific disposal of wastes and specializes in treatment and disposal of hazardous solid and liquid waste using environmentally sound methods.

21. SMSIL pioneer in establishing in the first-of-its kind Plasma Gasification based Hazardous Waste Management. Performance of SMS Pune Plant is attached as Annexure-I with all supporting data.

22. Various projects of international standard are being successfully erected and executed under Environment and clean energy sector:

Table 1.1 Project at Glance

S. No.

Particular

Details/Remarks

i) Name of the Project Integrated Waste Management Facility ii) Location Madanhatti & pitchguntrahali Village, Malur Taluk, Kolar

District, Karnataka. Govt. of Karnataka has notified this site for very first Integrated Waste Management Facility in Karnataka vides its GO No. CI 183 Dated 18-August-2011(refer annexure VIII)

iii) Facilities provided Facility Sub Facility Capaci

ty Hazardous Waste

Advanced Thermal Treatment Unit based on

20 MTPD

This chapter provides information of the Project, Project Proponent and EIA consultant, need of the EIA study, scope and EIA methodology adopted and structure of the report.



Karnataka.)

35 | P a g e

Management Facility

Plasma Technology with Heat Recovery and Power Generation Secured Landfill 3,7500

0 Tones

Used Oil Recycling Unit 40 TPD.

Hazardous Waste Co-Processing Unit

30 TPD

Medical Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility

2.5 TPD

E-waste Recycling & Management Facility.

4000 TPA.

iv) S.No. in the Schedule& Category

7(d) and Category A

v) Land Requirement Total Land -30.81 Acres vi) Water Requirement 334.8 KLD (maximum) vii) New/Expansion/Modernization New viii) Total Cost of the project 221.69 crores Rupees

1.1.2. Project Location:

23. The proposed project site is located at 3/2, 5/2, 65, 4P2 from village Pitchguntrahalli and 96/5, 96/6, 96/7, 96/8,134/1,134/2,134/3,135/1, 135/2,135/3,136/2,136/3,136/4. The site consists of Non-agricultural Land (N.A). The project location details are shown in Figure 1.1, Figure 1.2 and Table1.2.



Karnataka.)

36 | P a g e

Figure 1.1 Karnataka Political map showing Kolar

Source: Google Earth

Figure 1.2 Satellite Image showing proposed site location.



Karnataka.)

37 | P a g e

Table 1.2 : Project Location Details

S. No.

Particular Details Remarks

1 Location 3/2,5/2,65,4P2,from the village pitchguntrahalli; 96/5,96/6,96/7,96/8,134/2,134/1,134/3,135/1,135/2,135/3,136/3,136/2,136/4from Madanhatti Village, Malur Taluk, Kolar District, Karnataka.

2 Latitude 13° 0' 13.68" 3 Longitude 77° 53' 8.88" 4 Nearest

National Highway

NH-648 / NH207 9 Km(SW direction)

5 Nearest Railway Station

Devangonthi Station 6.21 km

6 Nearest Airport

BLR Hindustan 23.12 km

7 Nearest Populated Area

Yeshwantpurvill pitchguntrahalli

2.0 km 0.4 km

Source: Field Investigation, Google earth and Client

1.2. Need and Justification of Project:

24. This Integrated waste Management Facility will serve as a Common E Waste Management, Medical Waste Management, Waste Bank for Hazardous Waste Co-Processing plant and Co—Processing unit, Plasma Gasification for destruction of Hazardous waste and waste Oil recovery.

25. Having an integrated facility would minimize the risk involved in waste transportation and waste movement and monitoring of such facility would be better and feasible.

26. This plant will cater the needs of industries situated in Karnataka by providing environmental services for single window Waste Management solutions.

27. Karnataka stands Seventh among highest e-waste generators in India. It is estimated that annual e waste generation in Karnataka is over 9000 MT. While as per survey done by Karnataka State Pollution Control Board, total biomedical waste generating units in the state of Karnataka are 10,537, and the biomedical waste generated over here is 52 tonnes per day. In the same way, there is large amount of hazardous waste generation not only in Karnataka but also in India. An Inventory data shows that Total Hazardous



Karnataka.)

38 | P a g e

waste generation in Karnataka is around 152,153.80 MT/A. These figures lead to development of Integrated Waste Management Facility in Karnataka, which will solve the problem of treating these types of waste at the same place. The percentage wise contribution of each type of waste is shown here in Figure 1.3. The Inventory Abstract is provided here Annexure-II.

28. Considering the above EWML is proposing to set up a green field ‘Integrated Waste Management Facility at Madanhatti Village, Malur Taluka, Kolar District, Karnataka.

Figure 1.3 :Waste generation in Karnataka

1.3. Regulatory Frame work

29. As per the Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF), Government of India EIA Notification 2006 and as amended on December 1, 2009, the proposed ‘Common Hazardous Waste Treatment &

Disposal Facility’ has to take environmental clearance prior to

commissioning of the plant. The proposed project is covered under Schedule 7(d) Category 'A'2as per the Schedule of EIA Notification and hence requires environmental clearance from MOEF.

30. Public hearing shall be conducted for the project as per provisions of Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 and the issues raised by the public shall be addressed in the EIA/EMP.

2The Project shall have landfill as well as Incineration Faciltity.Therefore it comes under catgory’A’ project

19%

59%

22% Landfillable

Recyclable

Incinerable



Karnataka.)

39 | P a g e

31. More Applicable laws rules and acts:

The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974. (Amended 1988)

The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977. (Amended 1991)

Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981. (Amended 1987)

The Environmental (Protection) Rules 1986. (Amended 2002)

The Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986.

The hazardous Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 1989 Under E.P.A. Act, 1986 (Amended 2000; 2003 & 2008)

Bio-Medical Wastes (Management, Handling) Rules, 2000 (amended 2003)

E- Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 2011

1.4. EIA Consultant

32. The proponents have engaged M/s EQMS India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi to carry out EIA study, who is authorized to represent, in the matter.(For accreditation Letter Refer Second Page of the report)

1.5. Purpose of the Report

33. This Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study undertaken is mainly focused on identification of environmental aspects of the project site, its impact on pre and post commissioning. A detailed prediction of all environmental impacts associated with the various activities during the construction and operation phases of the proposed plant and suggesting suitable measures to navigate the observed adverse environmental impacts.

34. In other words, we can say that the purpose of an EIA is to determine the potential environmental, social and health effects of a proposed development. It is a systematic examination of the environmental consequences of projects, policies, plans and programs. Its main aim is to provide decision-makers with an account of the implications of alternative courses of action before a decision is made.



Karnataka.)

40 | P a g e

1.6. Scope and Methodology of the Study

35. This study is aimed at providing a deeper insight into the proposed project and its various environmental components. The present study area for the environmental assessment is within 10 km radius of the location of the project. The methodology used for the study is given below:

Monitoring and collection of baseline data of study area for various environmental components as per the MoEF guidelines.

Identification and quantification of significant environmental impacts due to the project and associated activities.

Evaluation of impacts due to proposed activities and preparation of an environmental impact statement.

Preparation of appropriate Environmental Management Plan (EMP) encompassing strategies for minimizing identified adverse impacts along with budgetary provisions to be made by the project authorities for implementation of mitigation measures.

Delineation of post Environmental Quality Monitoring Programme (EQMP) along with organizational setup required for monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures.

The flow diagram showing methodology adopted for the EIA study has been presented in Figure 1.4

1.7. Approved TOR for EIA Study by MOEF

36. The application for the scoping of the said project has been submitted to the MOEF Presentation for the scoping of the project (Terms of Reference (TOR) approval for EIA study) was held on 40th meeting held on 05/Mar/2012. MOEF has issued the TOR for the EIA study on 27 April, 2012.vide its letter No. F. No. 10-19/2012-IA.III Copy of the same has been annexed as Annexure – IV



Karnataka.)

41 | P a g e

Figure 1.4 Methodology adopted for the EIA



Karnataka.)

42 | P a g e

Table 1.3 : TOR Compliance Status

S.N TOR Points Compliance Proposed TOR Presented during 05/March/2012

1. Study area - 10km radius around the proposed site boundary

Project site locations along with site map of 10 km area from the proposed boundary and other relevant details i.e. railway station, airport, archaeological monuments , water bodies, vegetation etc. is given vide, Figure 3.1

2. Project description existing and proposed covering: Details with plant layout, process description Site location maps Transportation facilities Proposed pollution control systems Water Conservation measures

Project description along with the process flow chart is given vide, Section 2.6 Details of plant layout (Figure 2.21), Project site location (Figure 3.1), project description and transportation facilities is given vide Chapter Section 2.7. Proposed pollution control measures of Air, Water, Noise, Soil and land is given vide Chapter 2, Section 2.9

3. Ambient air quality in the study area would be monitored in study area. The location of the monitoring stations would be based on the pre-dominant downwind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests with one monitoring station in the upwind direction.

Ambient air quality at 6 locations within the study area of 10 km., aerial coverage from project site as per NAAQS notified on 16th September, 2009 is given vide Chapter 3, Section 3.4.4, Location of one AAQMS has been selected in pre-dominant downwind direction and upwind direction.

4. Metrological data of the study area will be provided for hourly, wind speed, wind direction, relative humidity, ambient dry and wet bulb temperatures and precipitation

Site-specific micro-meteorological data using ambient dry and wet bulb temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall is given vide Chapter 3 Section 3.4.1

5. Description of the environmental conditions comprising of physical, biological and socio-economic attributes. One season data. A detailed description of the existing land use. The soil quality of the area at 3 Location. Water quality (ground / surface) and Wastewater Quality study at plant area. Sampling frequency: Grab (once during the study period). Source of water supply and nearby water ponds/ground water sources will be analysed at 2-3 Location. Impact of the project on the AAQ of the area with details of the model used. The wind roses would also be provided. Noise level monitoring will be made for during day and night time. Monitoring at 5-6 Location

A detailed description of Present land use based on satellite imagery for the study area of 10 km radius is given vide Chapter 3 , Details of Ground water sampling locations and analysis are shown in Error! Reference source not found.3.4.3.. One season site specific met data is given in Chapter 3 Section 3.4.1. Noise generation and control is given in section 3.4.4. A detailed description of the flora and fauna of the area is given in section 3.5



Karnataka.)

43 | P a g e

A detailed description of the flora and fauna of the area will be given in the environmental assessment report along with their effects due to the proposed expansion.

6. The environmental impacts including impacts on air, water, soil, ecology and social aspects will be identified for construction and operation stages of the project and major environmental issues of concern will be presented in the environmental assessment report.

The environmental impacts identification on air, water, soil, ecology and social aspects from the proposed project during construction and operational phase are given (including details of the model used for AAQ) vide Chapter 4

7. An Environmental Management Plan (EMP), specifying stage of implementation, time frame, responsibility and resources would be prepared along with all necessary considerations as per norms

Detailed Environment management Plan (EMP) with specific reference to details of air pollution control system, water & wastewater management, monitoring frequency, responsibilities and compliance of various rules is provided in Chapter 9

8. An outline monitoring programme for construction and operation stage will be made and regular monitoring programme detailing out the frequency of monitoring will be included for the parameters to be monitored in the EIA report.

An outline monitoring programme for construction and operation stage including regular monitoring programme detailing out the frequency of monitoring Chapter 6.

Additional TOR Points approved by MoEF.

9. Submit the justification of the Project. Project components and capacities shall be submitted.

The inventory abstract of waste generation in Karnataka state, Justification of the project including project components and capacities are given in Section 1.2 (Chapter 1) and Chapter 2.

10. Critical environmental aspects with reference to proposed facilities i.e. BMW, E-Waste Facility, Oil recycling and HW facility shall be identified. Combined effects shall be discussed with specific mitigation plan.

Critical environmental aspects with reference to proposed facilities like Bio-medical wastes (BMW), E-Waste facility, Oil recycling and HW facility are given vide Chapter 2 and Chapter 4 Section 2.9. and Section 4.5 respectively

11. Submit the details of site selection criteria - CPCB guidelines along with the various sites examined based.

The details of site selection criteria - CPCB guidelines along with the various sites examined is given vide Chapter 2, Section 2.3 and Chapter 5 , Section 5.2

12. At page no 8 of Pre-feasibility report, it was stated that Waste bank for HW co-processing plant will be provided. Technical details and identified waste generators with justification shall be submitted. Action plan to comply the guidelines on co-incineration published by CPCB.

Waste bank for HW co-processing including Technical details and identified waste generators is given vide Chapter 2, Section 2.6.1.5, EWML shall comply the guidelines of CPCB on co –incineration

13. Site lay out plan clearly showing various Site lay out plan clearly showing various units,



Karnataka.)

44 | P a g e

units, green belt, laboratory, roads, vehicle parking, office building etc. to be submitted.

green belt, laboratory, roads, vehicle parking, office building is given vide Chapter2, Figure 2.21

14. In the project report on page No 6, it was stated that SMSIL had already established Plasma Gasification Based HW Management facilities at Pune and Nagpur. Performance of the same shall be submitted with supporting data

Technical Details of Plasma Gasification Based hazardous waste (HW) Management facility is given vide Chapter 2, Section 2.6.1.3.For Performance of Pune Plant Refer annexure-I

15. Technical details of proposed advanced thermal treatment of 20 TPD and secured landfill.

Technical details of proposed advanced thermal treatment of 20 TPD and secured landfill of 3,75,000 are given vide Chapter 2, Section 2.6.1.3

16. Submit the details of the compliance with respect to the provisions of Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary movement)) Rules, 2008 including collection and transportation and design etc. All the applicable rules shall be listed and mitigation plan to comply the applicable rules shall be submitted in detail.

EWML shall comply the Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary movement)) Rules, 2008 including collection and transportation. design Responsibilities of Proponent are given in section 9.5

17. Action plan and infrastructure required to comply the PROTOCOL as prepared by CPCB for performance evaluation and monitoring of TSDF.

EWML shall comply the protocol prepared by CPCB for performance evaluation/monitoring of TSDF. The protocol already being complied for Pune plant. Kindly refer annexure-I for the compliance of CPCB protocol for Pune plant

18. Submit the details of the compliance with respect to the provisions of Bio-Medical Wastes (Management, Handling) Rules, 2000.

The details of the compliance with respect to the provisions of Bio-Medical Wastes (Management, Handling) Rules, 2000 is given vide Chapter 9, Section 9.4

19. Submit the details of the waste generated, present mode of disposal as per the State PCB authorization etc.

The details of the waste generated, present mode of disposal as per the State PCB authorization are given as annexure-IX. However the inventory abstract can be revealed from the annexure II

20. Submit the MoU made between member units along with responsibilities.

Refer annexure-XI.

21. Examine the details of monitoring of Dioxin and Furan.

Production of dioxins or furans is negligible (due to factors such as, high temperatures, oxygen starved environment and absence of free chlorine in APC system dioxin and Furan shall be monitored once in every six month. For monitoring plan Refer chapter 6

22. Submit a copy of MoU for disposal of ash through the TSDF.

There shall not be any ash generation from Plasma gasification facility. Generation of Ash will be only from Bio medical waste facility which will be in very small quantity and will be disposed off in SLF



Karnataka.)

45 | P a g e

/vitrified in Plasma gasification facility.

23. Submit the details of Air Pollution Control Measures.

Refer Section 2.9.1

24. Environmental Management Plan should be accompanied with Environmental Monitoring Plan and environmental cost and benefit assessment. Regular monitoring shall be carried out for Odour control.

A well-defined Environment Management and Monitoring Plan shall be followed For detailed management Plan structure Please refer chapter 9 and Chapter 6. Regulator monitoring of Odour shall be carried out however to curtail odour generation various mitigation measure shall be followed by EWML(Refer section 9.5.3)

25. Water quality around the landfill site shall be monitored regularly to examine the impact on the ground water.

Water Quality shall be monitored. Within the site- upstream and downstream side of landfill. For complete monitoring Plan Refer section 6.2.1

26. Submit details of a comprehensive Disaster Management Plan including emergency evacuation during natural and man-made disaster

A well-defined disaster Plan shall be followed by EWML. Refer Section 7.4

27. Submit details of Cumulative impact including Biomedical and E- waste etc.

The Cumulative impact of biomedical and E-waste are given in section 4.3.1

28. Applicable rules under E- Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 2011 and action plan to comply the provisions

SMS /EWML shall comply the E- Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 2011.The Management Plan including Responsibilities of Proponent are given in section 9.6



Karnataka.)

46 | P a g e

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1. Introduction:

37. The proposal involves development of an Integrated Waste Management facility at Madanhatti village in Kolar District, Karnataka. To ascertain the market scenario SMS undertook a survey for realizing the potential, availability of input material with respect to quantities estimated to be available in this region. This project will serve as a single facility for Hazardous Waste, Biomedical Waste, E Waste and Waste Oil Management. It will have various facilities such as Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility, Common E Waste Management Facility, Common Bio medical Waste Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility.

38. Proposed Integrated Waste Management Facility shall be divided into three sub facilities and each of the sub facility shall work as an Exclusive Waste Management Facility namely,

Hazardous Waste Treatment& Disposal Facility,

Medical Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility, E-waste Recycling & Management Facility.

2.1.1. Definition of Wastes:

Hazardous Waste:

39. Any waste, by virtue of any of its physical, chemical, reactive, toxic, flammable, explosive or corrosive characteristics causes danger or is likely to cause danger to health or environment, whether alone or when in contact with other wastes or substances is defined as hazardous Waste

Bio Medical Waste:

40. Bio-medical waste" means any waste, which is generated during the diagnosis, treatment or immunisation of human beings or animals or in research activities pertaining thereto or in the production or

This chapter deals with the project details of the proposed Hazardous Waste Management Facility with location, size & magnitude of operation including associated activities required by and for the project, proposed schedule for approval and implementation, including environmental aspects and technical details of raw material, quality and quantity etc.



Karnataka.)

47 | P a g e

testing of biological, and including categories mentioned in Schedule I as given Annexure IV;

E-waste:

41. E-waste can be defined as “Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment including all components, sub-assemblies and their fractions except batteries falling under Schedule 1, Schedule 2 and Schedule 3” of the E-Waste (Management & Handling) Rules. The details of schedules are provided in Annexure-VI

42. Details’ regarding the treatment processes is given below in the following chapters.

2.2. Project Site location:

43. Location of the Project (satellite view) has been presented in Figure 2.1. and the surrounding area profile in Table 2.1:

Figure 2.1 Satellite Image showing proposed site location.



Karnataka.)

48 | P a g e

Source: Google Earth

Table 2.1 : Surrounding Area Profile

Item Details

Plot/Survey/Khasra No.

3/2,5/2,65,4P2,from the village pitchguntrahalli; 96/5,96/6,96/7,96/8,134/2,134/1,134/3,135/1,135/2,135/3,136/3,136/2,136/4 from Madanhatti Village,

Taluka Malur District Kolar State Karnataka Nearest railway station/airport along with distance in Km

R.S- Deavangonthi – 6.21 km A.P- Bangalore- 23.12 km

Nearest town, city, District headquarters along with distance in Kms

Yeshwant purvill- 2.09 km Pitchguntrahalli-0.4 Km

2.3. Selection criteria for this site:

2.3.1. Preliminary Site Investigation:

44. Preliminary environmental considerations for selection of this site:

Govt. of Karnataka has notified this site for very first Integrated Waste Management Facility in Karnataka vides its GO No. CI 183 Dated 18-August-2011 (Refer annexure VIII)

Topography: Undulating

Site : un-irrigated land generally surrounded by Eucalyptus plantation

Scanty habitation in vicinity of 5 Km and no major habitation in 10 Km radius.

No water body in the vicinity of 5 Km

Ground water level at 300 ft minimum

Rocky formation at the depth of 15 m.

Yellow and Red Soil with low permeability

Major waste generation industries in the vicinity of 100 Km radius.

No Archaeological monument in the vicinity of 10 Km radius

Table 2.2 : Rejection or knock-out criteria Identification location of site village/ city

S/N. CRITERIA ANSWER (Y/N)

Remarks

1 Existing or planned drinking water protection N



Karnataka.)

49 | P a g e

and catchments areas 2 High flood prone areas N Kolar is not at all

flood prone area. 3 Area with unstable ground N 4 Closer than 200 meters to populated areas N 5 Closer than 200 meters to river boundaries N 6 Close to National Parks, monuments, Forests

with large no. of flora and fauna, historical, religious and other important cultural places

N

7 Existing use of site (Agricultural/Forest/Old dump site)

Non agriculture land

un-irrigated land generally surrounded by Eucalyptus plantation

8 Site is suitable for detailed EIA study (Y/N) Y

Discussion:

CPCB Knock out criteria followed as shown in Table: 2.2. (Other Site NH-4 in Kolar district located approximately 5 KM away but found not suitable)

2.3.2. Detailed Site Investigation and Evaluation

45. Only those sites, which pass the examination for the knock-out criteria, would undergo detail investigation.

46. According to CPCB there are certain guidelines and criteria for selecting a site for hazardous waste treatment and disposal facility. In study these environmental aspects are considered:

Table 2.3 :Detailed Site Investigation and Evaluation

S.No. CPCB: site selection criteria Remarks/Status 1. Topography and Soil: Topography; undulating –an un-

irrigated land generally surrounded by Eucalyptus plantation Soil: Yellow and red Soil with low permeability sandy/Loamy soil and lateritic soil

2. Subsidence: (e.g. owing to subsurface mines, water, oil or gas withdrawal; or solution-prone subsurface)

No

3. Flood prone area No

4. Wet Land No 5. Areas within 500 meter from water supply zone

and within 200 meter from property line No water body in the vicinity of 5 Km

6. Natural depression and valleys where water contamination is likely: Water table

Ground water level at 300 ft minimum with rocky formation at the depth of 15m.



Karnataka.)

50 | P a g e

7. Unique habitation areas, close to national parks with scenic beauty and formerly used landfills.

NO

8. Areas with high population, unique archaeological, historical, paleontogical and religious interests:

Scanty habitation in vicinity of 5 Km and no major habitation within 10km. No Archaeological monument in the vicinity of 10 Km radius

9. Agricultural and forest lands and existing dump sites:

Non-agricultural Land (N.A).

10. Atmospheric conditions that would prevent safe dispersal of an accidental release:

Strong Inversion extend beyond the release height and calm condition may Prevent safe dispersion of an accidental release. At project site, approx. 13.3% calm hours were recorded during the study period.

11. Major natural hazards: e.g. volcanic activity, seismic disturbance and landslides

No major Natural Hazard envisaged

12. Sensitive locations: (e.g. storing flammable or explosive materials; airports):

No sensitive Location.

13. Local hydro-geological situation,

No springs or drinking water wells within very close proximity to the chosen area

14. Extremely bad access, i.e. no existing access roads to the selected area which may involve long distance more than 5 km from main roads; access roads passing densely populated areas; great differences in altitude between the area of waste collection and the selected site; difficult geological situation, danger of mass movements, too steep slopes, strata-bound groundwater etc

None Hoskote-Malur Road is located at about 4 km in NE direction

(Source: Hydrogeology Report, satellite Data collection and field Survey)

2.4. Size and Magnitude of the Project

47. Proposed Integrated Waste Management Facility shall be divided into Three Sub Facilities and each of the sub facility shall work as an Exclusive Waste Management Facility namely

1. Hazardous Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility

2. Medical Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility

3. E-waste Recycling & Management Facility



Karnataka.)

51 | P a g e

2.4.1. Hazardous Waste Management Facility

48. The facility shall have following main treatment and disposal components. The entire Hazardous Waste Management Facility shall be planned on 30.81 Acres of Land.

2.4.2. Advanced Thermal Treatment Unit based on Plasma Technology with Heat Recovery and Power Generation

49. This unit shall have a capacity to treat 20 MTPD of Incinerable Hazardous Waste.

2.4.3. Secured Landfill Facility

50. The Secured Landfill shall be spread over approximately 8 Acres of Land having a Total Landfill capacity of 3,750,00Tones of Landfill Waste. The secured landfill shall be developed in two phases: Landfill 1 and Land fill 2.

2.4.4. Used Oil Recycling Unit

51. This unit shall have a total recycling capacity of 40 TPD.

2.4.5. Hazardous Waste Co-Processing Unit

52. This unit will be designed to handle 30 TPD of Hazardous Waste

2.4.6. Medical Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility

53. This facility shall have incineration capacity of 2.5 TPD of Bio Medical Waste and shall also have autoclave and other ancillary units.

2.4.7. E-Waste Recycling and Management Facility

54. This facility shall have E-waste management capacity of 4000 TPA.

Environmental Impact Assessment Study of Proposed Integrated Waste Management facility comprising of TSDF (Madanhatti &

Pitchguntrahali Village, Malur Taluka, Kolar District, Karnataka.)

52 | P a g e

Figure 2.2 Overall Process Flow Diagram of IWMF



Karnataka.)

53 | P a g e

2.5. Proposed Schedule of the Project:

55. This facility is proposed to be set up in phases:

Phase 1: E-waste, Bio-Medical Waste and oil Recycling facility. (CTE in Progress) Phase 2: Hazardous waste treatment and disposal facilities.

EWML are in the process of getting Prior Environmental Clearance from Ministry of Environment & Forest for following components of the Proposed Hazardous Waste Management sub-facility as a part of IWMF Facility, which fall under the purview of EIA Notification 2006.

1. Advanced Thermal Treatment Unit based on Plasma Technology

With Heat Recovery and Power Generation.

2. Secured Landfill Facility

2.6. Process/Technology Description:

56. Proposed Integrated Waste Management Facility shall be divided into four Sub Facilities and each of the sub facility shall work as an Exclusive Waste Management Facility namely

Hazardous Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility

Oil Recycling Unit

Medical Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility

E-waste Recycling & Management Facility

2.6.1. Hazardous Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility

Concept of Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage Disposal Facility

57. Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage Disposal Facility (CHWTSDF) is a facility where hazardous wastes are collected, transported to storage facility from small/ medium / large generators.

58. Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage Disposal Facility (CHWTSDF) is a final alternative for disposal of Common hazardous waste generated from various production activities. The



Karnataka.)

54 | P a g e

proper functioning and implementation of necessary treatment schemes installed at this site will reduce the environmental risks expected to be generated from malfunctioning and mismanagement of disposal of hazardous waste.

59. Thus proposed facility can be broadly divided into following sections:

a) Waste Receipt, Characterization and storage b) Secured Land Filling c) Advanced Thermal Treatment Unit based on Plasma Technology with waste heat recovery and Power Generation.

d) Oil recycling Unit e) Co-Processing Plant

2.6.1.1 Waste Receipt, Characterization and storage

60. Treatment of chemical waste and its disposal is mainly accomplished through three processes viz. physico-chemical, incineration (plasma technology) and secure landfill. Prior to taking up effective treatment it is necessary to collect, segregate and store adequate quantity of waste in most scientific manner through safe transportation system and storage facility. The storage facility shall therefore comprise of temporary storage and permanent storage for separate storage of treatable and non-treatable / incompatible waste. The requirement / selection of proper treatment shall be met through appropriate laboratory analysis / equipment which enable to select appropriate treatment viz. incineration followed by landfill or direct disposal to landfill without any preliminary treatment.



55 | P a g e

Figure 2.3 PFD Hazardous Waste Management Facility



Karnataka.)

56 | P a g e

2.6.1.2 Secured land fill

61. The Secured Landfill shall be spread over approximately 8 Acres of Land having a Total Landfill capacity of 375000 Tons of Landfill Waste. The Landfill shall be developed in two Phases.

62. Secured land fill is one of the methods available for the treatment and disposal of hazardous waste. Those wastes whose TOC is more than 5% and/or whose calorific value is higher than 2500 Kcal/kg alone are considered for plasma gasification / advanced thermal treatment. Waste whose calorific value is less than 2500 kcal/kg is either sent for direct land fill or landfill after necessary pre-treatment. Following diagram explains the sequence and methodology of waste handling after it is received as site

Figure 2.4 Sequence and Methodology of Waste Handling

Source: SMS infrastructure Limited




Karnataka.)

57 | P a g e

Figure 2.5 Flow Chart for Solidification and Stabilization

63. Secured landfill is the part of waste management facility. This place is final graveyard for the hazardous wastes. This secure landfill is prepared as cells in which waste is encapsulated. These cells have bottom liner, side liners and top liner. The impermeability and reactivity of these liners is of prime importance. After construction of bottom and side liners waste is filled into cells. On complete filling of waste, the top liners are placed and packed. Leachate collection system is provided in cell in order to collect leachate out in well for the further treatment and disposal.

Details of Secured Land Filling

64. The Construction of Secured Land Fill site shall consist of following steps.

A. Site Investigation

65. For detailed engineering design, a detailed investigation program shall be carried out which will be comprised of,

a) Subsoil Investigation b) Ground Water/Hydro geological Investigation c) Topographical Investigation d) Hydrological Investigation e) Geological Investigation and Seismic Investigation

B. Study of Characterization and Quantification of Waste:



Karnataka.)

58 | P a g e

66. Waste quantification based on inventories is provided in earlier section of this report. Waste whose calorific value is less than 2500 kcal/kg is either sent for direct land fill or landfill after necessary pre-treatment. So waste on receipt of site is analysed and diverted to either direct landfill or to the pre-treatment section required before landfill.



59 | P a g e

Figure 2.6 Land Fill Layout



Karnataka.)

60 | P a g e

67. Proposed secured land fill is designed to handle present landfill waste generation at the rate of 11000 Tons/Annum. Considering approximately 5% increase every year in generation of the hazardous waste the projected waste quantity is provided in following Table 2.4

Table 2.4 : Projected Waste Quantity for Landfill

Sr No Basis of Design Unit SLF Waste

1 Present Landfill Waste Generation TPA 11000 2 Incremental Waste % per Year 5 3 landfill Life Years 20 4 Waste Density T/M3 1.3

Projected Waste Flow to Secured Landfill

Year of Operation Waste Receipt at site

Cumulative Waste Filled in SLF

Waste Volume in Landfill

TPA T M3 1 11000.00 11000.00 8461.54 2 11550.00 22550.00 17346.15 3 12127.50 34677.50 26675.00 4 12733.88 47411.38 36470.29 5 13370.57 60781.94 46755.34 6 14039.10 74821.04 57554.65 7 14741.05 89562.09 68893.92 8 15478.10 105040.20 80800.15 9 16252.01 121292.21 93301.70 10 17064.61 138356.82 106428.32 11 17917.84 156274.66 120211.28 12 18813.73 175088.39 134683.38 13 19754.42 194842.81 149879.09 14 20742.14 215584.95 165834.58 15 21779.25 237364.20 182587.85 16 22868.21 260232.41 200178.78 17 24011.62 284244.03 218649.25 18 25212.20 309456.23 238043.25 19 26472.81 335929.04 258406.96 20 27796.45 363725.50 279788.84 C. Capacity of Secure Landfill Facility

68. Proposed facility will have two cell landfill. Life of each cell of landfill will be approximately 10 years to accommodate 365000 Tons of waste. Allocated land area for land fill is 8 Acre. Based on actual site area and perimeter available the equivalent ground level dimension of the site is arrived as mentioned in Table 2.5. It may be



Karnataka.)

61 | P a g e

noted that this project dimension is representation only for calculation of waste quantity.

69. Following is summary of calculation for the estimation of waste quantity for the proposed landfill facility.

Table 2.5 :Calculation of Waste Quantity

S.NO. DESCRIPTION SYMBOL Landfill A Landfill B Bench Height Bench Off Set 1 Length @ bottom of cell L 56 75 2 Bredth @ bottom of cell B 68 77 3 Depth below Ground LvL. D 10 10 4 Interim Depth above G.L. d 4 4 5 Side Slope of Soil(outside) So 2.5 2.5 6 Side Slope of Soil(inside) Si 2 2 7 Width of Ebankment @ top W 4 4 8 Depth of subgrade Ds 0 0 Depth of Bottom Liner 1.5 1.5 9 Height of intermediate cover in %

10 10

10 Height of waste above top of Emb. @ center h 5 5 11 Density of Waste G 1.3 1.3 12 Total Depth of Cell (D+d) Dt 14 14 13 Length @ ground level LGL 96 115 14 Width @ ground level BGL 108 117 15 Length @ Top of embankment LTOP 120 139 16 Width @ Top of embankment BTOP 132 141 17 Total Length @ GL over all LF 140 159 18 Total Width @ GL over all BF 152 161 G Total Volume of Waste Vw 124879 163810 H Total tonnage of Waste Tw 162343 212953 D. Constructional features

70. The construction of landfill and development phase requires proper planning and proper selection of the earthwork / lining material. The containment system of landfill is proposed with double liner system with a view to avoid the leachate infiltration into the ground.

Top Liner



Karnataka.)

62 | P a g e

71. The top liner is provided with parabolic shape to allow drainage of surface run-off. HDPE liner of 1.5 mm thickness will be provided over which drainage layer of 150 mm will be laid. The bottom of liner will have 750 mm layer of blended soil. The drainage layer will be covered with top yellow soil of 750 mm thickness. Uniform vegetative cover will be provided to protect the top liner from erosion during heavy rains and dust blow due to heavy winds. A section of top liner is shown in Figure 2.7

Figure 2.7 Section of Top Liner

Source: SMS infrastructure Limited Bottom Liner

72. The containment system of landfill is proposed with double liner system with a view to avoid the leachate infiltration into the ground. The primary (top) membrane of 1.5 mm HDPE liner will be laid over 450 mm thick clay layer. Over the HDPE layer, 300 mm thick perforated granular layer is laid for leachate collection. Leachate contribution is mainly due to release of entrapped liquid waste in the solid waste and any unseasonal rainfall likely to occur. The bottom



Karnataka.)

63 | P a g e

layer of secondary membrane of 1.5 mm HDPE liner will be laid over 450 mm thick clay layer resting on subsoil.

73. Over the HDPE layer 300 mm drainage / detection layer. The secondary membrane shall comprise of geotextile membrane laid over 300 mm drainage / detection layers. The section of the bottom liner is shown in Figure 2.8

Figure 2.8 Section of Bottom Liner

Source: SMS infrastructure Limited Side Liner

74. The side layer of secondary membrane of 1.5 mm HDPE liner will be laid over 200 mm thick blended clay layer resting on subsoil. The side layer will have a slope of 1: 2 (1 vertical to 2 horizontal).

75. The secondary membranes shall have suitable resistance properties to ward itself from soil bacteria / fungus, compatible with waste being filled, ample water resistance. The mechanical strength should be adequate to withstand the load conditions, soil pressure, compaction, seismic stresses, strain due to anchor trench etc. The membrane shall have permeability < 10-12 cm/sec or its equivalent.



Karnataka.)

64 | P a g e

76. The clay liner is formed with varying preparation of hydrated Aluminium silicate (e.g. keolinate, bentonite etc.). The properly compacted layer with the required compounds form a soil mass giving low hydraulic conductivity. Proper permeability test shall be carried out to achieve suitable clay layer to minimize the leachate.

77. The construction guidelines shall suit the following criteria:

The sub-grade material shall meet specified grading, moisture content and density requirements.

The material shall meet acceptance and conformance testing as per manufacturers’ guidelines.

The integrity of the seams shall be maintained.

The membrane on installation shall be covered with layer of soil or geo-synthetic as soon as possible after quality activities are completed.

The maximum hydraulic conductivity shall be 1 x 10-7 cm/sec.

78. The soil used in the liner shall meet the following minimum criteria:

The soil shall be classified under the United soil classification system CL, CH, SC and OH (ASTM standard D248769)

The soil shall allow greater than 30% passage through no. 200 sieve (ASTM test D 1140)

The soil shall have a liquid limit equal to or greater than 30 units (ASTM test D 423)

The soil shall have plasticity greater than or equal to 15 units (ASTM test D 424)

The soil shall have pH of 7.0 or higher.

The soil may be pre-processed for carrying out water adjustment, removal of oversized materials, pulverization of any clumps, homogenization of the soils and introduction of additives such as bentonite.

The sub-grade on which the compacted clay liner will be constructed shall be properly prepared by compacting and obtaining required firmness.



Karnataka.)

65 | P a g e

Necessary compaction should be ensured to meet the hydraulic conductivity specified above. Proper bonding shall be ensured between the various layers to avoid preferential pathways.

Preventive measures to protect compacted layers from desiccation are to be provided during construction.

E. Leachate Drainage / Collection and Its Management

79. A leachate collection system shall be designed at the base of landfills. It shall comprise of drainage layer i.e. layer of pebbles of greater permeability, leachate collection piping attached with sump, and leachate transfer pump.

80. After collecting leachate it is transferred to onsite Effluent Treatment Section, which will provide the physico chemical treatment consisting of neutralization, precipitation and filtration of leachate. Here, acidity, suspended solids and heavy metal content of leachate will be precipitated and removed from the waste water. The available treated leachate will be then evaporated in multiple effect evaporation system using steam generated from the plasma gasification plant. Effluent treatment plant will also receive bleed stream from the scrubber system of plasma gasification plant and utilities such as water treatment plant and cooling towers. All these bleed stream shall be equalized in waste water treatment plant and subjected to physico chemical treatment. After physico chemical treatment treated waste water shall be sent to multiple effect evaporation system for the evaporation, shall be used for dust suppression on landfill, for quenching slag generated from the plasma gasification plant and on road.



Karnataka.)

66 | P a g e

81. Alternatively treated wastewater shall be sent to CETP for the further treatment and disposal.

Figure 2.9 Landfill Covered During Rainy Season

Source: SMS infrastructure Limited F. Contaminated Rain water management

82. As per the guideline of the operation of the SLF site, landfill will be covered with the temporary liner system from top and side before the onset of the monsoon season so that surface runoff does not come in direct contact with the landfill waste. Waste during the rainy season will be stored in intermediate storage shed which shall be provided with the proper rain protection shed to avoid contamination of the surface runoff water. It is expected that even after covering of the potential contaminated area there are chances of contamination of surface runoff water. As a practice first five min of surface water runoff water of the first rain will be collected in collection tank of effluent treatment plant. This first five min surface water runoff will be checked for the contamination of pollutant and if found above the disposal limit, will be treated in effluent treatment plant and will be sent to CETP for further disposal.

G. Gaseous Emission Management



Karnataka.)

67 | P a g e

83. Gas generation shall be avoided or reduced by avoiding disposal of biodegradable / organic waste into landfill. However, gaseous emission is anticipated which shall be managed by (a) controlled passive venting or (b) control collection and treatment /reuse.

H. Surface Runoff Management System

84. Surface water management system shall be provided. It is required to ensure that rainwater run-off does not drain in to the waste from surrounding area and that there is no water logging / pounding on covers of landfills. A surface runoff management system comprises of channels, ditches, culverts and basin.

I Final Cover System

85. Final cover of secured landfills shall be placed after completion of total capacity of SLF. The shape of the final cover shall be in parabolic shape to avoid the infiltration of rain water in to SLF and provide the normal slope towards the surface run off drainage /system. Please refer the conceptual drawing for the top liner shown above in Figure 2.7

J. Green belt plan:

86. Green belt though not associated directly with treatment/disposal facility is a major psychological aspect creating impact of effective disposal scheme around the CHWTSDF site area. The green belt will be developed along plot boundaries with width of 20 m(area 30544.4 sq. metre), which is around 25% of the total area, using varieties of plant species suitable to local environment. Species type will be based on soil characteristics and other related aspects to mitigate pollution effects due to noise, odour, dust etc. The major advantage of green belt is development of buffer zone and visual barrier for surrounding locality.

K. Closure and Post Closure Maintenance Plan

87. A statement on the end use of SLF site is an essential part of the plan for landfill closure and post closure maintenance plan. The maintenance plan comprises following components:

Plan for vegetation stabilization of the final landfill covers and side slopes.

Plan for management of surface water run off with an effective drainage system



Karnataka.)

68 | P a g e

Plan for periodical inspection and maintenance of landfill cover

Plan for post closure management of leachate & post closure environmental monitoring.

Super fund for any unforeseen event.

Description of Operation for CHWTSDF

88. The operation at CHWTSDF shall be consisting of following steps.

1. PRE SHIPMENT WASTE ANALYSIS:

89. Before a facility treats, stores or disposes of a waste, it must profile the waste including a detailed chemical & physical analysis of a representative sample of waste

2. WASTE RECEIVING:

90. Waste shipment normally transports by trucks as containers from generators to the common facility.

91. The truck is weighed. Representative sample is collected for testing & verification of parameters. Then after verification, the truck is directed to an unloading area. Unloading area can be in temporary hazardous waste storage area or storage area for incinerable waste or direct to secure land filling or to Landfill after treatment.

3. WASTE STORAGE AND PREPARATION:

92. After unloading, the wastes which are transferred to storage shed are moved in to storage that can consist of tanks, impoundment for bulk liquids, lined bed for solids & sludge, or warehouses for containers and bags.

93. Storage is done to store the waste safely before introducing as feed into the system of unit treatment and disposal process.

4. WASTE TREATMENT:

94. After maintaining the waste in storage the treatment schedule is developed from the laboratory analysis report. The waste is treated & disposed to the final disposal facility. The flow diagram for the same is shown in following figure

95. Hazardous waste is chemically bound to the stabilizing agent, thereby controlling further leaching. Stabilization / solidification are proven technology for the treatment of Hazardous Wastes.



Karnataka.)

69 | P a g e

5. EMISSIONS & RESIDUAL MANAGEMENT:

96. Each waste treatment process produces gaseous emissions, wastewater effluents or solid residuals, which are required to treat further. For these residuals components following facilities are proposed.

97. For gaseous emissions from plasma based incineration facility wet scrubbing system followed by wet ESP are proposed. Then, sufficient height of chimney shall be provided to disperse clean gas as per specified emissions norms.

98. Scrubber water, leachate water or wheel wash effluent shall lead to effluent treatment plant for proper treatment and final disposal to CETP or Multiple Effect Evaporator System to attain Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) at the Site.

99. Solid residues from Advanced Thermal Treatment System shall be used in Road work or land filling or ultimate disposal into Secured Landfill based on TCLP characteristics.

2.6.1.3 Plasma Gasification Facility with Power Plant for Incinerable Waste

100. Proposed PGVR plant will have capacity to process 20 metric tons per day of industrial/hazardous solid, semi-solid and organic liquid wastes. The system shall be designed to use the energy-rich syngas generated by the plasma gasification system to generate electricity and steam. Electricity will be utilized within the plant. Steam generated shall be used in process requirement and for the utilization in Multiple Effect Evaporation System (MEES) to be deployed for waste water treatment.

101. The unit will provide the following benefits to the Industries and vicinity:

Useful and effective handling and treatment of Incinerable waste as such facility is not available in state of Karnataka.

Present an innovative and cost-effective use of the valuable alternative energy such as power and steam produced by the syngas generated by the Plasma Gasification system.

The proposed project will result in a net reduction of CO2 emissions and should therefore qualify for Clean Development Mechanism benefits.



Karnataka.)

70 | P a g e

Offer the above benefits while exhibiting the highest levels of safety and environmental compliance.

PGVR plant produces virtually no secondary wastes; while generating valuable end-products with commercial value. Emissions from the PGVR system shall be far below regulatory limits (and significantly lower than current regulatory standards). PGVR systems do not produce any harmful pollutants such as dioxins and furans.

102. SMS Infrastructure has successfully executed and operated 75 TPD Plasma Gasification Project for the treatment of incinerable waste at their site at MIDC, Ranjangaon, Pune. The plant is based on plasma gasification technology. Here in this plant SMSIL has successfully treated wide range of waste streams generated by more than 400 member industries. SMSIL is therefore first in operating plasma gasification plant in not only India but in Asia on commercial and large capacity level which can deploy a waste management solution that supports the goals of sustainable development. The PGVR technology is NOT incineration and, indeed, is far superior to incineration

Figure 2.10 Plasma Gasification Facility with Power Plant for Incinerable Waste Source: SMS infrastructure Limited



Karnataka.)

71 | P a g e

103. Plasma Gasification and Vitrification Reactor (PGVR) plant consists of following major components (Refer Fig. 2.10)

i. Waste Feed System: Solid and Liquid Waste Feed System consisting of waste lifter, shredder, screw feeder, fork lift for drum and waste conveying, drum crusher (enclosed with proper ventilation and VOC collection system), drum unloading and pumping system.

ii. Plasma Reactor iii. Molten slag quenching and granulation system iv. Gas Conditioning and Cleaning System

a. Gas quencher b. Ventury Scrubber c. HCl Scrubbing System d. Alkali Scrubbing System and Na2S recovery system e. Gas Cooler f. Solution preparation tanks.

v. ID Fan vi. PSA Plants for Nitrogen and Oxygen generation vii. Plasma Torch and Plasma Power Supply System with Chilled

Water Circulation system viii. Torch Air Compressor ix. Enriched Air supply system x. Syn Gas Utilization System: Gas Holder, Booster Fan, Gas filters,

Gas Engine and Alternator and Power Panel, Synchronizing Panel, Waste Heat Recovery Boiler, Boiler Feed water system

xi. Syn Gas Boiler System (As standby to Gas Engine System) xii. Exhaust Stack and Syn Gas Flare System xiii. PCC/MCC Panel, Substation, synchronizing panel, emergency DG

Set. xiv. Instrumentation and Control System xv. Raw water storage tank, elevated water storage tank, Water

Treatment Plant, water storage tank. xvi. Cooling tower and cooling water circulation system xvii. Instrument Air Compressor and compressed air network xviii. Plant bleed water collection and recycling system xix. Fire water storage tank, fire water pumps and fire hydrant network

and system. Fire detection, alarm, auto sprinkler system, fire extinguisher

Plant Design Basis



Karnataka.)

72 | P a g e

Waste Disposal Capacity: PGVR Plant

Capacity 20 Tons/Day

Avg Feed Calorific Value of Waste: 4300 kcal/kg

Feed Rate of Waste: 1 Tons/hr (Single Stream, at avg CV of Waste) Operating Hours: 6500 hrs/year

Operation Range

Plant will be designed to operate between 60% and 100% capacity with respect to thermal capacity of the feed.

Waste Characteristics

Table 2.6 Ultimate Analysis of Waste

WASTE COMPOSITION ( WT % BASIS )

Combined

Waste Packed

Solid Waste

Liquid waste high

CV Slurry and

Sludge

Type 1 Type 2 Type 3

% DISTRIBUTION

85.11 63.83 8.51 12.77

QUANTITY IN KG/HR

1000.00 750.00 100.00 150.00

QUANTITY IN TPD

20.00 15.00 2.00 3.00

COMPOSITION IN WT % BASIS CARBON C 48.19 42 66 60

HYDROGEN H 3.29 3 6 3

OXYGEN O 15.05 15 18 17

NITROGEN N 0.95 1 1 1

CHLORIDE Cl 1.90 2 2 2

SULFUR S 1.95 2 2 2

MOISTURE H20 8.62 10 3 5

INORGANIC/INERT

20.05 25 2 10

TOTAL

100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00

GROSS CALORIFIC VALUE KCAL/KG 4421.80 3826.28 6670.05 5194.53

NET CALORIFIC VALUE KCAL/KG 4371.81 3768.28 6652.65 5165.53 Notes: Maximum Limit of Hg + Cd + Th will be < 0.3 ppm by weight in combined waste. Source: SMS infrastructure Limited

Produced Syngas Utilization System: Gas shall be used for power generation in gas engine. Exhaust hot flue gas from gas engine shall be utilized for the generation of low pressure steam.



Karnataka.)

73 | P a g e

Power Plant

Power plant shall be based on gas engine. Gas engine shall be operated using synthesis gas generated from the PGVR plant. Projected power generation using gas engine shall be 1200 KW. Power generated using gas engine shall be fully utilized within the plant for captive consumption.

Utilities

Water required for the process shall be obtained through tankers. Specification of process water shall be as under

pH: 6.5 to 7.5 Total Dissolved Salts: < 300 mg/lit Total Hardness: < 120 mg/lit Suspended Particles: < 25 mg/lit

Grid Electric Power shall be available from the local electricity board at following rating

Voltage: 11/ 22 / 33 KVA (Subject to confirmation from local board

authority), 3 Phase Frequency: 50 Hz

Emission Standards While operating at 100% rated capacity, emission limit from the discharge of stack shall be as under:

Parameter Emission Limit (mg/Nm3)

Particulates 50

HCl 50

SO2 200

CO 100

TOC 20

HF 4

NOX (NO and NO2 expressed 400

Expressed as NO2)

Note: All values above shall be corrected to 10% oxygen on dry volume basis.

Hydrocarbon: 10 ppm, over an hourly rolling average on dry basis, measured as propane.

Opacity: While operating properly at 100% rated capacity, the system shall have visible emission rate of less than on equal to



Karnataka.)

74 | P a g e

10%, except for condensed water vapour, from the discharge of stack (one hour rolling average).

Dioxin / Furans: While operating at 100% rated capacity, the system shall have an emission of dioxin and furans less than or equal to 0.1 ng TEQ / Nm3 corrected to 10% Oxygen. Sampling period shall be minimum 6 hours and maximum 8 hours.

Metals: While operating properly at rated capacity, the system shall have an emission rate from the discharge of stack to atmosphere less than or equal to

Metals: Emission Limit (mg/NM3)

Cd + Th (& it’s compounds) 0.05

Hg (& it’s compounds) 0.05

Sb + As + Pb + Cr + Cu + Mn + Ni + V

(& it’s compounds) 0.5

Note: All values above shall be corrected to 10% oxygen on dry volume basis.

Design Standard

104. EWML will follow good engineering practice for gas and liquids which either operates at ambient conditions or near to ambient conditions and at less than 3.5 kg/cm2 g operating pressure.

105. For design of pressure parts and vessels (especially boiler system) EWML will follow ASME standards for design.

106. Description of major sub system of PGVR plant and process is described as under

Feed system

107. The project is provided with solid/semi-solid waste feed system and liquid waste feed system. Solid and liquid waste is received in various forms and packing. This is summarized as under along with its methods of feeding to plasma reactor and MEE

Sr No Type of Waste Physical Characteristics

Feeding Method to Plasma Reactor

1 Solid Waste / sludge in loose form / packed in bags

Solid waste packed in bags and mildly sticky but in loose form

Feed System 1: Waste is charged in waste lifting cart which will fed waste into waste shredder and from waste shredder waste will enter into screw feeder. Screw



Karnataka.)

75 | P a g e

feeder will feed waste continuously to plasma Reactor

Feed System 2: Waste is charged in waste lifting cart which will fed waste into Double door ram pusher mechanism. Waste is as such fed into the plasma reactor. This feed system is only operated when waste cannot be shredded in waste feed system 1.

2 Solid waste in loose form and packed in drums

Solid waste is easily removable from the drum by tilting drum.

Solid waste from drum is unloaded into Waste lifting cart which then feed waste to shredder of feed system. From shredder waste will be fed to screw feeder. Screw feeder will feed waste continuously to plasma Reactor

3 Waste in sludge form and very difficult to remove from drum, received in steel or HDPE drums

Very sticky and solidified sludge which is formed due to solidification of liquid waste

Drums will be subjected to crushing and then shredding in separate drum crusher and shredder at ground level. Shredded mass is collected in bag and then it is fed to plasma reactor similar to as described in 1.

4 Waste received in liquid form in drums.

Liquid Waste is pump-able from normal sludge pump and is having low / high flash point but can be toxic in nature and cannot be left open

Such drums will be placed in separate drum unloading room which is sealed in nature. Drums will be opened in this room with proper PPE by single person and is connected to suction of pump. Once drum is connected, person will come out and then liquid pumping from drum will be started using pump, into plasma reactor at controlled rate.

5. Waste received in liquid form in drums with sludge at the bottom

Liquid Waste is pump-able but highly viscous and drums having sludge at the bottom. Can be high/low flash point

Same as 4 above. The balance left in drums along with drum is crushed in drum crusher and then drum is fed to waste feed system as described in 1.

Plasma Reactor

108. Plasma gasification process is carried out at very high temperature (1100-1200 0 C) and in oxygen starved atmosphere. This condition is developed in high heat reaction zone at the base of the reactor at



Karnataka.)

76 | P a g e

which all the organic material will be gasified and all inorganic material would be melted. The most likely compound formed due to gasification process would be Methane, CO, CO2, H2O and H2. The heat source for the process is plasma torch which is supplied with electric power only.

109. Plasma reactor made of mild steel and lined with refractory and insulation, where the high temperature created by the plasma torches dissociates the molecules that make up the waste into their elemental constituents. The dissociated constituents of the waste are then “re-formed” (through the addition of stoichiometric amounts

of oxidant: oxygen and/or steam) into the syngas.

110. Plasma reactor is provided with adequate design consideration for ensuring complete gasification of waste. Due to nature of assumed design basis waste feedstock, it would be required to inject an oxidant to convert Carbon to Carbon Monoxide. Oxygen enriched air is used as oxidant for the oxidant for the process. Oxygen required for oxygen enrichment is produced by on site Oxygen Plant.

111. The plasma reactor at the syn gas outlet area is provided with steam injection arrangement for conditioning of syn gas. This steam also functions as an oxidant and provides an additional temperature control as well as reduces the amount of un-reacted carbon carried over in the syngas. The addition of steam also tends to enrich the calorific value of the syngas through an increase in the amount of hydrogen gas produced

112. The refractory and insulating materials are selected and designed to minimize heat losses, ensure high levels of reliability in operations (including resistance to erosion and thermal shock).

113. The top-most refractory layer is designed to quickly conduct the heat transferred by the plasma torch arcs throughout the entire plasma reactor bottom. The top refractory layer ensures the even and effective conduction of heat.

114. Inorganic constituents in the waste would be vitrified (i.e. melted) in the plasma reactor. Molten slag pool is maintained at the bottom of the reactor which is taken out periodically through slag tapping process. During non-tapping operations, the tapping port is closed using water-cooled tap plugs. When tapping is to be initiated, the



Karnataka.)

77 | P a g e

tap plug is pulled out of allowing the molten vitrified matrix mixture to flow out of the PRC into the vitrified matrix collection system.

115. The flowing mass is collected in slag quench tank where slag is collected on the screen. Water passes through screen and collected in overflow tank. From here water is again circulated back to the slag quenching trough.

116. Vent collected from the slag quenching system is collected and passed through VOC removal (activated carbon bed) system to ensure that there is no VOC emitted from the

117. Vent collected from the slag quenching system is collected and passed through VOC removal (activated carbon bed) system to ensure that there is no VOC emitted from the system.

Oxygen and Nitrogen System

118. In order to generate rich syn gas from plasma reactor Oxygen enriched air is used as oxidant into the reactor. Oxygen will be generated using on site oxygen generation plant.

119. Nitrogen would be used for a variety of purposes including (but not limited to) purging and blanketing of key systems for fire prevention purposes, as an emergency supply for critical equipment such as the feeding system in the event of an unexpected loss of power. The nitrogen gas would be provided by an on-site PSA plant with a nominal capacity of 25 Nm3/hr.

Gas Conditioning and Cleaning System

Gas Quencher

120. The syngas leaving the plasma reactor at approximately 1,000 to 1,200°C would enter gas quencher vessel where it would come into contact with a spray of circulating liquid through the system. This circulating liquid will cool down the gas immediately at saturated condition of 78-80 deg C. Quenched gas along with circulating liquid enters high pressure drop ventury scrubber for further treatment

Ventury Scrubber

121. Quenched and saturated syn gas is taken to high pressure drop variable throat ventury scrubber system where in syn gas and circulating liquid is brought into intimate contact for capturing particulate matter from the syn gas. Ventury scrubber is designed to



Karnataka.)

78 | P a g e

offer pressure drop of 650 mmwc and to achieve target efficiency of 95% particulate matter removal. Gas quencher is provided with SS shell with acid proof refractory lining to withstand acidic and hot gas temperature. Ventury scrubber is also provided with SS shell with acid proof refractory lining material to withstand operating condition.

HCl Scrubber System

122. The quenched and cleaned gases are then directed to a packed tower, outfitted with a bottom holding area. The gas is cooled to approximately 55oC, which is below the saturation temperature of approximately of 78°C. HCl is captured in a circulating low concentration stream. Due to the gas cooling and absorption of HCl, heat is generated. The heat generated would be removed in a graphite tube heat exchanger using cooling water on its shell side. Simultaneous to the HCl gas being scrubbed, a continuous bleed stream would be removed and collected in an accumulation tank. There would be an additional particulate matter collection, which would be continuously removed inside the stream filter press. The recovered HCl solution (approximately 2.5% to 4%) may also be beneficially used. If beneficial re-utilization of the HCl aqueous solution is not possible The HCl bleed stream would be neutralized with a caustic solution to form a NaCl solution.

Alkali Scrubbing System

123. The cleaned syngas, free of HCl, is then conveyed to an Alkali scrubber for recovery of a Na2S solution. The Alkali scrubbing system would be a two stage packed bed scrubber. The bottom part of the scrubber would circulate the collected 18-20% Na2S solution with 1-2% free caustic, which would capture the H2S gas from the syngas. The caustic would react with the H2S to form Na2S in an endothermic reaction:

H2S + NaOH = Na2S + H2O

124. The upper part of the alkali scrubber would have a packed bed, where the syngas comes in contact with a lean solution of Na2S and a higher concentration of free NaOH (5-6%) to achieve an additional absorption of H2S that is not removed in the bottom section. Recovered Na2S would overflow from the holder at the bottom of the top section to the product collection tank. Cooling is provided



Karnataka.)

79 | P a g e

using an indirect heat exchanger (stainless steel material of construction) on the circulating water circuit in order to further reduce the moisture content of the syngas.

125. Depending on incoming H2S loading, the Na2S by-product bleed stream would be removed from the bottom circulating stream of the alkali scrubber. This stream would be provided with a polishing filtration treatment to make it suitable for commercial use/sale. An overflow amount would be received from the upper portion. A make-up caustic solution would be added to the upper circulating stream. Also provided is a mist eliminator at the top of the scrubber to entrap any entrained liquid droplets.

ID Fan and Syn Gas Holder

126. Two induced draft fans would be provided in parallel (Operating and Standby), each constructed of SS304 impeller and casing in MSRL/MSFRP-lined to resist corrosion due to the presence of wet gases. These fans are integrated within the system downstream of the gas cleaning and conditioning system to create negative pressure within the plasma reactor and the rest of the process train (-1/10 inches Water Column (“W.C.”) to about -1/2 inches W.C.). The ID fans ensure a fast response by the Variable Frequency Drive during pressure excursions that may occur in the Plasma Reactor during operations.

127. Synthesis gas from the ID Fan is taken to syn gas filters.

Syn Gas Utilization System

128. The cleaned syn gases then pass through one of two redundant trains of filters designed to remove particulates to meet stringent requirements of the gas engine manufacturers. Each of the two redundant filter trains consists of two saw dust filters in series and a safety (fabric/cartridge) filter. These saw dust filters are completely passive (no bags that require high pressure nitrogen gas for pulsing), relying on a bed of sifted saw dust to achieve the filtration process. After passing the filters, the syn gases will be accumulated in a tank of approximate capacity of 2.0 m3 will accumulate the syngas at a pressure of approximately +50 to + 100 mmwcg. From syngas holder, syngas is continuously conveyed into syngas utilization system using booster fan to provide a stable and uniform supply of syngas for energy production. The syngas utilization



Karnataka.)

80 | P a g e

system consists of two or more gas engine generator sets to produce electric power. The exhaust gas from the generator sets, which exit at a temperature of approximately 500oC will then be conveyed to an energy recovery system where the enthalpy of the hot exhaust gases will be recovered in a Heat Recovery Steam Generation System to generate process steam up to 5 kg/cm2, saturated. The process steam will be used within the plant (including in the plasma reactor for syngas production) as well as for the chiller plant that provides chilled water to the gas cleaning system as well as cooling water to the plasma power supplies. The HRSG system will be provided with a separate package boiler that will be maintained in stand-by condition and will be designed to provide the ability to combust approximately 50% of the syngas flow from the plant in the event that one or more gas engine Gensets are not operating or if the grid is unable to accept the surplus electric power generated by the plant. This will allow for the continuous operation of the plant and for the production of process steam for plant operations. Any surplus steam generated will be condensed and reused as feed water or vented, as appropriate.

300 KWe x 3 Plasma Torch System with an Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor power supply

129. Plasma is a high temperature ionized, conductive gas, which is created within the plasma torch by the interaction of a gas with an electric arc. The plasma torch converts the electrical energy into thermal energy of the gas thereby raising its temperature.

Source: SMS Infrastructure Limited

Figure 2.11 Plasma Torch



Karnataka.)

81 | P a g e

130. The plasma generation system utilized within each reactor of the PGVR plant comprises of three individual non-transferred arc water cooled metal electrode torch systems of WPC, USA. Compressed Air is used as Plasma Gas which passes through both Electrode in the torch and gets ionized. Hot and ionized air creates high temperature zone in the bottom of reactor and dissociates waste into molecules.

131. The top-most refractory layer is designed to quickly conduct the heat transferred by the plasma plume throughout the entire plasma reactor bottom, convective and radiation heat transfer also transfer the torch energy to the rest of the reactor volume. The top refractory layer ensures the even and effective conduction of heat.

132. The temperature in the plasma reactor is measured from a minimum of two locations: one location in the upper section of the plasma reactor; the other location measures the temperature of the lower sections of the plasma reactor. The plasma torches are operated without feeding commencing until the plasma reactor bulk temperature reaches a minimum of 1,000°C to ensure proper dissociation/pyrolysis/gasification of the organic constituents of the wastes. Once feeding operations commence, the bulk temperature quickly increases to the desired operating temperature range of 1,000 to 1,200°C (1,500oC when tapping/melting operations are conducted) and above.

133. Any inorganic constituents in the waste are melted (vitrified) into an environmentally safe, leach-resistant, vitrified matrix or slag. The removal of the vitrified matrix presents no hazards of any kind to personnel, requires no special tools and does not disrupt the operating process. The vitrified matrix can be used in a variety of applications including roadbed/fill construction, blast media and concrete aggregate.

134. There are two different type of electrodes provided in the plasma torch. Copper electrode life is approx 200-300 Hrs of operation and silver electrode life is approx 500-600 Hrs of operation. Electrodes are replaced at regular intervals by isolating and removing plasma torch from the reactor. Platforms and access ladders are provided to provide personnel access to the sections of the plasma reactor to



Karnataka.)

82 | P a g e

facilitate torch replacement. The entire plasma generating system has an electrical-to-thermal efficiency greater than 65-70% or more.

135. The torches are powered by an advanced IGBT (Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor) power supply that provides the following advantages over other plasma torch power supplies:-

Requires an input current that is approximately 30% less than SCR (Silicon Controlled Rectifier) systems;

Power factors of approximately 0.97;

Low harmonic distortion (approximately 10 times less than SCR systems);

High arc stability compared to SCR systems; and

Control panel size is smaller than a comparable SCR system.

Power Panel and Process Control System

136. The power/electrical panel houses the motor control center and the PLC (Process Logic Controller) system and provides complete access to operate and monitor the process. It is designed for continuous operation. The electrical panel houses the PLC system which interfaces with the plant control system containing graphic interfaces (e.g. flow diagrams and process indications of temperature, pressure, for example) of each subsystem and major components critical for the safe operation and efficient monitoring of the system.

137. Power generated in the PGVR plant at 415 V shall be fed to a switchgear and a synchronizing panel (which will synchronize with the grid-supplied electricity that would be used to run the plant system when the co-generation plant is down for any reason) to feed the in plant captive power demand. Surplus power generated by the plant will be fed and metered for sale to the grid in accordance with all specific local regulations and standards. The various MCCs are fed by the 415 V switchgear.

138. The voltage levels in the proposed plant will be 415 V, 50 Hz for 3 phases and 240 V for single phase and 240 V ac for control supply requirement. There will be separate centralized MCC room from where power will be fed to all drives of the plant. The MCC shall be



Karnataka.)

83 | P a g e

fixed type cubicle, vermin proof with standard fuses, relays and indication lamps. Weatherproof start – stop push button stations shall be provided near each motor for local start/stop control. Necessary power and control cables running from MCC to motors and back shall be provided. The cables shall conform to International Electrical Code and relevant Indian standards. All motors shall be of TEFC construction, motors and components located within the area housing the Plasma Island and Syngas Utilization system will be explosion or spark proof design. All drives above 50 HP (and other selected drives that require or serve fine-tune control functions, including ID Fans, Booster Fans and Chiller System pumps) shall be provided with VFDs as power saving option and for better plant control (The advantage of VFDs is to reduce starting peak current as well as energy saving when plant operates at lower loads). Start-Delta starters will be provided for motor ratings that are greater than 10 HP; DOL starters for motors with ratings that are less than 10 HP.

139. The PGVR plant is driven by proprietary, state-of-the-art instrumentation and a computerized control system. A SCADA (Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition) system which is a distributed measurement and control system that includes hardware and software components is provided as the process control system providing a graphics-based visualization of the control and monitoring system.

140. The SCADA system communicates with the PLC system. The control system obtains inputs from all of the PGVR plant subsystems to achieve total overall control of the system. Safety, interlocking features and emergency shut-down aspects specific to each subsystem are incorporated to assure safety features are not compromised.

141. Each subsystem has customized interface screens. The SCADA system monitors all input and output parameters and prompts the operator to make appropriate adjustments (or makes automatic adjustments for critical safety-related conditions) to the waste feed rate, torch power, plasma reactor temperature, oxidant input (if required), and the gas cleaning and conditioning system to ensure that the system operates to meet prescribed environmental



Karnataka.)

84 | P a g e

requirements. The SCADA system also records and logs all events onto a hard disk, which can be printed for further assessment.

Safety Features and Measures

142. The following overall safety measures is proposed for the facility:-

Automated, PLC based control system for plant operation;

Safety interlocks for the plant normal start up and shut down (normal / emergency) operation;

Installed Redundancy of critical pumps and fans, including ID Fans, Syn Gas Booster Fan, scrubber Circulating pumps, Chiller Pumps

Standby emergency power supply for the system. would include DG set as well as battery UPS back up for critical components such as waste feed system (to allow for safe shutting of isolation gates in the event of power failure), ID Fans, scrubber circulating pumps , PLC and SCADA system and selected instrumentation within plasma island (including, reactor pressures and temperature, on-line gas analyser) and nitrogen purging system;

Provision of Emergency Safety valve venting in the unlikely event that a reactor overpressure condition occurs in case of failure of above safety back-up systems and power failure (including failure of UPS System) ;

Installation of smoke detectors, fire alarm, ambient/personal CO monitors fire hydrant fighting system and fire extinguisher system. Preventive maintenance;

Use of PPEs;

DO’s and DON’TS boards for workers at prominent place; and

Mock drills and training.

Fire Fighting System

143. The fire protection system shall comprise of:-

Pressurized Hydrant system - For waste storage, PGVR plant, power plant block ,administration building area and other areas also;

Transformer rooms, consumer 11KV SSU, Genset room and UPS room will be outfitted with CO2 total flooding system



Karnataka.)

85 | P a g e

Plasma torch power supply rooms, MCC/PCC room and PLC/Control Room will be outfitted with FM200 Total Flooding System.

Fire detection and alarm system for waste storage area, PGVR plant, power plant block and administration building area;

Fire Fighting system shall comprises of following major equipment and systems;

Electric driven main fire pumps with emergency power from standby Diesel Genset for hydrant network serving of hydrants and hosereels;

All necessary pump controls complete with all accessories for the above-mentioned pumps;

All buried piping and over-ground pipes, fitting, valves, automatic actuators, supports etc for fire water distribution networks;

All necessary sign-posting for the water-hydrant ring system including brackets, complete with accessories;

All electrical rooms will be provided with clean agent automatic fire extinguisher systems

Complete Addressable analogue fire detection system with heat and smoke detectors for various plant area including storages with necessary cabling, interface panels, controllers, sounders, manual call points, sirens, response indicators, and all necessary hardware and accessories; and

All necessary electrical equipment, such as LV switch-gear, LV motors, LV power and control cables, control panels with alarm, PBB and interlocks, necessary DC systems, push button stations, cable trays and accessories, cabling, glands lugs, earthing and lightning protection conforming to relevant electrical specifications.

On Line Gas Analyser

144. The plasma gasification system is provided with on-line syngas analysis equipment and on line stack analyser system.

145. An on-line syngas analyser would be provided to continuously monitor the composition of the syngas leaving the plasma reactor.



Karnataka.)

86 | P a g e

The system would monitor temperature, CO, H2 and O2 utilizing suitable sensors.

146. On line gas analyser installed at stack would monitor PM, HCl, SO2, Nox and O2utilizing suitable sensors.

Heat and Mass Balance of PGVR Plant

147. Heat and Mass Balance for the proposed PGVR project is provided as under.



Karnataka.)

87 | P a g e



Karnataka.)

88 | P a g e



Karnataka.)

89 | P a g e



Karnataka.)

90 | P a g e

Figure 2.12 Heat and Mass Balance

Source: SMS Infrastructure Limited

2.6.1.4 Used Oil Recycling Facility

Introduction:

148. Used oil is termed as hazardous. Crude oil straight out of the ground is processed into numerous products like gasoline, lubricating oils and asphalt. Uncontaminated Crude Oil is generally



Karnataka.)

91 | P a g e

fully bio-degradable. While automobile engine is running, the motor oil collects heavy metal (lead, cadmium, zinc, and barium, iron steel particles, and copper). Several of these contaminants are toxic and harmful to the environment.

149. The hazards associated with used oil result from the various additives used in its manufacture and from the heavy metal contaminants picked up from use in the internal combustion engine. Illegally disposed of oil can pollute the groundwater with contaminants such as lead, magnesium, copper, zinc, chromium, arsenic, chlorides, cadmium and polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs). It is said that, it takes only one litre of oil to contaminate one million liters of water.

150. The most important advantage of Re-Refining is economic. Re- Refining of used oil can play a big role in reducing pollution. Reckless dumping of used oil can cause damage to land and water and burning of used oil as fuel can pollute air. Re-refining of used oil also forms a good source of used oil for generator by saving the expenditure on lubricants. Recycled used oil can be used as an industrial burner fuel, hydraulic oil, incorporated into other products or re-refined back into new lubricating oil.

Benefits of used oil recycling:

A] Environmental Benefits:

151. Refining of used oil can play a big role in reducing pollution. Reckless dumping of Used Oil can cause damage to land and water and burning of Used Oil as fuel can pollute air. Refining of used oil while saving the environment also creates wealth for the generator of used oil.

B] Other uses for recycled oil:

152. While the following uses may not be all that "green", it goes to show just how important that this resource is recycled rather than just thrown out. By recycling engine oil, we reduce the need for extraction of crude oil and the associated environmental impacts of that activity.

153. Engine oil can also be used as fuel oil. By recycling just two gallons of used oil, it has the energy potential to generate enough electricity to run the average household for almost 24 hours. One gallon of



Karnataka.)

92 | P a g e

used oil processed for fuel contains about 140,000 British Thermal Units (BTUs) of energy.

It can be reused as hydraulic oil.

Many petro-chemical based products can be made with it.

Used Oil refining can save up to 50% of expenditure on lubricants.

Recycling of used oil is saving the environment from pollution. Storing used oil for a long time increases chances of spillage which is harmful to the soil and underground water.

India is fully dependent on import of lube oil. Indian crude oil does not have any lube content. Hence by refining used oil we can save a huge amount of foreign exchange.

Petroleum reserves are limited. Instead of depleting this valuable natural resource it is logical to recycle and conserve it.

Used oil Recovery Facility

154. EWML wish to put used oil recycling facility having a capacity of 40,000 KL/year. The primary target generators shall be only the member industries of TSDF. We are very much confident that we can meet our requirement from TSDF members itself. The automobile sector and transport sector will also be a good market for us.

155. The waste/Used oil generated by our existing customers will be our primary target –quantity envisaged to half of our capacity. We are also in touch with the managements of ports in the state for the management of waste/used oil generated from the ships. Also, the automobile sector, transport sectors will also be good markets for us.

Proposed Technology

156. EWML has proposed to install a technology based on High Vacuum distillation for the Recycling/ Recovery of the used oil. EWML has proposed to put 2 parallel units- each having capacity of 20,000 KL/Y. The facility will consists of high vacuum distillation and after treatment set up. Both the set ups will be in non- flame proof construction.

Unit Operations and Equipment



Karnataka.)

93 | P a g e

157. Vacuum distillation is a method of distillation whereby the pressure above the liquid mixture to be distilled is reduced to less than its vapour pressure (usually less than atmospheric pressure) causing evaporation of the most volatile liquid(s) (those with the lowest boiling points). This distillation method works on the principle that boiling occurs when the vapour pressure of a liquid exceeds the ambient pressure. Vacuum distillation is used with or without heating the solution.

158. If atmospheric distillation is utilized, the oil from the atmospheric distillation column is the feedstock for the vacuum distillation column. In vacuum Distillation the feedstock can be separated into products of similar boiling range to better control the physical properties of the lube base stock – distillate cuts that will be produced from the vacuum tower products. The major properties that are controlled by vacuum distillation are viscosity, flash point and carbon residue. The viscosity of the lube-oil base-stock is determined by the viscosity of the distillate in terms of its relative viscosity separation, e.g. Light, medium and heavy oil.

List of Major Equipment

For High Vacuum Distillation set up 1. Pre Heater 2. Separator -1 No. 3. ATFE – 1 No. 4. SPDU – 1 No 5. Partial condenser for ATFE – 1 No 6. Cooler for ATFE Distillate 1 No 7. Cold Traps 8. Hold up receivers 9. Feed Tank 10. Feed Pump 11. Gear Pump 12. Vaccum system Super finishing/ After Treatment set up 1. Agitator 2. Super finishing tanks- 2 Nos 3. Condenser 4. Receiver – 2 No.s 5. Feed pump 6. Filter Press – 1 No.



Karnataka.)

94 | P a g e

159. The Figure 2.13 shows the vacuum distillation unit / process is shown below

Figure 2.13 Oil Recovery Process


2.6.1.5 Waste Bank and unit for Co-processing of Hazardous Waste:

160. Co-processing is the use of waste as raw material or as a source of energy or both to replace natural mineral resources and fossil fuels such as coal, petroleum and gas (energy recovery) in industrial processes, mainly in Cement, Steel, and Thermal power industries.

161. The proposed facility is designed to handle 30 TPD Incinerable Hazardous Waste to be converted Alternative Raw material of Source of energy for “Waste Bank and unit for Co-processing of Hazardous Waste”

Application.

162. The proposed facility is an integral part of hazardous waste management facility. The incinerable hazardous waste received at site will have common storage facility for sending incinerable waste either to plasma gasification plant or for the cement co-processing unit..

163. The categories of Hazardous Waste / Substance which has been granted permission is provided in Table 2.4 of the Guideline on Co-Processing by CPCB, along with detailed methodology for getting approval of the waste for co-processing.



Karnataka.)

95 | P a g e

164. The co-processing facility consists of following major components:

1. Collection, Storage and Characterization of Waste (Common with

the Incinerable Hazardous Waste)

2. Premixing process.

3. Packaging and Transportation

165. Acceptance criteria of Hazardous Waste for use as Alternative Raw material for Cement Co-Processing is tabulated as under as per the CPCB Guideline on co-Processing.

Table 2.7 : Specification of HW for use as Alternative Raw Material/ fuel for Cement Units

Parameter Limit Volatile organic Hydrocarbon < 5000 ppm Total organic Carbon (TOC) < 1000 ppm CaO + SiO2 + A1203 + Fe203 + SO3 (In Ash)

> 80 %

Chloride < 1.5 % Sulphur < 1.5 % PCB/PCT (ppm) < 5.0 Heavy Metals (ppm) Hg Cd + Tl + Hg As + Co + Ni + Se + Te + Sb + Cr + Sn + Pb + V

< 10 < 100 < 10,000

Table 2.8 Specification of HW for use of energy recovery

Parameter Limit Calorific Value As received basis >2500 k Cal/Kg

Ash -Liquid -Solid

< 5% < 20%

Chloride < 1.5 % Halogens (F+Br+I) < 1.0 % Sulphur < 1.5 % PCB/PCT (ppm) < 50 Heavy Metals (ppm) Hg Cd+Tl+Hg As+Co+Ni+Se+Te+Sb+Cr+Sn+Pb+V

< 10 < 100 < 25,00

pH 4 to 12 Viscosity (cSt) for Liquid < 100 Flash point (Deg Centigrade) (for Liquid) > 60



Karnataka.)

96 | P a g e

166. Hazardous waste falling within above acceptance criteria is taken to preparation facility for cement co-processing suitable material.

Premix for Solids and Liquids:

167. This is very important step in the process of formation of waste as alternative raw material of fuel (AFR) for co processing in cement kilns. Hazardous Waste suitable as AFR for Cement industries will be processed at pre-mix chamber. Facility will have premix solid and premix liquid plants. After studying the suitability criteria, waste volumes and compatibility studies, waste will be mixed in pre-mix plants. Here, waste will be converted in a more solid or compact or in homogenous form. This form of processed waste will make the waste more suitable to use as AFR for cement kilns; as handling, transportation and packing of such waste is easier.


Figure 2.14 Flow Diagram for Solid Premix Formation



Karnataka.)

97 | P a g e

Figure 2.15 Flow Diagram for Liquid Premix formation

(Source: SMS infrastructure Limited)

Blended solid waste or liquid waste will be packed as per the suitability for the transportation and cement industry. Solid waste will be packed in bags of capacity 500kgs/ 1Mt. Blended liquid waste will be transferred to tankers.

2.6.2. Medical Waste Management Facility

Introduction:

168. The state of Karnataka has become a major hub for Biotechnology and Pharmaceutical Industries and is the first stop for global and domestic biotech investment in the country. The state has the first mover advantage, with strong research capabilities, resource base, skilled manpower and government support creating an enabling environment for high growth. India’s largest biotech company Biocon focused on delivering affordable healthcare solutions is operating in the city of Bangalore. Dedicated Biotechnology parks and centers planned such as Nutraceutical and Phyto-Pharmaceutical Park at Mysore, Marine Biotech Park at Mangalore, Agri Biotech Park at Dharwad, and Vivarium (Animal House) at Bidar. In Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1998, Category 3mentions all waste generated from various Bio Technology R&D Industries and has to be treated and disposed off in Bio- Medical Waste Management Facility.

169. The state is also one of the hubs having Bulk drug and formulations industry. Waste like rejected batch / discarded medicines and cytotoxic drugs are covered under Category 5 of the Bio-Medical



Karnataka.)

98 | P a g e

Waste rules and these are also to be treated and disposed off in Bio-Medical waste treatment facility. In addition to this, such industries also have their first aid centres which generate biomedical waste which is to be treated and disposed off in biomedical waste management facility.

170. The proposed facility is in closer vicinity of the eastern part of the Bangalore city which does not have any existing Biomedical Waste Management Facility. Also the district of Malur where the facility is located does not have a Bio- Medical waste Management facility. This facility can cater to the demand of the hospitals, nursing homes blood banks and clinics for the disposal of the biomedical waste generated by them as per category No. 1 to 10 mentioned in the Bio- Medical Waste Management Rules.

171. The proposed facility will not only cater the pollution control needs of the health care establishment units but also increasing number of small and medium size industrial units of pharmaceutical and biotechnology sector and this project will go long way in meeting this important social objective of health care management and also improve the Medical/Health tourism as it is a growing sector in Bangalore. Advantages for medical treatment in Bangalore include the availability of latest medical technologies, which attracts lot of health tourists. If these hospitals and industries have compliance with the biomedical waste management rules, it will improve the current state of health tourism in Bangalore.

Treatment and disposal

172. Bio-medical waste shall be treated and disposed off in accordance with Schedule I of Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1998 (provided in Annexure-IV, and in compliance with the standards prescribed in Annexure VI.

173. Every occupier, where required, shall set up in accordance with the time schedule in Schedule VI, requisite bio-medical waste treatment facilities like incinerator, autoclave, microwave system for the treatment of waste, or, ensure requisite treatment of waste at a common waste treatment facility or any other waste treatment facility.



Karnataka.)

99 | P a g e

Proposed Technology

174. EWML has proposed to put controlled air Oil Fired Incinerator with a Burning Capacity of “250 kg/hr.” The incinerator will be As per CPCB guidelines August 2003 Incinerator for Common Bio medical Treatment Facility.

Medical Waste Management

175. The transported MW will be stored in suitable, constructed and well-enclosed storage room for segregation purpose according to their respective colour codes i.e. Red bags are Non-Incinerable and kept for Disinfect, while Yellow bags for incinerable material.

176. This will be sent for Incineration. The process is described by flow chart shown below in Figure 2.16:

Figure 2.16 Flow Diagram for Medical Waste Management




Karnataka.)

100 | P a g e

Non-Incinerable waste will be disinfected by Hypo chlorination system then autoclaving system. The time taken for Hypo chlorination is approximately 30 min.

Autoclaving will be done by specially manufactured Autoclaving machine. This process is done about in one hour by throwing vaporous air at 1.5 bar pressure & 121°C temperature. The whole procedure is shown in Figure:2.16

All records will be maintained to produce the required details to the Authorized Personnel’s from the Pollution Board and for the own records of EWML. Each and every activity will be monitored and recorded for our reference and for the reference of the concerned Authorities.

A Logbook will be maintained for each and every equipment, to record all the operational parameters during each cycle. Time, Date and Duration of each Treatment

Cycle will be maintained with the total hours of operation. Record for Waste Accepted will have the following parameters:

- Vehicle Number - Waste Collection Date - Name of healthcare unit - Quantity of Waste - Category of Waste - Name and Signature of receiving person at site.


A) Autoclave System: 50 kg/Hr

177. EWML have selected the following Autoclave system: The specifications are as follows: -

1. The chamber will be constructed of heavy – duty stainless steel 316 to withstand pressure of 1.2 kg/cm3 to 2.2-kg/ cm3 corresponding to temperature of 121°C - 134°C. The capacity of the chamber is 1000 ltrs/batch 2. Two rails will be provided in the chamber bottom for easy loading and unloading of the material on carriage. 3. Door – it has a double door system, which is operated manually or using the sliding type arrangement. 4. Vacuum Breaker valve will be provided for heavy duty and safety precautions.



Karnataka.)

101 | P a g e

5. Plug screen in the chamber will be provided to prevent the chocking of the discharge line with solids; it is easily removable for cleaning. 6. A thermostatic steam vent will be fitted in chamber to discharge line for automatic removals of air and chamber condensate immediately. 7. S.S. baffle plate will be fitted in the chamber in front of the steam inlet for proper distribution of steam in the chamber. 8. The sterilizer will be operated by steam supplied by in-built electric steam generator operable on electric coil. It has safety feature such as low water cut off, pressure control etc. 9. The system will have PLC based with tamper – proof control panel and recording devices. After the waste is disinfected, materials like Plastic Saline Bottles, Syringes, etc. will be broken down into small pieces by using the Shredding machine so that none of this waste is reused.

B) Shredder: 75 kg/hr

178. EWML have finalized the Shredder with the specifications as given below:

1. The shredder is constructed and designed for min maintenance and manual handling; having capacity of 75 kg/Hr. 2. The shaft is made of high strength steel alloys fitted with cutters having angular way. 3. Cutters are made of High speed steel which is heat treated to avoid damage due to sharp shred waste, syringes, scalpels, glass vials, I.V sets, rubber gloves, plastic materials, etc. 4. Special Hoppers designed for shredder with Ram assistance to push the material in cutting chamber. 5. Trolley is providing for handling shredded material. 6. External panelling covers are fitted for operator’s safety. 7. The shredder is supplied with control unit, which has an automatic reversing function. This function will protect the shredder



Karnataka.)

102 | P a g e

from over load damages and accident, it also has auto shut down in case the door of collection box or hopper lid is opened.

C) Incinerator: 250 kg/hr.

179. The Incinerator is double chambered and is designed on “controlled-air” incineration principle with a minimum of 100%

excess air. Volatilization of waste is achieved in primary chamber through supply of air through various nozzles on all sides of the primary chamber. Primary air is also admitted at the hearth for better contact. Heat is generated with fuel oil burner with auto operation system. This is done by the F.D. Fan provided with the Incinerator.

180. In the incineration process, the waste is thermally decomposed in the primary chamber at a temperature of 800±500°C. The gaseous products (volatile mater) are completely oxidized in the secondary chamber due to sufficient residence time, high temperature (1050±500 °C.) high turbulence and 100% excess air. The flame port through which the gases pass from primary chamber to secondary chamber is sized to produce high velocity for excellent mixing of combustion air and gases.

181. Both the chambers are fitted with burners to fire support fuel for initial heating up of chambers to required temperatures as well as maintain these temperatures.

TREATMENT & DISPOSAL PLAN

182. All Medical Waste Treatment & Disposal process will be done as per New CPCB Guidelines of August – 2003 :

1. Vehicles specially designed packed bodies will daily visit all the pre-decided and pre-informed member Hospitals, Clinics, Pathological labs, etc. to collect Bio – Medical Waste. 2. Each Vehicle will be consists of a driver and waste collectors, which make waste collection efficient, easier and faster.

2.6.3. E - Waste Treatment and Disposal Facility

183. E-waste comprises of wastes generated from used electronic devices and house hold appliances which are not fit for their original intended use and are destined for recovery, recycling or disposal. Such wastes encompasses wide range of electrical and electronic



Karnataka.)

103 | P a g e

devices such as computers, hand held cellular phones, personal stereos, including large household appliances such as refrigerators, air conditioners etc. E-wastes contain over 1000 different substances many of which are toxic and potentially hazardous to environment and human health, if these are not handled in an environmentally sound manner

184. The proposed treatment facility consists of the following treatment units:

1. Collection 2. Storage 3. Dismantling and Segregation 4. Recycling 5. Treatment and 6. Disposal

1. Collection Systems for E-waste:

The E-waste is collected from the generators and stored in the collecting system which is located at the treatment facility.

2. Storage:

Covered area used for storage of E-waste till such time that the waste is recycled or treated. Appropriate containers are used for storing different E-waste items separately to avoid mixing / contamination. Impermeable surfaces are provided by paving areas to prevent the transmission of liquids beyond the pavement surface.

3. Dismantling and Segregation:

Dismantling and segregation of E-waste are the first step towards recycling of E-waste. These are cost effective and labor intensive activities. Dismantling of E-waste may be carried out manually or mechanically depending upon the scale of operations and the E-waste being handled. Then the E-waste is segregated depending upon the type of waste and treatment required.

4. Recycling:

The composition of E-waste consists of diverse items like ferrous and non-ferrous metals, glass, plastic, electronic components (resistor, capacitor, transistor, diode, operational amplifier etc.) and other items and it is also revealed that E-waste consists of hazardous elements. Therefore, the major approach to treat E-waste is to reduce the concentration of these hazardous chemicals and elements through recycle and recovery. In the process of recycling or recovery, certain



Karnataka.)

104 | P a g e

E-waste fractions act as secondary raw material for recovery of valuable items.

185. The recycle and recovery includes the following unit operations. Recycling process is shown in the flow diagram in Figure 2.17;

5. Treatment:

186. Environmentally sound E-waste treatment technologies are used at three levels as described below and shown in Figure 2.18:

1. 1st level treatment

2. 2nd level treatment

3. 3rd level treatment

Figure 2.17 Recycle, Reuse and Recovery Options

187. All the three levels of E-waste treatment are based on material flow. The material flows from 1st level to 3rd level treatment. Each level treatment consists of unit operations, where E-waste is treated and output of 1st level treatment serves as input to 2nd level treatment. Similarly, the output of 2nd level treatment will be the input for the 3rd level treatment. After the third level treatment, the residue are disposed off either in TSDF or incinerated.

1st Level Treatment:



Karnataka.)

105 | P a g e

Input: E-waste items like TV, refrigerator and Personal Computers

(PC)

Unit Operations: There are three unit operations at first level of E-

waste treatment

a. Decontamination - Removal of all liquids and gases

b. Dismantling - Manual / Mechanized breaking

c. Segregation All the three unit operations are dry processes, which do not require usage of water. 2nd Level Treatment:

188. Input: Decontaminated E-waste consisting segregated non-hazardous E-waste like plastic, CRT, circuit board and cables.

Unit Operations: There are three unit operations at second level of E-

waste treatment

a. Hammering

b. Shredding

c. Special treatment processes comprising of

Non CRT and CRT treatment consisting of separation of funnels

and screen glass

Electromagnetic separation

Eddy current separation

Density separation using water



Karnataka.)

106 | P a g e

Figure 2.18 Three level treatment diagram

3rd Level Treatment:

189. The 3rd level E-waste treatment is carried out mainly to recover ferrous, non-ferrous metals, plastics and other items of economic value. The major recovery operations are focused on ferrous and non-ferrous metal recovery. The following sections describe the unit operations, processes, available technology and environmental implications.

Input / WEEE Residues Unit

Operation/Disposal/Recycling/ Technique

Output

Sorted Plastic Recycling Plastic Product Plastic Mixture Energy Recovery /Incineration Energy Recovery CRT Breaking / Recycling Glass Cullet Lead Smelting Secondary Lead Smelter Lead Ferrous Metal Scrap Secondary steel / iron recycling Iron Non Ferrous Metal Secondary copper and aluminum Copper / Aluminum



Karnataka.)

107 | P a g e

Scrap smelting Precious Metals Au/Ag

Separation (refining) Gold/Silver/Platinum and Palladium

Batteries (Lead Acid/Ni and Li ION)

Lead recovery and smelting. Remelting and separation

Lead

CFC Recovery / Reuse / and Incineration

CFC/Energy recovery

Oil Recovery / Reuse / and Incineration

Oil recovery / energy

Capacitors Incineration Energy recovery Mercury Separation and Distillation Mercury Source: SMS infrastructure Limited

2. Disposal:

190. The waste which remains after treatment is disposed off in a secured landfill.


1. CRT Cutting Machine

191. Used to break the CRT by means of sensible heat provided by the heaters.

2. Shredder:

192. The circuit boards from the electronic wastes are fed through feeding conveyer into the shredder. This shredder consists of cutters and the particle size will be of 10 mm width. Shredders are specifically designed to reduce plastic waste into fine particles which can be later utilized for recycling purpose. A plastic shredder typically has a motor that runs on electric current and moves a rotor. The rotor has strong blades attached to it which keeps cutting anything that moves in between. With suitable RPM the blade gains enough kinetic energy to cut through materials of different strength. They come with a dispenser basket to collect the fine granules of plastic, which can be later fed into a recycle plant. Bag house unit is set up with the shredder for dust collection.

3. Pulverizer



Karnataka.)

108 | P a g e

193. It is a kind of crushing equipment, using impact energy to crush materials. When materials get into the area where the board hammer plays a part, under the impact function of board hammer at a high speed, the crushed ones are thrown to the impact device above the rotor continuously. And then they are rebounded from the impact liner to the area where the board hammer plays a part, and are impactedagain. The materials from large ones to small ones get into the impact cavity for being crushed repeatedly. The process is repeated until the materials are crushed to the required sizes and discharged from down of the machine.

4. Eddy Current Separator

194. Whenever relative motion occurs between a metal conductor and magnetic lines of force, electric current are induced in the surface of the metal conductor. These induced electric currents are commonly referred to as “Eddy Currents”. Conversely, whenever electric currents flow through a metal conductor, magnetic lines of force are induced in the surrounding atmosphere. These induced magnetic lines of force are, of course, capable of inducing secondary electric currents in a second metal conductor in the immediate vicinity and these, in turn, are capable of inducing magnetic lines of force in the surrounding atmosphere which, are again capable of inducing electric currents in the first metal conductor and so on. The resulting phenomenon is known as “mutual induction”, or “indicative

coupling”. The whole process of induction is therefore, a completely

reversible transformation of magnetic and / or electrical energy into electrical and / or magnetic energy and vice versa.



Karnataka.)

109 | P a g e

5. Granulator

195. It is used for final size reduction of the material And granule formation.

6. Separation Table

196. For final separation of the remaining fraction into a plastic (organic) fraction and a mixed metal fraction.

7. Collection Bin

197. They are set up for collecting the E-waste containing separated metal and non-metal.

8. Packaging

198. All segregated recycling material is packed in different cartons and sent to the respective recyclers.

2.7. Proposed Infrastructure/Utilities and layout:

199. The proposed layout of site is given in Figure2.10: showing various units namely;

i. Green belt, ii. Laboratory,

iii. Roads iv. Vehicle parking area, weigh bridge v. Vehicle wash area

vi. Waste storage area vii. Stabilization unit

viii. Bio medical waste management facility ix. Co-processing and unit x. Advance treatment thermal unit

xi. Landfill area xii. ETP

xiii. WTP



Karnataka.)

110 | P a g e

xiv. Water reservoir xv. E-waste recycling facility

200. The proposed infrastructure for the site is following;

1. Entry & Exit

201. A well-defined entry and exit way will be provided for vehicles collecting daily waste to smoothly offload the waste at the facility. A separate entry & exit point will be provided to the Administrative building so that unauthorized people won't have access to the plant area.

2. Vehicle Washing Facility & Vehicle Parking Area

202. All vehicles will be disinfected after the waste is unloaded and sent to the vehicle parking bay provided at the facility.

3. Segregation Room & Segregated Waste Storage Room

203. All waste that is weighed after unloading from the vehicles will be moved to the Segregation Room, where the waste will be segregated as incinerable and non incinerable waste and will be stored in the pre-determined spaces for immediate disposal as per C.P.C.B. norms.

4. Treatment Equipment Room

204. Each equipment will have a separate defined space for smooth operation and maintenance. Separate housing will be made for the following equipments: - PGVR, Autoclave & Shredding etc.

Storages

5. Main Waste Storage Room

205. This room will be big enough to accommodate the waste collected daily by the vehicles. Being one of the first room where waste will be offloaded, this room will be as per the CPCB norms with regards to Roofing, Ventilation, Flooring etc.

6. Treated Waste Storage Room

206. This room will have the structure, as mentioned above and proper space planning will be provided for the particular category of treated waste and for Non Incinerable Waste.

7. Weighing Room



Karnataka.)

111 | P a g e

207. This room will be adequate enough to handle the daily waste coming in. All waste will be weighed and numbered as per the different colour codes. The categorization of waste will also be done in this room before it goes to the Main waste storage room for incineration or Autoclave process.

8. Administrative Building

208. The Administrative Building will house the Management & Executives handling Logistics, Billing & Collection, IT Department, Manager’s cabins, Conference Room and any other defined space if

needed. The strategy, planning and operations will also be run from this premise.

9. Green Belt

209. Free space will be provided for plantation purpose and the right saplings will be planted to provide ambience to the people working at the facility and also keeping in mind the environmental benefits of these plants.

10. Generator Room

210. A generator will be provided to run the equipments at facility in case of power failures.

11. Safety equipments / Amenities

211. All employees who have access to the plant (restricted area) will be provided Boots, Cotton Boiler Suits, Hand Gloves, and Face Masks as a Pre requisite to enter this space. There will be provision for an advanced first aid kits and an emergency siren system. A provision will also be made for Doctor on call 24 x 7.

12. Site Security & Surveillance

212. All necessary surveillance equipment will be setup to monitor the activities at the premises. Manual security will also be setup to check the vehicles and to safe guard the waste collected at the premises. This service will be outsourced to a leading agency in the city and will have the highest standards and precaution measures to handle any untoward incidents.

13. Drinking water facility

213. Reverse Osmosis (RO) System shall be provided for drinking water.



Karnataka.)

112 | P a g e

14. Monitoring well, in the up stream and down stream of the facility to assess and monitor the ground water quality in and around the facility

2.7.1. Boiler

214. Steam will be required for Lube oil recycling plant and various other usages. One 5 TPH coal fired boiler has been provided to supply the steam. Coal shall be sourced through local purchase. For Storage Area refere Table Below

2.7.2. Storages

215. The proposed project will have storages for various inputs, intermediate materials and fuels etc as given below:

IWMF Section/Sub Facility

Material Storage Details

Used Oil Recycling Used Oil ( Raw Oil ) 20 KL X 6 Nos, MS Tanks Recycled Oil ( Product ) 20 KL X 3 Nos, MS Tanks

Bio Medical Waste Facility

FO / LDO Storage 10 KL X 1 Nos, MS Tank

E-Waste Recycling FO / LDO Storage 10 KL X 1 Nos, MS Tank Hazardous Waste Management Facility

Solid Hazardous Waste (Incinerable)

1200 Tons, Packed & Loose Form, Under Shed

Liquid Hazardous Waste (Incinerable)

20 KL X 3 Nos, SS Tanks

FO / LDO Storage 10 KL X 1 Nos, MS Tank Syn Gas Holder for Plasma Plant

1000 Litres ( 1.0 M3 ), MS Tank (Storage Pressure – 300 mmwca)

Coal Fired Boiler for Steam Generation ( for Multiple Effect Evaporator and Used Oil Recycling )

Coal 500 Tons, Top Covered Yard ( Monthly consumption 750 Tons apprx )

2.8. Project requirements:

2.8.1. Land Break-up

216. Total land area for plant is. 124722sq.m (30.81 acre). Out of which 25% approx.) of area will be used for providing green belt, The break-up of the land has been presented in Table:2.9 and layout plan of the project has been presented in FIGURE 2.21

Table 2.9 :Land Break up of Project



Karnataka.)

113 | P a g e

SR NO

AREA ALLOCATION AREA (m²) % AREA

1 Electrical switch yard 300 0.24 2 Admin Building & Laboratory 1220.5 0.97 3 Vehicle parking area & weigh bridge 2641.2 2.1 4 Bio medical waste management facility 4283.7 3.43 5 E- waste recycling facility 8218.5 6.58 6 Oil recovery unit with tank farm 5663.8 4.54 7 Advance thermal treatment plant & power

plant 5101.6 4

8 Raw water lagoon 8050.6 6.45 9 Inci. Waste storage area & landfill waste

storage 4074.2 3.26

10 Co-processing unit 1888.9 1.5 11 Stabilization unit 1664.2 1.3 12 Land fill area A 14150 11.34 13 Land fill area B 17706 14.19 14 ETP / LTP 1596.6 1.2 15 Vehicle wash area 397.8 0.3 16 Water treatment plant 855.7 0.68 17 Green belt 30544.4 24.49 18 Road & margin area 16363.9 13.1

TOTAL PLOT AREA 124722 100

2.8.2. Electricity

217. Total power requirement for the project will be approximately 2500 KVA. The power will be taken from state electricity Board (KPTCL). In case of power failure it would be met with the DG sets proposed for back up purposes .



Karnataka.)

114 | P a g e

2.8.3. Water

218. Total water requirement for the proposed project is 335 KLD, which shall be supplied through KUWSSB.The overall water Balance is given here in Figure 2.19.

2.8.4. Employment

219. The proposed unit will require the services of 158nos. of employee in its commissioning and operation phase of which 58 personnel would be provided with direct employed and 100 personnel would be hired from near by villages.



115 | P a g e

Figure 2.19 Water Balance Diagram(Alternative-1)



116 | P a g e

Figure 2.20 Water Balance Diagram(Alternative-2:Discharge To CETP)



Karnataka.)

117 | P a g e

Figure 2.19(a): Over all Water Balance Diagram (Alternative-1)

Figure2. 20(a): Over all Water Balance Diagram (Alternative-2)



Karnataka.)

118 | P a g e

Figure 2.21 :Site Layout



Karnataka.)

119 | P a g e

2.9. Environmental Aspects:

220. This section consists of Environment Management and Pollution Control of different units /processes of the facility. Each waste treatment process produces gaseous emissions, wastewater effluents or solid residuals, which are required to treat further. For this residuals proponent proposed following facility.

2.9.1. Emissions Management

221. Emission from the proposed facilities will be from the stacks attached to the processing units (thermal unit, E Waste Stack/metal recovery), incinerators, Boiler and DG sets. All except DG sets are continuous stacks. In addition there will be fugitive emissions. Adequate measures have been proposed for the control of emissions to keep these within prescribed limits.

Table 2.10 Details of Continuous Gaseous Emissions

Stacks

Stacks Pollutant Concentration (m gm/Nm3)

Internal Diamete

r m

Temperature, K

Height, m

Flow Nm3/Hr

Particulate

Matter

SO2

Nox

HCL

HF TOC


0.45 433.00 30.50 8000.00 < 50 < 200 < 400 < 50 < 4 < 20

Incinerator Bio Medical Wastes

0.30 433.00 30.50 4000.00 < 150 < 200 < 450 < 50 --- ---


0.15 493.00 30.50 1000.00 < 150 < 200 < 450 < 50 --- ---

Coal Fired Boiler

0.50 493.00 30.50 9040.00 < 150 < 200 --- --- --- --

Table 2.11 : Details of Emissions Load

Stacks Pollutant Emssion Load (gm/sec) Remarks Particulate

Matter SO2

Nox

HCL

HF TOC

Plasma Gasification Unit 0.11 0.44 0.89 0.11 0.008 0.04 Incinerator Bio Medical Wastes 0.165 0.22 0.44 0.05 0.004 0.02

Metal Recovery Furnace 0.042 0.05 0.11 0.013 --- ---- Coal Fired Boiler 0.376 0.5 --- --- --- ---

DG Set Non Continuous Stacks DG Set

Key mitigation measures adopted to control stack emissions are as below in Table 2.12



Karnataka.)

120 | P a g e

Table 2.12 : Key Mitigation Measures

S. No. Plant Stack Attached to

Mitigation Measures

1 Plasma Gasification Unit Gas Quencher Ventury Scrubber HCl Scrubber Alkali Scrubber Wet ESP

2 Incinerator Bio Medical Wastes Ventury Scrubber Alkali Scrubber

3 E Waste Recovery; Metal Recovery Furnace

Ventury Scrubber Alkali Scrubber

4 Coal Fired Boiler Dual Cone Cyclone Separator Bag Filter

Table 2.13 Mitigation measures for Fugitive Emissions

Name and source of fugitive emissions

Abatement Method

VOC from liquid storage tank


VOC/Odorous air from haz. Waste storage area


Emergency Vent from Plasma Reactor


Scrubber Circulation Tank vents

Scrubber circulation vent will be connected to downstream gas ducting of syn gas which will be always under negative pressure.

222. Additional measures to control air pollution.

Air borne particulate may results during handling and transportation of waste due to wind. The status of ambient air quality shall be closely monitored.

Ambient air quality at the facility and at the vicinity shall be monitored to meet the prescribed standards prescribed by CPCB.



Karnataka.)

121 | P a g e

Watering of road as well as constructing of metalled roads shall be carried out.

Approx 30544.4M2 Green belt development shall be carried out.

Traffic Operation Plan for better traffic management shall be worked out.

2.9.2. Water and Waste water Management

Name and source of bleed stream Abatement Method Scrubber Bleed Liquor and Wash Water from Plasma Gasification Plant

Treated in Physico Chemical Treatment Plant followed by MEE for reuse or sent to CETP for further disposal.

Wash Water from “Waste Bank and unit for Co-processing of Hazardous Waste Unit”

Treated in Heavy Metal Removal Unit of Effluent Treatment followed by MEE for reuse or sent to CETP for further disposal.

Wash Water from Stabilization Plant Treated in Heavy Metal Removal Unit of Effluent Treatment followed by MEE for reuse or sent to CETP for further disposal.

Scrubber Bleed Liquor and Wash Water from Medical Waste Management Facility


Wash Water from E-waste Management Plant Treated in Heavy Metal Removal Unit of Effluent Treatment followed by MEE for reuse or sent to CETP for further disposal.

Wash Water from Oil Recycling Plant Treated in Oil Removal System (Skimmer) for removal of floating oil, followed by treatment in physic chemical treatment followed MEE for reuse or sent to CETP for further disposal.

Leachate from SLF Treated in Heavy Metal Removal Unit of Effluent Treatment followed by MEE for reuse or sent to CETP for further disposal.

Vehicle or Wheel Wash Treated in Physico Chemical Treatment Plant followed by MEE for reuse or sent to CETP for further disposal.



Karnataka.)

122 | P a g e

Cooling Tower Blow Down Treated in Physico Chemical Treatment Plant followed by MEE for reuse or sent to CETP for further disposal.

Boiler Blow down Treated in Physico Chemical Treatment Plant followed by MEE for reuse or sent to CETP for further disposal.

Domestic Sewage Treated in Packaged Sewage treatment plant consisting of Biological and Tertiary Treatment. Treated sewage is used for on land irrigation and balance is recycled to process as make up water.

223. Various waste water bleed streams are generated from various section of the plant with typical quality of waste water streams (refer Figure 2.22) and their treatment method provided in the facility. Two alternate mode of disposal is proposed for the facility.

Alternative I: Disposal of treated waste water to CETP through tankers (MOU with CETP Refer annexure-X) Alternative II: Disposal of treated waste water through Multi Effect Evaporation System (MEES) and recycle treated waste water to plant for reuse.



123 | P a g e

Figure 2.22 :Water/Waste Water System



Karnataka.)

124 | P a g e

2.9.2.2 Description of proposed Effluent treatment plant

224. Waste water treatment system consist of following sub systems

Physico Chemical Treatment Units Heavy Metal Removal Units Oil Removal System Multi Effect Evaporation system Packaged Sewage Treatment Plant

225. Waste water received from various section of plant is collected and equalized in collection cum equalization tank. This tank is provided with mixing air for equalization of waste water. From here waste water shall be pumped to pH correction tank. Here waste water shall be subjected to Acid / Alkali dosing through pH control system under intense agitation. After pH correction system effluent shall be treated with Flocculant and Polyelectrolyte in flocculator for coagulation of suspended particles. Effluent from flocculator shall be collected in neutral effluent collection tank. Effluent shall be them subjected to filtration in filter press equipment for separation of suspended solids. Filtered effluent shall be collected in treated effluent collection tank.

226. From this tank, part of the effluent shall be recycled to process and balance effluent shall be taken to Multi Effect Evaporation (MEE)

system feed tank or CETP discharge tank.

2.9.2.3 Description of proposed Sewage Treatment Plant

227. Packaged Sewage Treatment Plant with activated sludge process for the treatment of 20 M3/Day Capacity shall be provided.(Refer figure 2.23) The plant will be skid mounted and ready to start after installation of interconnecting piping work. The proposed packaged plant will consist of circular aeration tank provided with in-built tubular media separator. Raw sewage at uniform rate will be pumped in Aeration Tank. In aeration tank biological degradation of organic matter in the presence of oxygen and micro-organisms is carried out with activated sludge process. Aeration Tank is provided with fine bubble membrane diffuser with air blower for the supply of oxygen required for the biological process. Mixed liquor from Aeration Tank is fed to central settling zone of the packaged plant. Here bio mass is separated under gravity from the treated sewage.



Karnataka.)

125 | P a g e

To make design compact settling zone is provided with tubular media for providing higher surface area per volume of settling. Overflow the settling zone is collected in treated sewage collection tank. From the bottom of settling zone settled biomass is continuously circulated back to aeration tank using sludge recirculation pump. Sludge wasting is carried out intermittently and it is filtered through filter press. Treated sewage from biological treatment shall be subjected to polishing treatment in tertiary treatment plant for disinfection, removal of suspended particulate matter, color and odor. This is done by treatment in dual media (graded sand and activated carbon) filter followed by chlorination treatment. Treated sewage after tertiary treatment plant shall be suitable for on land irrigation purpose or for disposal in to sewer.

Figure 2.23 Sewage Treatment Plant

2.9.3. Solid/ Hazardous Waste Generation



Karnataka.)

126 | P a g e

228. Since it is a hazardous waste disposal facility this generation clause is not applicable. The solid waste if produced is disposed off in the facilities provided in the facility itself like:Incinerator ash will be disposed to secure landfill

Oil Recycling Facility:

229. The distillation residue coming out of distillation column shall either be sold out to rubber manufacturing units or shall be incinerated in the incinerator

2.9.4. Noise Pollution

230. All the employees working at the facility shall use appropriate PPE’s. Regular maintenance of all equipments is planned to reduce the noise generation. Peripheral green belt will absorb the noise generated to some extent

Landfill:

231. The plant and equipment will be designed to ensure that noise generated is limited to PCB norms. The equipment will be provided with noise control measures such as acoustic insulation etc, to ensure noise abatement. The rotating equipment will be properly balanced. Where high noise levels are produced, employees will be provided with ear protection devices.

Oil recycling Facility:

232. The only pollution expected is noise pollution, which will be taken care by periodical maintenance of equipments and machineries and by providing appropriate PPE’s to all employees and worker. Oil

sludge generated shall be disposed off through incinerator exists within the premises.

2.9.5. Thermal Pollution

233. Heat transmitted from hot components constitutes a pollution problem. In order to dissipate heat properly, plant layout will ensure good air circulation and natural ventilation. Thermal insulation will be provided where the skin temperature is more than 65 º C to limit the skin temperature to not higher than 60 to 65 º C.

2.9.6. Fugitive emission:

234. As waste has to be collected or to be acquired from several industries, hence, most of it would be transported with the help of



Karnataka.)

127 | P a g e

trucks and heavy vehicles, hence, a special plan for the handling & transportation of the raw material within the premises which are as mentioned below:

All trucks will be transported after covering from the top.

Raw material unloading will be done by mechanized truck unloading

system.

Dust collectors will be in line with unloading hoppers.

Material handling in the plant will be done in closed conveyors.

All the trucks being used for transportation of raw material and final product shall be checked for "Pollution under Control" certificate prior to their entry to the plant premises.

Storage of raw material in dedicated sheds to avoid fugitive emissions.

Speed of vehicles inside the factory premises will be controlled.

2.9.7. Green belt development:

235. Green belt will be developed all around the plant, fuel handling area, administration building etc. The wastewater generated will be used for green belt development and sustenance. The green belt development shall be in line with the guidelines set by CPCB. . The green belt will be developed along plot boundaries with width of 9 m using varieties of plant species suitable to local environment.

2.9.8. Occupational Health & Safety Plan

236. All employees will first undergo medical checks-up organized by the HR Department before hiring is done. There after all people who have a satisfactory health condition will be hired and the facility for free medical checkups will be given to each and every employee every 6-12 months.

237. First aid facilities will be available at the premises to treat basic injuries. If the case is beyond first aid, then the person will be taken to the nearest hospital for further treatment and consultation.

238. All necessary pre-cautions will be taken to monitor restriction at work period. All government banned substances and products will be in the restriction list at the premises. All necessary signboards will be put up at the required places through-out the facility.



Karnataka.)

128 | P a g e

2.10. Project Cost:

Table 2.14 Project Cost Estimation

The total project capital outlay for integrated waste management facility is estimated at rs. 221.69 crores. Also company shall invest 0.1 % to 0.2 % of annual turnover to CSR activities.


comprising of TSDF (Madanhatti & Pitchguntrahalli Village, Malur Taluk, Kolar District,

Karnataka.)

129 | P a g e

3. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1. Introduction:

239. To evaluate environmental impacts from the project, it is essential to monitor the environmental quality prevailing in the surrounding area prior to implementation of the project. The environmental status within the study zone is used for identification of significant environmental issues to be addressed in the impact assessment study. The impacts from this project on its surrounding environment are mainly regulated by the nature of pollutants, the quantities discharged to the environment, existing environmental quality, assimilative capacity of the surrounding environment and topography and terrain of the project site as well as the surrounding area.

3.2. Site Location and its surroundings:

240. The proposed project site is located at Village: Madanhatti Taluka: Malur District: Kolar Karnataka.

241. The site is situated at Latitude 13° 0' 13.68" and Longitude 77° 53' 8.88" at an altitude of 913m above the mean sea level.

242. The project site is located at a distance of around 8 KM from the National highway NH 648 in South West direction.

This Chapter describes the baseline environmental conditions around the

project site for various environmental attributes, viz., and physical, biological

and socio-economic, within the 10 km radial zone, which is termed as the

study area. Topography, soil, water, meteorology, air, noise, and land

constitute the physical environment, whereas flora and fauna constitute the

biological environment. Demographic details and occupational pattern in the

study area constitute socio-economic environment. Baseline environmental

conditions are based on the field studies carried out during the study period

(15 March 2012 to 15 June 2012; summer season) at and around the

proposed site and through secondary data collected from published sources.



Karnataka.)

130 | P a g e

3.2.1. Brief Introduction about district and Taluka:

243. Kolar district is located in the southern region of the State and happens to be the eastern-most district of the Karnataka State. .It is land locked district and hard rock terrain of Karnataka in the maiden (plain) region and covers an area of 8223 sq.km..

244. The district is bounded by the districts of Bangalore and Tumkur on the west and on all other sides by the districts of the adjoining States of Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu. The Kolar Sub-Division contains five Talukas::

1. Kolar, 2. Bangarpet, 3. Malur, 4. Mulbagal, 5. Srinivaspur.

245. Malur is at a distance of 46 km from Bangalore City and is located on the Bangalore - Chennai trunk railway line. It has an average elevation of 910 meters (2985 ft).

246. The town’s eminence drew from the nearby Kolar Gold Mines which recently actively produced a major part of the country’s gold. Kolar

is now well known for its silk farming and wool spinning. Kolar is popularly known as city of Gold, Silk, Mangos and Milk.

3.2.2. Study Area

247. The study area zone also shows the village, water bodies present, in and around the project site. It is found that in our study area there are 80 villages of Hoskote Taluka of Bangalore District are also prevails The distances of villages are shown here in Table 3.1: and Figure 3.1



Karnataka.)

131 | P a g e

Figure 3.1 : Study Area Map of 10 km Radial Zone



Karnataka.)

132 | P a g e

Table 3.1 List of surrounding villages

3.3. State of the Environment (Regional)

3.3.1. Land Environment

3.3.1.1 Geomorphology:

248. Geomorphology is the scientific study of landforms and the processes that shape them

249. Geomorphology plays an important role in understanding the interaction between human activities and the changing landforms of our rivers, estuaries, coasts and offshore areas.

250. Geomorphologically the district is divided into following units:

Village Distance(km) Direction Yeswanthapura 2.09 NE Byalahalli 4.09 SE Huralagere 2.13 S Upavasapura 4.41 SE Kurandahalli 4.52 SE Channakal 8.21 SE Mylandahalli 7.30 SE Hulimangalahosakote 5.05 S Kodur 6.66 S Pura 7.44 S Lakkur 9.07 SSW Thalakunte 9.35 SSE Pichaguntrahalli 2.90 SW Madivala 5.56 NE Irabanahalli 5.26 NE Hedaginabele 5.46 NE Malkanahalli 5.36 WNW Medahatti 6.67 SW Kudiyanur 9.40 SE Kodihalli 8.32 WNW Nidagatta 9.72 N Naduvathi 8.72 W Handenahalli 8.42 SW Somalapura 5.21 SW Honachanahalli 6.05 SW Devanagondi 5.23 SW Lingadeeramallasandra 2.18 S



Karnataka.)

133 | P a g e

Table 3.2 Details of landform in district

Origin Land Forms Occurrence in the District Fluvial Valley Fill Scattered in the entire district in between

structural hill Denudation Pediment Main concentration in north east and

scattered in entire district Burried pediment

Main concentration in east and scattered in entire district

Hill Structural hill Covers entire district except north east Source: kolar.nic.in/kolar_district_maps.htm

3.3.1.2 Soil composition and characteristics:

251. The study area comes under the Eastern-dry zone of Karnataka’s

agro-climate zones. The soils of Kolar district occur on different landforms such as hills, ridges, pediments, plains and valleys. The types of soils distributed range from red loamy soil to Yellow red sandy soil and lateritic soil with low permeability. The soil do not show any regular variation in depth and colour due to undulating topography

252. Of the total area, about 73% is suitable for agriculture and horticulture; about 3% for forestry, pasture and the remaining area is suitable for quarrying, mining and as habitat for wildlife.

3.3.2. Land Use

253. 9% of the total area of the district is covered by forest and 66% by cultivable land. 16% of the area is uncultivated (02-03). Area sown in the district forms 34% of the total area of the district.



Karnataka.)

134 | P a g e

Source: http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/karnataka/KOLAR.pdf

Figure 3.2 Land-use of Kolar district

Malur

http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/karnataka/KOLAR.pdf



Karnataka.)

135 | P a g e

3.3.3. Natural Disasters

3.3.3.1 Seismic consideration:

254. According to GSHAP data, the state of Karnataka mostly falls in a region of low seismic hazard with border areas lying in regions of low to moderate hazard

Figure 3.3 :Seismic Hazard Map of karnatka

255. As per the 2002 Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) map, Karnataka also falls in Zones II & III. Historically, parts of these states have experienced seismic activity in the M4.0 range. The figure given above reflects that our project site lies in low hazard zone.

Project site



Karnataka.)

136 | P a g e

3.3.3.2 Flood Proness

Kolar is not a flood prone area

3.3.4. Water Environment:

Hydrology:

256. Hydrology of the study area is broadly classified into following two categories:

Surface water hydrology consisting of river, stream, canal, ponds,

dams, etc.

Ground water hydrology consisting of accumulation of water in

deeper strata of ground.

257. The main occupation of people is agriculture. In the absence of surface water irrigation system ground water is the main source of irrigation. The district has highest number bore wells in the state

258. Basin and Drainage:

There are no perennial rivers in Kolar district.

The district is drained by three river basins namely

Palar,

North Pennar (North Pinakani), and

South Pennar (South Pinakani ).

259. All these rivers and their tributaries are small and carry water only during rainy season. North Pennar drains 47%, Palar drains 32% and South Pennar drains 21% of the total area of the Kolar district. But none of the three passes through our study area.

Ground water:

260. The occurrence and movement of ground water is controlled by weathered zone and fractures and fissures that exist in hard rocks.

261. Malur is the most arid taluk in Kolar District, and the excessive drawing of groundwater by farmers to grow vegetables is threatening the taluk with desertification. The Central Ground Water Board has listed Malur is among the six



Karnataka.)

137 | P a g e

“Over-exploited Blocks” in Karnataka, where groundwater

exploitation exceeds recharging. The other blocks are Anekal, Bangalore (north), Hosakote, Devanahalli and Kolar. The overexploitation of water has led the groundwater level to go down dangerously in the taluk. Existing bore wells have dried up, and new bore wells strike water, if at all, at 1,200 ft and below. Such water, excessively contaminated by nitrates and fluorides, is unfit for drinking. Water though is encountered at 300 ft minimum depth. There is rocky formation at 15 m.

262. With water availability reducing, farmers are now resorting to drip irrigation. In drip irrigation, irrigation in which the required quantity of water is supplied at low pressure to the root zone of each plant drop by drop by drippers / emitters through a network of pipes in order to conserve water and ensure that water is provided to plants without any waste.

263. Even though Kolar district stands first in having the maximum number of irrigation tanks (4488 tanks) in Karnataka, their dependability for irrigation again depends upon rainfall conditions. Hence, ground water has a special significance for the all-round development of this water-starved district and plays a vital role in the development of this drought-prone area.

(Source: CGWB and other secondary sources)

Status of Groundwater Development

264. Wells are the major source of irrigation in the district. There are 11196 dug wells and 56684 bore wells in the district as per 3rd MI census. 791dug wells and 1822 bore wells have gone dry in the district due to lowering of water level.

Table 3.3 well description table

S. No. Type of well

Description

1. Dug Well (DW) Where, water table is very shallow and/or aquifers with low transmissivities are present (weathered,issured/clayey formations)

2. Bore Well (BW) Where, water table is deep and/or a thick column of weathered / clayey formation



Karnataka.)

138 | P a g e

3. Tube Well (TW) Where, loose or collapsible unconsolidated and semi-consolidated sediments with fairly good transmissivities are present

3.3.5. Climate and meteorology:

265. Kolar district falls in the Eastern dry agro climatic Zone. It experiences a semi-arid climate, characterized by typical monsoon tropical weather with hot summers and mild winters. The year is normally divided into four seasons. They are;

a) Dry season during Jan-Feb,

b) Pre monsoon season during Mar-May,

c) Southwest Monsoon season during Jun-Sep and

d) Post or Northeast monsoon season during Oct-Dec

Rain Fall:

266. The southwest monsoon contributes around 55 percent of the annual rainfall. The other monsoon (NE) yields around 30 percent. The balance of around 15 percent results from the pre monsoon. September and October are the wettest months with over 100mm monthly rainfall. Thunderstorms are common during the month of May. The post monsoon season often gets copious rains due to passing depressions.

267. Being a semi arid area the district is drought prone. In the recent years, 2002 and 2003 are deficient in rainfall. On an average year 2004 is a normal year and 2005 is a rainfall excess year amounting to nearly 50 percent excess over the normal.

Table 3.4 Rainfall intensity in Malur Tehsil

year

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

Averag

e

Rainfall intensity 965.8 694.7 761.3 1041.8 1246.1 412.0 838.5 937.3 747.7 607.7 700.68

Source:http://kolar.nic.in/kolar_statistics.pdf



Karnataka.)

139 | P a g e

3.4. State of the Environment (Site-Specific)

268. The environmental status of the local vicinity at 10 km radial zone around the project site has been studied during the summer season (16 March to 15 June, 2012) and the details are given in the following sub-sections:

3.4.1. Meteorological Study:

269. Meteorological study exerts a critical influence on air quality as it is an important factor in governing the ambient air quality. The meteorological data recorded during the study period is used for interpretation of the baseline information as well as input for air quality simulation models. Meteorological data was collected for summer season. A meteorological station was installed in the project area at about 10 m above the ground level. All care was taken to see that the station is free from obstructions to free flow of winds. Wind speed, wind direction, temperature and relative humidity data was collected daily on hourly basis during the study period. The maximum, minimum and average temperatures as well as relative humidity of the study period are presented in Table 3.5

Table 3.5 Summary of Micrometeorological Data

Month Temperature (°C) Relative Humidity (%) Maximum

Minimum

Mean

Maximum

Minimum

Mean

16 March –15 April

35 18 28 86 6 37

16 April-15 May 36 21 27 92 10 56 16 May-15 june 36 18 27 92 6 55

Source: field Studies carried Out by EQMS

270. The wind rose diagram for the study area is shown in Figure 3.5 and the wind class frequency distribution is shown in Figure 3.6 The analysis of the average wind pattern shows predominant winds from west direction Having 35-38.% wind frequency, and other directions that include East with wind frequencies of 20-22% respectively. The calm wind (wind speed < 0.5 m/s) conditions were prevailed for13.27% of the total time.



Karnataka.)

140 | P a g e

Figure 3.4 Wind Rose at Project Site

Figure 3.5 Wind Class Frequency Distribution



Karnataka.)

141 | P a g e

Figure 3.6 Sampling location map

Table 3.4(a) Sampling Location Table

Sample Location code

Location Name

Location w.r.t. site Description

Distance Direction

Air

A1 Project Site 0.0 km ------- Proposed Project Site A2 Makanhalli 6 km NWW Village & surrounding area A3 Malur 6.0 km E Malur Industrial Area A4 Huralgere 2.3 km S Village & surrounding area

A5 Devankundi 5.8 km SW Devankundi Railway stn. & Oil depots

Ground water


Soil S1 Devankundi 5.8 km SW Devankundi Railway stn. &

Oil depots S2 Huralgere 2.3 km S Village & surrounding area

Noise

N1 Project Site (Core Zone) 0.0 km ------- Proposed Project Site

N2 Makannalli 6 km NWW Village & surrounding area N3 Malur 6.0 km E Malur Industrial Area N4 Huralgere 2.3 km S Village & surrounding area

N5 Devankundi 5.8 km SW Devankundi Railway stn. & Oil depots



Karnataka.)

142 | P a g e


3.4.2.1 Topography:

271. The topography of the project site and the study area of 10 km radial zone is undulating and is calculated with the help of contour and TIN map as shown in figure 3.6 and figure 3.7:

272. The elevation of the project area varies from 840 to 960 m in general. However, in the northern and western side to the project area the elevations are in the range of 910 to 920 m, which provides a gentle slope towards east direction of the project site. There are no hills, hillocks but at parts there is undulating land in the study area which is not a major area of concern.

Figure 3.7 TIN of study Area



Karnataka.)

143 | P a g e

Figure 3.8 : Contour Map of study area

(Source: Satellite Data collection)

3.4.2.2 Land Use

273. The basic purpose of land use pattern and classification in an EIA study is to identify the manner in which different parts of land in an area are being utilized or not utilized. Remote sensing data provides reliable accurate baseline information for land use mapping as it is a rapid method of acquiring up-to-date information of over a large geological area.

274. Land use and land cover mapping was carried out by standard methods like digital image processing (DIP) supported by ground truthing. For this purpose digital data on CD ROMs was procured from National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA), Hyderabad. DIP of the satellite data, preparation of various thematic maps, and their interpretation were achieved EQMS using Erdas Imagine 9.0 of Leica Geosystems. Before digitally processing, image enhancement, transformation, classification and pre-processing was done for band separation. Different bands were downloaded into the workstation using Erdas Imagine 9.0. The images were checked for



Karnataka.)

144 | P a g e

occasional shortcomings in the quality of radiometric and line dropouts.

275. Band separation and windowing of the study area Environmental Impact Assessment – Land Use and Land Cover with the help of Survey of India (SOI) topo sheets was performed.

Table 3.6 Land use description

Class Area(Sqkm) Agricultural land 19.95 Agri fallow land 91.91

Settlement 18.67 Barren land 23.50 Water body 4.71

Dense forest 28.43 Open forest 128.07

Total 315.24 Source: Satellite Data collection

Figure 3.9 Land use diagram

Source: Satellite Data collection

Agricultural land 6%

Agri fallow land 29%

Settlement 6%

Barren land 7% Water body

2%

Dense forest 9%

Open forest 41%

AREA(SQKM)



Karnataka.)

145 | P a g e

Figure 3.10 Land-Use map of the study area

Source: Satellite Data collection

3.4.2.3 Soil Characteristics

276. Soils may be defined as a thin layer of earth's crust that serves as a natural medium for the growth of plants. It is the unconsolidated mineral matter that has been subjected to and influenced by genetic and environmental factors. Soils serve as a reservoir of nutrients for plants and crops and also provide mechanical anchorage and favourable tilts

277. The samples were examined for various parameters, thus the sampling locations are decided based on one or more criteria these are:

To determine the existing soil characteristics of the study area;

To determine the impact on soil characteristics due to the activities of the existing industries located in the study area;

Soil samples were collected from the project site as well as from nearby areas to assess its physio-chemical characteristics in the study area. The sampling locations are



Karnataka.)

146 | P a g e

shown in Table 3.7 and the analysis results are given in Table 3.8.

278. Mainly six Broad soil groups have been identified in the state i.e.

Black Soil

Red soils

Laterite soils

Coastal alluvials

Dark brown clayey soils

Saline alkali soils

The red soil is found in kolar district and is derived from granitic gneisses .The soils do not show any regular variation in depth and colour due to undulating topography. Mineralogically the red soils are dominated by Kaolinite, halloysite and to some extent iron and aluminium oxides. These soils are classified under order alfisols.

Table 3.7 Soil Sampling locations

Station Code Station Name

Location w.r.t. Site Description Distance

(km) Direction

S1 Project Site -- -- --

S2 Devankundi 5.8 km W Devenkundi Railway stn. & Oil depots

S3 Huralgere 2.5 km S Village & surrounding area

3.4.2.4 Subsidence.

279. Area with unstable soil such as filled up area still under the process of consolidation may not be suitable for construction of the landfill due to chances of uneven settlement, which may rupture the liner system



Karnataka.)

147 | P a g e

Table 3.8 Analysis Results of Soil Sampling

Sr. No. Parameter S1 S2 S3

1

Texture Sandy Clay Sandy Clay Sandy Clay

Sand (%) 38 42 48

Silt (%) 22 12 08

Clay (%) 40 46 44

2 pH 7.36 7.21 7.01

3 EC (us/cm) 86 121 106

4 Bulk Density (g/cc) 1.09 1.11 1.08

5 SAR 2.27 0.97 0.55

6 Available Nitrogen (kg/ha) 168 129 156

7 Available P as PO4 (kg/ha) 86 72 88

8 Available K (kg/ha) 118 102 156

9 Exchangeable Ca (meq/100gr) 0.96 3.20 2.60

10 Exchangeable Mg (meq/100gr) 0.54 1.12 0.98

11 Exchangeable Na (meq/100gr) 1.21 2.32 1.21

12 Organic Carbon (%) 0.24 0.26 0.32

13 Manganese (meq/100gr) 0.06 0.24 0.31

14 Zinc (meq/100gr) 3.90 3.10 3.60

15 Boron (meq/100gr) 0.02 0.02 0.02 (Source: soil Quality Analysis during study period by Vision Lab PVT. LTD)

Table 3.9 Standards of soil characteristics

Soil Tests Classification

pH

<4.50 Extremely Acidic 6.50-7.30- Neutral 4.50- 5.00 Very Strongly Acidic 7.30-7.80- Slightly Alkaline 5.00- 5.50- Strongly Acidic 7.60-8.50- Moderately Alkaline 5.50-6.00- Moderately Acidic 8.50-9.00- Strongly Alkaline 6.00-6.50- Slightly Acidic >9.00- Very Strongly Alkaline

Electrical Conductivity (µmhos/cm)

Up to 1.00 – Average

1.01- 2.00- Harmful to germination

2.01-3.00- Harmful to crops sensitive to salts

Organic Carbon(%)

Up to 0.2- Very less 0.61-0.8- on an average sufficient 0.21-0.4- Less 0.81-1.0- Sufficient 0.41-0.5- Medium >1.0- More than sufficient

Nitrogen (kg/Ha)

Up to 50- very less 151-300- Better 51-100- less <300- Sufficient 101-150- Good -



Karnataka.)

148 | P a g e

Soil Tests Classification

Phosphorous (kg/Ha)

Up to 15- Very less 51-65- on an average sufficient 16-30- less 65-80- Sufficient 31-50- medium > 80- More than sufficient

Potash (kg/Ha)

0-120- very less 241-300- Average 120-180- less 301-360- Better 181-200- Medium > 300- more than sufficient

280. Discussion: Physical Properties of Soil i.e.Sand,silt,clay etc. Reveals that soil is sandy clay in nature. The soil is best suited for landfills because it is impervious to water, chemicals and it compacts very well.

3.4.3. Water Environment

281. The study of water environment aspect in the ecosystem is to identify sensitive issues, and to take preventive measures by maintaining ecological homeostasis. Ground water as well as, surface water samples were collected from different sources within the study area for impact assessment study. Important physical and chemical parameters were analysed for establishing the water quality status of the study area. Most of the domestic water requirement is met from ground water sources that are from the bore wells inside the study area. A detailed water quality assessment was done to evaluate and assess the possible impacts of the proposed green/ brown field project on the water regime and quality.

3.4.3.1 Preliminary Survey

282. A reconnaissance survey was conducted for water samples collected and assessed for the water quality based on the following considerations.

Location of surface water bodies Representative conditions Potential users

283. Water resources within 10 km of the study area were selected and water parameter measured describing the water environment.

284. Selected water quality parameters for water resources within 10 km of the study area have been used for describing the water environment,



Karnataka.)

149 | P a g e

and assessing the impacts on it. To assess the water quality impacts, water resources in the impact area have been grouped into two classes.

Surface water resources including streams, tanks, rivers, etc

Ground water resources in the deeper strata of the ground

The ground water sampling locations are shown in Figure 3.5. And Table-3.10

3.4.3.2 Methodology

285. Ground water from dug wells, tube wells and hand pumps cater to the drinking water needs of the villages in the region. The quality of ground water was assessed by taking samples and analysed as per CPCB guidelines. The methodology followed for sampling and analysis is as follows:

286. Reconnaissance survey was undertaken and monitoring locations were selected based usage and source. Water samples were collected in pre-washed bottles in ice boxes and analysed later in laboratory. Physical parameters like Temperature, EC, pH were monitored onsite.

3.4.3.3 Water Quality Assessment

287. The results of water analysis were compared with IS: 10500-1993 drinking water standard to study their suitability for drinking purpose and surface water were classified on basis of CPCB standard. Sampling locations for water samples are shown in Figure 3.5. and the sampling locations and analytical results of the water samples are shown in Table-3.10: and Table 3.11.

Table 3.10 Ground Water Quality sampling location

Station Code

Station Name Location w.r.t. Site Description Distance (km)

Direction




Karnataka.)

150 | P a g e

Table 3.11 Ground Water Quality in the Study Area

S.No

Parameter Unit Desirable limits

Permissible limits

Project site

makanhalli

Kanganhali

Huralgere

GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 1 pH -- 6.50-8.50 NR 7.23 7.14 6.98 7.23 2 Turbidity NTU 05 max 10 max 1.30 1.60 1.30 1.60 3 EC µMho/c

m -- -- 1718 1128 2598 2124

4 TDS mg/L 500 max 2000 max 1098 722 1688 1378 5 Total Alkalinity as

CaCO3 mg/L 200 max 600 max 420 400 520 440

6 Chlorides as Cl- mg/L 250 max 1000 max 241.4 71.0 454.6 184.6 7 Sulphates as

SO4-2 mg/L 200 max 400 max 86.4 52.9 121.2 337.1

8 Nitrates as NO3 mg/L 45 max 100 max 6.6 2.9 8.9 6.9 9 Phosphates as

PO4 mg/L -- -- <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

10 Total Hardness as CaCO3

mg/L 300 max 600 max 720 448 952 608

11 Calcium as Ca mg/L 75 max 200 max 201.6 124.6 275.2 166.4 12 Magnesium as

Mg mg/L 30 max 100 max 51.8 32.7 63.4 46.1

13 Sodium as Na mg/L -- -- 59.8 49.2 155.2 205.2 14 Potassium as K mg/L -- -- 4.2 3.2 6.9 4.2 15 Flourides as F- mg/L 1.0 max 1.5 max 1.2 0.9 1.3 1.3 16 Iron as Fe mg/L 0.3 max 1.0 max 0.14 0.12 0.18 0.14 17 Phenolic

Compounds mg/L 0.001 max 0.002 max <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

18 Cyanide as CN- mg/L 0.05 max NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 19 Residual Chlorine

as Cl- mg/L -- -- <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04

20 Cadmium as Cd mg/L 0.01 max NR <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 21 Total Chromium

as Cr mg/L 0.05 max NR <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

22 Lead as Pb mg/L 0.05 max NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 23 Zinc as Zn mg/L 05max 15 max 0.23 0.16 0.23 0.32 24 Manganese as

Mn mg/L 0.1 max 0.3 max <0.001 <0.001 0.006 0.004

25 Copper as Cu mg/L 0.05 max 1.5 max <0.001 <0.001 0.06 0.09 26 Nickel as Ni mg/L -- -- <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 27 Total coliforms Mpn/10

0ml Nil Nil Absent Absent Absent Absent

28 E-Coli /100ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent 29 Boron mg/L 01 max 05 max <0.02 <0.02 0.04 0.04 30 Anionic

Detergents mg/L 0.2 max 1.0 max <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02

31 Mineral Oil mg/L 0.01 max 0.03 max <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 32 Arsenic as As mg/L 0.01 max NR <0.02 <0.02 0.02 0.03 33 Aluminum as Al mg/L 0.03 max 0.2 max <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.02 34 Mercury as Hg mg/L <0.001 NR <0.0002 <0.000

2 <0.0002 <0.000

2 35 Pesticides mg/L Absent 0.001 max Absent Absent Absent Absent (Source: Ground Water Quality Analysis during study period by Vision Lab PVT. LTD)



Karnataka.)

151 | P a g e

Conclusion: S.N. Name of

Village Parameters Above Desirable Value Maximum Permissible Value

1. Project site TDS, Total Alkalinity as CaCO3, Magnesium as Mg,Fluorine as F

Total Hardness as CaCO3,calcium as Ca

2. Makanhalli TDS, Total Alkalinity as CaCO3, Total Hardness as CaCO3, calcium as Ca, , Magnesium as Mg

3. Kanganhali TDS, Total Alkalinity as CaCO3, Chlorides as Cl-, Magnesium as Mg, Fluoride as F, Copper as Cu, Arsenic as As


4. Huralgere TDS, , Total Alkalinity as CaCO3, Sulphates as SO4-2, calcium as Ca, Magnesium as Mg, Fluoride as F, Copper as Cu, Arsenic as As

Total Hardness as CaCO3,

288. It is envisaged that no surface water body is existing in the study area.

289. The Ground water quality in the region has been compared with respect to the Drinking Water Quality Standards as per IS: 10500:1991 and it has been found that the Ground water is not desirable for Drinking Purposes. Some of the Parameters likes Total Hardness as CaCO3, calcium as Ca which are above Permissible Limit

290. Hardness is a general term used to refer to the CaCO3 (calcium carbonate) content of water. Hardness does not pose a health threat, but it does cause other domestic problems. It can ruin hot water heater elements, reduce soap lathering, and make laundry difficult to clean. Moderate levels of hardness are beneficial because they inhibit plumbing system corrosion.

291. It is also noticed that arsenic in Kanganhali and Huralgere village is also exceeding the desirable arsenic value for drinking water.The general Cause of Exceeding arsenic in the ground water is Erosion of natural deposits; runoff from orchards, runoff from glass & electronics production wastes.

The Potential health impacts of arsenic can be Skin damage or problems with circulatory systems, and may have increased risk of getting cancer.



Karnataka.)

152 | P a g e

3.4.4. Air Environment

292. Preliminary air sampling and monitoring was carried out in the months of March to June 2012 to establish the air quality of the study area.

3.4.4.1 Purpose

293. The ambient air quality in the 10 Km radius study area will form baseline information over which the predicted impacts is superimposed to find out the net impact on the air quality in the project impact section.

3.4.4.2 Methodology

294. The design of the network of ambient air quality monitoring stations in the study area was carried out based on the following criteria:

Sensitivity of site, where the construction activity and traffic due to

the proposed project will take place.

Presence of sensitive receptors such as settlements.

Meteorological conditions like Predominant wind direction;

Topography of the study area;

Previous regional air quality levels;

Influence of the existing sources;

295. The main sources of air pollution in the study area are vehicular emission, resuspended dust from the paved and unpaved tracks, fuel burning for domestic requirements and wind blown dust from the open agricultural and waste land.

296. Monitoring of particulate matter of aerodynamic diameter less than 10 micron (PM10), particulate matter of aerodynamic diameter less than 2.5 micron (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Carbon Monoxide (CO), NH3, Fluorides, Benzene including VOCs was conducted twice a week at each location during the study period (Summer Season).



Karnataka.)

153 | P a g e

Table 3.12 Air Quality sampling locations

Station Code

Station Name Location w.r.t. Site Description Distance (km) Direction

A1 Project Site 0.0 km ------- Proposed Project Site A2 Makanhalli 6 km NWW Village & surrounding area A3 Malur 5.0 km E Malur Industrial Area A4 Huralgere 2.5 km S Village & surrounding area A5 Devankundi 5.8 km W Devengundi Railway stn. & Oil depots A6 Kanganhalli 2.5 km N Village & surrounding area

Table 3.13 Analysis result

Sampling Location

Value/Concentration

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2 CO 2 NH3 Benzene

VOC Pb

µg/m3

µg/m3 µg/m3

µg/m3 µg/m3 µg/m3

µg/m3

µg/m3

Standard 100.0 Max

60.0Max

80.0Max

80.0Max

2000.0Max

400.0Max

--

PROJECT SITE(A1)

Arithmetic mean 36.5 18.5 4.6 11.4 95 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 Maximum 43.5 22.1 5.1 12.8 134 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 Minimum 28.3 14.2 4.1 10.2 73 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 98th percentile 43.1 22 5 12.7 129 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1

MAKANNALI(A2)

Arithmetic mean 40.4 21 5.4 14.4 151.5 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 Maximum 46.7 23.9 5.9 15.2 172 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 Minimum 31.6 17.6 4.7 13.4 124 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 98th percentile 46 23.8 5.9 15.2 172 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1

MALUR(A3)

Arithmetic mean 51.6 29.2 7 21.6 271.6 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 Maximum 54.9 31.8 7.9 23.6 326 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 Minimum 45.6 24.1 5.3 18.3 214 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 98th percentile 54.8 31.8 7.8 23.6 324.2 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1

HURALGERE(A4)

Arithmetic mean 38.5 20.5 5.4 13.4 125.8 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 Maximum 43.6 22.3 6.1 14.8 162 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 Minimum 31.6 16.9 4.6 10.6 98 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 98th percentile 43.4 22.2 6 14.7 159.2 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1

DEVANKUNDI(A5)

Arithmetic mean 38 20.9 5.5 14 134.3 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 Maximum 43.8 22.8 5.9 15.4 162 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 Minimum 30.4 17.2 5.1 12.3 112 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 98th percentile 43.5 22.8 5.9 15.3 157.9 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1

KANGANHALLI(A6)

Arithmetic mean 38.7 20.4 5.1 12.4 139.1 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 Maximum 42.3 22.7 5.8 14.3 164 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 Minimum 33.6 17.6 4.3 10.3 112 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1 98th percentile 42.2 22.7 5.8 14.3 163.1 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1

(Source: Air Quality Analysis during study period by Vision Lab PVT. LTD)

3.4.4.3 Conclusion:

After Comparing the analysis Results with thw NAAQ CPCB standards(given in the same table above).Hence, it can be concluded that the air quality of the monitored locations in the study area are



Karnataka.)

154 | P a g e

well within the permissible standards for Industrial, Residential, Rural & other areas.

3.4.5. Noise Environment

297. Noise after a certain level can have a very disturbing effect on the people and animals exposed to it. Hence, it is important to assess the present noise quality of the area in order to predict the potential impact of future noise levels due to the proposed project.

298. Noise monitoring was carried out at 7 locations shown in Table 3.14. The Noise Monitoring locations are shown in Figure 3.10:

299. Noise measurements were done using Cygnet Sound Level Meter Model 2031A. Monitoring was carried out both in the day and night time and accordingly Leq day and night were derived from the monitored data including the peak values.

300. The results of the monitoring are provided in Table 3.15:. Monitored levels were compared against Ambient Noise Standards prescribed under Gazette Notification 643 of Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India.

Table 3.14 Noise Quality sampling locations

Station Code


Direction

N1 Project Site (Core Zone)


N2 Makannalli 6 km NWW Village & surrounding area N3 Malur 5.0 km E Mallur Industrial Area N4 Huralgere 2.5 km S Village & surrounding area N5 Devankundi 5.8 km W Devengundi Railway stn. &

Oil depots N6 Kanganhalli 2.5 km N Village & surrounding area

Table 3.15 Analysis result

Time Hours/Day Time

N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 Project site makannalli Malur Huralge

re Devankundi

Kanganhalli

Maximum 44.6 52.1 54.8 51.6 49.4 50.4 Minimum 36.1 36.8 35.2 35.4 36.8 36.7 Day equivalent 52.4 72.4 49.3 49.5 48.9 40.6



Karnataka.)

155 | P a g e

dB(A) Night equivalent dB(A) 44.2 62.4 42.6 43.3 42.9 37.6

(Source: Noise Quality Analysis during study period by Vision Lab PVT. LTD)

Discussion:

It has been observed that in all the locations, the noise level during day time and night time was well within limit specified for Residential areasi.e. 65dB (in Day),55dB(in night) and industrial limitsi.e.75dB(in Day),70dB(in night).

3.5. Ecological Environment

301. Biological environment of the area constitutes of all living beings of that area. In general it is represented by flora and fauna. Flora is categorized in to three groups as herbs, shrubs and trees. Fauna is divided into two groups i.e. terrestrial fauna including insects (butterflies), reptiles, birds and mammals whereas aquatic fauna consists of plankton, benthos and fishes. Biological environment is an intricate part of the environment. Hence, any change in the surrounding environment could cause loss of species or decrease in biodiversity of the area. Therefore, the present study is proposed to assess the impact on biological environment of proposed project site upto 10 km radius of the surrounding area. Accordingly mitigation measures are evolved to sustain the biological diversity.

302. The baseline study for existing ecological environment was carried out in the summer season (2012). A participatory and consultative approach was followed. A field visit was undertaken for survey of Flora and Fauna in the study area. Nine sites from CZ1 to BZ 1-BZ 7 were selected to have an overview of ecological environment in surrounding area of the project site upto 10 km radius. The secondary data was also collected for reference purpose. The description of the sampling sites is given in Table 3.16 andFigure3.10.

3.5.1. Objectives

303. The ecological study of the area has been conducted in order to understand the existing status of flora and fauna to generate baseline information and evaluate the possible impacts on biological environment. The present study highlights the various issues



Karnataka.)

156 | P a g e

pertaining to floristic diversity and faunal wealth in the surrounding area upto 10km radius of the proposed project site.

3.5.2. Methodology of the Study

304. For the purpose of surveying the vegetation quadrates were laid to record phytosociological features of the vegetation. The vegetation data collected for phytosociological information were analyzed. Besides measuring these parameters, other biodiversity aspects in the terms of endemic status, conservation status and life form have been enumerated. For all the plant species found in the area during ecological survey, Red Data Books of the Botanical survey of India have been screened to verify their conservation status. The information was also collected from secondary sources for reference purposes.

305. The sampling sites were selected based on the Landuse pattern of the study area and after preliminary survey of the study area within 10km radius from the periphery of proposed project. Project area has been defined as core zone (CZ) and surrounding area has been defined as Buffer Zone (BZ).

306. Total Nine study sites were selected following general survey which are shown in the Table. No reserve forest was found in the adjoining areas except the village waste land and plantation along the roadside. However, commercial plantation for Eucalyptus has been undertaken at large scale. No perennial water bodies and drains / stream are present in the study area. However, some low lying area where soil has been dugout for Brick Industries are able to get stagnate some rain waters. There is one village pond observed near Bayalahalli, rain water ponds of soil quarry sites at Hurulgeri, and Pichhiguntrapalli. It was also observed from the landuse pattern that most of the area falls under agriculture land and drought prone in nature.

Table 3.16 Study sites for ecological environment in surrounding area of the proposed project (10 km radius)

Station Code


Direction

CZ 1 Project Site (Core Zone)


BZ 1 Pichiguntrapalli 0.75 km SW Village & surrounding area



Karnataka.)

157 | P a g e

Station Code


Direction

BZ 2 Hurulagere 2.5 km S Village & surrounding area BZ 3 Bayallhalli 3.5km SE Village & surrounding area BZ 4 Jadigenahalli 6.0 km NW Village & surrounding area BZ 5 Kattigonapalli 2.5 km N Village & surrounding area BZ 6 Devankondi 5.8 km W Devengundi Railway stn. &

Oil depots BZ 7 Mallur 5.0 km E Malur Industrial Area

Figure 3.11 Sampling Location for Terrestrial Ecology

3.5.3. Land Use:

307. The vegetation cover for the area of interest has been prepared using satellite imagery by extracting the areas under different vegetation classification of Land use pattern. The land use pattern shows that



Karnataka.)

158 | P a g e

about 46.7.% vegetation cover is present in the 10 km radius which indicates the tree plantation undertaken as Agro forestry Practices by different stakeholders in the private land. However, no reserve forest was found present in the area except the village waste land and road side plantation. The detail landuse pattern is shown in Table3.6 and depicted in Figure 3.9.

Vegetation Cover within Bangalore Rural and Kolar districts (Source: FSI Report)

308. The area in the scope of this study fall under two taluka i.e. Mallur of district Kolar and Hoskote of district Bangalore Rural of Karnataka state. The project site is located under Mallur Tluka of Kolar district. The information is also obtained from the State of Forest Report published by Forest Survey of India. The forest type of the district according to Champion and Seth (1935) is southern tropical dry deciduous and thorn scrub. The area belongs to the semi arid zone of Karnataka that is due to year-to-year fluctuations in the total seasonal rainfall and considered as drought prone area.

309. The report shows that the Kolar District, which extends over an area of 4012 km2, has forests cover of about 9% of its total geographic area. The geographical forest area ranges from 1.71% (Bangarpet), 2.3% (Malur), 2.78% (Kolar) to 15% (Srinivasapur) and 20% (Chikballapur). Taluks are grouped into three (<10%, 10-20% and>20% cover) based on percentage of forest cover (Source: FSI Report). The dominant species include Anogeissus latifolia, Terminalia tomentosa, Chloroxylon swietinia, etc.

310. The Forests constitute nearly 16.72% of the geographical area of Bangalore-Rural district, which are of the deciduous species topping thorny undergrowth with scrub jungle. Most species are valuable as firewood.

311. Trees of Terminalia Pniculata, Dalbergia latifolia , Pterocarpus marsupium , Hardwickia binata, Vitex altissimia are more common in these forests. Bambusa bambos sub type of forests occurs in Sathnur range in association with Terminalia and Anogeissus species.

312. Hard wood species predominate in Thorny scrub type forests. Some of the typical species are Albizzia amara , Chloroxylon swietenia , Acacia pinnata , Acacia catechu , Wrightia tinctoria, Acacia suma, Azadirachta indica, Canthium didynum, Erythroxylon monogynum,



Karnataka.)

159 | P a g e

Zizyphusjujuba, Lantana, Randia , Pterolobium , Dodnea etc. The edaphic types- Hardwickia and Boswellia forests are seen in Sathnur, Kanakpura and Ramanagaram ranges.

313. Further, To meet the energy requirements, Firewood plantations have been raised that of Eucalyptus, Acacia auriculiformis and Casuarina sp.

314. Inventory results of the KFD based on 1% sampling intensity indicates the tree density to be 26.23 trees/ha and the corresponding volume to be 4.44 cum/ha. According to the Non-forest inventory Report-2000, published by the FSI, the entire non-forest area of Bangalore rural district has 12.5 million trees giving an average of 26.2 trees/ha. The species wise distribution of the total number of trees shows that Eucalyptus has the largest representation (17.2%) followed by Azadirachta indica (6.3%), Ficus (5.3%) Acacia arabica (2.6%) and tamarindus indica (1.2%). The distribution of the number of trees into different category of plantation shows that block plantations dominate the plantations having about (43.6%) followed by farm forestry (31.7%) and village woodlot (14.3%). The minimum trees were in canal side plantation (0.02%). The growing stocks of the species in various plantations are given in tabular form below

Various Plantations in Bangalore Rural Division

SL No Name of the Species Stems/ha 1 Farm forestry 8.32 2 Road side plantation 0.31 3 Village wood 3.76 4 Block plantation 11.41 5 Pond side plantation 0.18 6 Railway side plantation 0.07 7 Canal side plantation 0.01 8 Rest 2.18 Total 26.23

(Bangalore Rural Working Plan, 2000)

315. Farm forestry: Neem appears to be the most favoured species by the farmers under the Farm forestry which contributes to 13.07% of trees followed by the ficus species (12.07%), Eucalyptus species (7.82%),



Karnataka.)

160 | P a g e

Acacia arabica (6.41%) and Tamarindus indica (2.06%). The rest of the species contribute less than 1% of the no. of trees under this category. Owing to their larger size, the Ficus species alone contributes about 57% to the total growing stock in this category. Two other species that has significant contribution to the growing stock are Eucalyptus sp and Tamarindus indica at 6% and 5%, respectively.

316. Village woodlot: The trees under this category which are naturally growing tree species in the community land /private land obviously are composed of various species without the predominance of any particular species. Of them Azadirachta indica, Acacia catechu and Ficus species contribute 10%, 5% and 3%, respectively, to the growing stand (Bangalore Rural Division Working Plan, 2001). To meet the fuel wood and small timber requirement of the people, nearly 6974 ha of fuel wood plantations have been raised in this division. These plantations are raised on notified forests or other government lands. The species commonly planted are Cassuarina sp., Acacia auriculiformis, and Eucalyptus sp. Some are monoculture plantations while others are a mix of the above species. The rotation age fixed for these plantations is 10 years.

317. However, only some part of Hoskote taluka falls in the 10km study area from Banglore Rural district. The project site is located in the Kolar district. Though to have an holistic view of vegetation account primary as well as secondary data has been collected up to 10 km radius from the periphery of proposed project site.

318. The people of this region are mainly depending on agriculture followed by agroforestry practice and other produces related to agriculture, horticulture and forest as The Apiculture i.e. Bee keeping. The Apiculture is also considered as rural industry. The Bee keepers are maintaining Bee colonies of Apiaries cerena indica. The main object of the bee keeping is to get good yeild of the crops through cross pollination from bees like honey, bee wax etc..

319. In addition to Bee keeping, other commercial activity like Brick Inns, Poultry, Orchards, Tree Plantation, Vegetables, Agriculture, Industrial area-Mallur & Devenagundi, Wood Factories, etc. are the common commercial activities taking place in the project influenced area within 10 km radius.



Karnataka.)

161 | P a g e

320. Further Community forestry which include Grazing land & Degraded forestland, Short rotation plantation- Eucalyptus spp., Acacia spp. and Fruit orchard of Mangifera indica, Syzygium cuminii, Tamarindus indica, Azadirachta indica, Ficus spp. are common practice in the area.

Farm forestry includes i) Cropland bund planting in combination of long rotation & fruit orchard

has plantation of -Tectona grandis, Grevillea robusta, Pterocarpus spp., Mangifera indica, Tamarindus indica, Azadirachta spp., Achras sapota, Artocarpus spp. and

ii) Cropland block planting of short rotation as Eucalyptus spp and long rotation as Tectona grandis, Grevillea robusta, Terminalia spp., Dalbergia spp. with Fruit Orchard of Mangifera indica, Tamarindus indica, Achras sapota, Artocarpus, Neem, Guava, Syzygium.

3.5.4. Vegetation Profile of the Study Area

321. During floral survey, it was observed that the area consists of three types of vegetation. i.e. dry forest type mainly scrub vegetation, agriculture land and agroforestry land. The area is falls under drought prone zone of district Banglore Rural and district Kolar . It was found from the survey as well as from record of forest department that no reserve forest exists in the surrounding area 2 Km of the proposed project. However, there are reserve forest beyond two Km and 10 Km in study area these are listed at Table below and figure below :

Sl. No. Name of the Reserve Forests Area

(Km2) 1 Appasandra state plantation reserved forest 2.17 2 Bellar state forest 0.31 3 Hale korandahalli state plantation reserved forest 1.20 4 Hosa korandahalli state plantation reserved forest 2.02 5 Jadigenahalli state plantation reserved forest 2.99 6 Kadmutsandra state plantation reserved forest 0.74 7 Maliyappanahalli state forest 0.68 8 Marasandra state plantation reserved forest 2.21 9 Nallad state plantation reserved forest 6.87 10 State plantation reserved forest 1.49 11 Tattanur state plantation reserved forest 0.63 12 Tindlu state forest 1.37

Total Area (sq. km) 22.67



Karnataka.)

162 | P a g e

Figure 3.12 Distribution of State Reserved Forests within 10 Km Buffer Zone.

322. Most of the land has dry land-sandy land characteristic followed by crop land and open land and agricultural fellow land. Tree species observed in the area are planted by the local inhabitants in their field and nearby village whereas along roadside and in open land forest department has done plantation.

323. Most of the vegetation present in the buffer zone is dry deciduous and scrubby vegetation. No earmarked forest is present in the area. Grass is conspicuous, herbs are scattered and climbers are not reported. The common trees found in this region are Anogeissus latifolia , Terminalia tomentosa , Chloroxylon sweitenia , Santalum album , Melia composita, Acacia catechu, Hardwickia binata, Cassia fistula, Diospyros montana and Diospyros melanoxylon .

324. A floral enlistment of trees, shrubs and herbs, grasses, farm vegetation & orchards with their scientific names, common names and the family to which they belong is presented in a tabular format



Karnataka.)

163 | P a g e

with updated information of rainy season of 2014 as Tables 3.17 and shown in Plates ..

Table 3.17 Flora within Study Area

List A: All plant species found in the project site (core area) of 30.81 Acres during the rainy season of 2014 Botanical name Common / local name Family Acalypha indica Indian nettle Euphorbiaceae Achyranthes aspera Uttaraani Amaranthaceae Aerva lanata Hittina donne soppu Amaranthaceae Agave americana Bhuttala Agavaceae Alternanthera pungens Khaki weed Amaranthaceae Alternanthera philoxeroides Alligator weed Amaranthaceae Alternanthera sessilis Honganne Amaranthaceae Andrographis paniculata Nela bevu Acanthaceae Anisomeles indica Manga maari soppu Lamiaceae Argemone mexicana Datturi-gida Papavaraceae Aristida setacea Broom grass Poaceae Asystasia gangetica Meddhe soppu Acanthaceae Bacopa monnieri Brahmi Scrophulariaceae Barleria cristata Bluebell Acanthaceae Blumea lacera Gaandhaari gida Asteraceae Butea monosperma Flame of the forest Fabaceae Calotropis procera Bili yekkada gida Asclepiadaceae Cardiospermum halicacabum Erumballi Sapindaceae Cassia absus Kaadu huliga Caesalpiniaceae Cassia fistula Kakke Caesalpiniaceae Cassia occidentalis Doddatagase Caesalpiniaceae Cassia tora Gandu thagache Caesalpiniaceae Chloris barbata Grass Poaceae Chromolaena odorata Siam weed Asteraceae Chrozophora rottleri Gurugu Euphorbiaceae Chrysopogon fulvus Guria grass Euphorbiaceae Cleome viscosa Haladi gida Cleomaceae Commelina benghalensis Hittagani Commelinaceae Crotalaria verrucosa Gijigiji gida Fabaceae Cymbopogon caesius Kamanchahullu Fabaceae Cymbopogon coloratus Majjige Hullu Fabaceae Cynodon dactylon Garike Fabaceae Cyperus rotundus Thunge hullu Cyperaceae Dactyloctenium aegyptium Crow foot grass Poaceae Daemia extensa Juttuve Asclepiadaceae Desmodium triflorum Kaadu pullam purasi Fabaceae Digera muricata Chenchali soppu Amaranthaceae



Karnataka.)

164 | P a g e

Dodonaea viscosa Bandarike Sapindaceae Eclipta alba Garagadasappu Asteraceae Eragrostis tenella Grass Poaceae Eremopogon foveolatus Kalvar Poaceae Eucalyptus tereticornis Eucalyptus Myrtaceae Evolvulus alsinoides Shankhapushpi Convolvulaceae Hedyotis corymbosa Kallu sabbasige Rubiaceae Hedyotis puberula Chaaya veru Rubiaceae Heliotropium indicum Chelumani Boraginaceae Heteropogon contortus Awn grass Poaceae Hyptis suaveolens Vilaiti tulsi Lamiaceae Indigofera tinctoria Nili Fabaceae Indigofera trita Thoremanthi neeli Fabaceae Ipomoea carnea Pink Morning glory Convolvulaceae Jatropha curcas Dodda haralu Euphorbiaceae Jatropha gossypifolia Chikka kaadu haralu Euphorbiaceae Lantana camara Lantana Verbenaceae Lepidagathis cristata Gantu kaalu gedde Acanthaceae Leucas aspera Thumbe Lamiaceae Leucas indica Devvathumbe Lamiaceae Lippia nodiflora Nela-hippali Verbenaceae Merremia tridentata llikivisoppu Convolvulacee Mimosa rubicaulis Rasne / Urisige Mimosaceae Neptunia triquetra Yellow sensitive plant Mimosaceae Ocimum basilicum Kamakasturi Lamiaceae Oldenlandia herbacea Kallasabatrasige Rubiaceae Opuntia dillenii Nagadali Cactaceae Panicum repens Sonti-hullu Poaceae Parthenium hysterophorus Congress grass Asteraceae Pedalium murex Annegalugida Pedaliaceae Pergularia daemia Haalu koratige Asclepiadaceae Peristrophe bicalyculata Cheebee gida Acanthaceae Phyllanthus maderaspatensis Madaras nelli Euphorbiaceae Physalis minima Guppatte gida Solanaceae Portulaca oleracea Dodda goni soppu Portulacaceae Prosopis juliflora Mesquite Mimosaceae Rhynchosia minima Bettadavare Fabaceae Scilla hyacinthina Chikka kaadu eerulli Liliaceae Sida acuta Vishakaddi Malvaceae Sida cordifolia Hirethutti Malvaceae Sida rhombifolia Bolamgadale Malvaceae Solanum xanthocarpum Chikkasonde Solanaceae Spermacoce hispida Megidda Rubiaceae Stachytarpheta indica Indian snake weed Verbenaceae



Karnataka.)

165 | P a g e

Tephrosia purpurea Empali Fabacae Tragia involucrata Dulagondi Euphorbiaceae Trianthema decandra Gaijasoppu Aizoaceae Trianthema portulacastrum Bili komme Aizoaceae Tribulus terrestris Negalu Zygophyllaceae Tridax procumbens Netta gabbu Asteraceae Vernonia cinerea Gaaya doppalu Asteraceae Zornia gibbosa Nellu chollu soppu Fabaceae List B : Trees, shrubs and perennial climbers found in the buffer zone of the project site during the rainy season of 2014 Botanical name Common / local name Family Acacia catechu Khair Mimosaceae Acacia leucophloea White babul Mimosaceae Acacia nilotica Black babul Mimosaceae Aegle marmelos Bilva Rutaceae Agave americana Agave Agavaceae Ailanthus excelsa Bende / dodda Simaroubaceae Albizia lebbeck Siris / Baage Mimosaceae Albizia procera White siris Mimosaceae Alstonia scholaris Maddale Apocynaceae Anthocephalus cadamba Kadamba Rubiaceae Araucaria columnaris Christamas tree Araucariaceae Artocarpus heterophyllus Jackfruit Moraceae Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae Bauhinia purpurea Basavanapaada Caesalpiniaceae Bauhinia variegata Basavanapaada Caesalpiniaceae Bixa orellana Lipstick tree Bixaceae Bombax malabaricum Booruga Bombacaceae Borassus flabellifer Tal gaha Arecaceae Brassaia actinophylla Octopus tree Araliaceae Butea frondosa Muttuga Fabaceae Callistemon lanceolatus Bottle brush tree Myrtaceae Calotropis gigantea Crown flower Asclepiadaceae Calotropis procera Bili yekkada gida Asclepiadaceae Careya arborea Kavala Lecythidaceae Carissa spinarum Korindamalekalaavu Apocynaceae Cassia auriculata Ranawara or avaram Caesalpiniaeae Cassia fistula Kakke mara Caesalpiniaceae Cassia javanica Java Cassia Caesalpiniaceae Cassia siamea Seeme tangdi Caesalpiniaceae Cassia spectabilis Golden Cassia Caesalpiniaceae Castanospermum australe Black Bean Fabaceae Chromolaena odorata Siam weed Asteraceae Citrua aurantifolia Orange Rutaceae



Karnataka.)

166 | P a g e

Citrus sinensis Sweet orange Rutaceae Citrus limonum Lemon Rutaceae Cochlospermum gossypium Arasinabooruga Bixaceae Cocos nucifera Coconut Arecaceae Colvillea racemosa Hukuchina mara Caesalpiniaceae Cordia sebestena Kempuchalle Boraginaceae Couroupita guianensis Nagalinga Lecythidaceae Daemia extensa Juttuve Asclepiadaceae Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo Fabaceae Decalepis hamiltonii Makali beru Periplocaceae Delonix regia Kattikai mara Caesalpiniaceae Dendrocalamus strictus Bamboo Poaceae Dodonaea viscosa Bandare Sapindaceae Emblica officinalis Nellikkai Euphorbiaceae Enterlobium cyclocarpum Elephant Ear Tree Mimosaceae Erythrina crista-galli Cockspur Coral Tree. Fabaceae Erythrina indica Halvana Fabaceae Erythrina suberosa Corky coral tree Fabaceae Erythroxylon monogynum Red cedar Erythroxylaceae Eucalyptus tereticornis Eucalyptus Myrtaceae Euphorbia nivulia Malekalli Euphorbiaceae Ficus amplissima Bat tree Moraceae Ficus benghalensis Aalada mara Moraceae Ficus benjamina Weeping fig Moraceae Ficus racemosa Cluster fig Moraceae Ficus religiosa Arali mara Moraceae Firmiana colorata Coloured Sterculia Sterculiaceae Gliricidia sepium Gobbarada mara Fabaceae Grevillea robusta Silver Oak Proteaceae Hiptage benghalensis Madvi Malpighiaceae Holoptelea integrifolia Kaladri Ulmaceae Ipomoea carnea Pink Morning glory Convolvulaceae Jacaranda mimosaefolia Jacaranda Mimosaceae Jatropha curcas Dodda haralu Euphorbiaceae Jatropha gossypifolia Chikka kaadu haralu Euphorbiaceae Kigelia pinnata Sasega mara Bignoniaceae Lagerstroemia flos-reginae Hole dasavala Lythraceae Lantana camara Lantana Verbenaceae Manilkara hexandra Ceylon Iron wood Sapotaceae Manilkara zapota Sapota Sapotaceae Mangifera indica Mango Anacardiaceae Markhamia lutea Nile Tulip Tree Bignoniaceae Maytenus emarginata Tandrasi Celastraceae Michelia champaca Sampige Magnoliaceae



Karnataka.)

167 | P a g e

Milletia ovalifolia Moulmein Rose Wood Fabaceae Millingtonia hortensis Akasha Mallige Bignoniaceae Mimosa rubicaulis Rasne / Urisige Mimosaceae Mimosops elengi Maulsari Sapotaceae Muntingia calabura Jamaica Cherry Muntingiaceae Parkia biglandulosa Shivalinga Mimosaceae Peltophorum pterocarpum Haladi Gulmohur Caesalpiniaceae Phoenix sylvestris Wild date Arecaceae Phyllanthus reticulatus Karihuli Euphorbiaceae Pithecellobium dulce Seema hunase Mimosaceae Plumeria alba Kaadusampige Apocynacae Plumeria rubra Kaadusampige Apocynacae Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka Annonaceae Polyalthia pendula Ashoka Annonaceae Pongamia fabaceae Honge Fabaceae Prosopis juliflora Mesquite Mimosaceae Prosopis spicigera Banni Mimosaceae Psidium guajava Guava Myrtaceace Pterospermum acerifolium Naradu Sterculiaceae Punica granatum Pomeganate Punicaceae Putranjiva roxburghii Amani Putrajiva Putranjivaceae Samanea saman Male mara Mimosaceae Santalum album Gandhada mara Santalinaceae Saraca asoca Ashoka Caesalpiniaceae Solanum grandiflorum Potato Tree Solanaceae Spathodea companulata Nirukai mara Bignoniaceae Sterculia foetida Wild almond Sterculiaceae Sterculia urens Gum karaya Sterculiaceae Swietenia mahogany Mahogany Meliaceae Syzygium cumini Nerale mara Myrtaceae Tabebuia argentea Tree of Gold Bignoniaceae Tabebuia avellanedae Pink Tabebuia Bignoniaceae Tabebuia rosea Pink Poui Bignoniaceae Tamarindus indica Tamarind Caesalpiniaceae Tectona grandis Sagavani Verbenaceae Terminalia arjuna Arjun Combretaceae Terminalia catappa Almond Combretaceae Thespesia populnea Huvarasi Malvaceae Tylophora indica Antamula Assclepiadacae Vitex negundo Nirgundi Verbenaceae Wattakaka volubilis Sneeze Wort Asclepiadaceae Wrightia tinctoria Kondamurki Apocynaceae Ziziphus glabrata Irula Rhamnaceae Ziziphus horrida Kotta mullu Rhamnaceae



Karnataka.)

168 | P a g e

Ziziphus mauritiana Yalachi Rhamnaceae Ziziphus oenoplia Jackal jujube Rhamnaceae List C: Crops grown in the buffer zone Botanical name Common / local name Family Abeloschus esculentus Ladies fingers Malvaceae Allium cepa Onion Liliaceae Arachis hypogea Groundnut Fabaceae Capscicum annum Capscicum Solanaceae Capscicum frutescens Chillies Solanaceae Coccinia indica Tondekya Cucurbitaceae Cucumis sativus Cucumber Cucurbitaceae Cyamopsis tetragonoloba Cluster bean Fabaceae Daucus carota Carrot Apiaceae Dendranthema grandiflorum Chrysanthemum Asteraceae Dolichos lablab Kidney beans Fabaceae Eleusine corocana Raagi Poaceae Gossyium hirsutum Cotton Malvaceae Helianthus annuum Sunflower Asteraceae Lagenaria vulgaris Bottle guard Cucurbitaceae Luffa acutangula Ridge guard Cucurbitaceae Lycopersicon esculentum Tomato Solanaceae Momordica charantia Bitter guard Cucurbitaceae Oryza sativa Paddy Poaceae Pennisetum typhoides Bajra Poaceae Raphanus sativus Radish Brassicaceae Rosa sp. Roses Rosaceae Solanum melongena Brinjal Solanaceae Sorghum vulgare Jowar / Sorghum Poaceae Tagetus spp. Mary gold Asteraceae Trichosanthes cucumerina Snake guard Cucurbitaceae Zea mays Maize Poaceae List D : Fruit and agro forest species grown in the buffer zone Botanical name Common / local name Family Artocarpus heterophyllus Jackfruit Moraceae Carica papaya Papaya Caricaceae Cocos nucifera Coconut Arecaceae Eucalyptus clones Eucalyptus Myrtacdae Eucalyptus hybrid Eucalyptus Myrtacdae Eucalyptus tereticornis Eucalyptus Myrtacdae Grevillea robusta Silver Oak Proteaceae Mangifera indica Mango Aacardiaceae Manilkara zapota Sapota Sapotaceae Psidium guajava Guava Myrtaceae



Karnataka.)

169 | P a g e

Punica granatum Pomegranate Punicaceae Tamarindus indica Tamarind Caesalpiniaceae Tectona grandis Teak Verbenaceae

325. No threatened, rare endangered or endemic species were observed during the survey in this buffer zone.

3.5.5. Terrestrial fauna

326. The information of important animal group such as butterflies, birds, reptiles and mammals were collected by trekking inhabiting area, and in the project site along the boundary i.e. agricultural fields etc present in the impact zone (Plates). The lists of animals recorded during this study are given below:

A: List of birds either spotted or reported from the study area. End means Endemic to India. LC menas least concern as per IUCN. Scientific name Common name Family WPA Schedule Accipiter badius Shikra Accipitridae IV Accipiter gentilis Northern Goshawk Accipitridae IV Accipiter nisus Eurasian Sparrowhawk Accipitridae IV Accipiter trivirgatus Crested Goshawk Accipitridae IV Acridotheres ginginianus

Bank Myna Sturnidae IV

Acridotheres tristis Common Myna Sturnidae IV Acrocephalus agricola Paddyfield Warbler Sylviidae IV Acrocephalus dumetorum

Blyth's Reed Warbler Sylviidae IV

Acrocephalus stentoreus

Clamorous Reed Warbler Sylviidae IV

Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper Scolopacidae IV Aegithina tiphia Common Iora Aegithinidae IV Alauda gulgula Oriental Skylark Alaudidae IV Alcedo atthis Common Kingfisher Alcedinidae IV Anas acuta Northern Pintail Anatidae IV Anas clypeata Northern Shoveler Anatidae IV Anas crecca Common Teal Anatidae IV Anas penelope Eurasian Wigeon Anatidae IV Anas poecilorhyncha Spot-billed Duck Anatidae IV Anas querquedula Garganey Anatidae IV Anas strepera Gadwall Anatidae IV Anser indicus Bar-headed Goose Anatidae IV Anthus hodgsoni Olive-backed Pipit Motacillidae IV Anthus trivialis Tree Pipit Motacillidae IV Apus affinis Little Swift Apodidae IV

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=1A0ECB6EDF6DB4B2

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=420850D62E855E4D

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=DB376A66278ED21E

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=0D4EE0EBD4821244

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F8CFF92CB9DC09C6

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F8CFF92CB9DC09C6

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F23A2F3807A8145F

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=781FE53F2425B4C1

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=B22EAFC877C38967

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=B22EAFC877C38967

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=159F28FD2888B7E1

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=159F28FD2888B7E1

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=8548B07ECA48773F

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=E988F1D549A6773D

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=9505E03D7416B365

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=56CCA7179C9FA71D

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=ED4CE8E7CFF43696

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=BC6C3CCE5C1B5D9B

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=15EE0D3685082E13

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=26916E8333D6A101

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F577BA0F5BB7BD3F

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=C235A4D712BB8855

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=B7159EF0DE54C384

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=25F7AF6531AEED37

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=365F5E975B414FE6

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=D209A90C8A90DA51



Karnataka.)

170 | P a g e

Apus pacificus Fork-tailed or Pacific Swift Apodidae IV Ardea cinerea Grey Heron Ardeidae IV Ardea purpurea Purple Heron Ardeidae IV Ardeola grayii Indian Pond Heron Ardeidae IV Artamus fuscus Ashy Woodswallow Artamidae IV Athene brama Spotted Owlet Strigidae IV Aythya ferina Common Pochard Anatidae IV Botaurus stellaris Eurasian Bittern Ardeidae IV Bubo bubo Eurasian Eagle-Owl Strigidae IV Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Ardeidae IV Burhinus oedicnemus Eurasian Stone Curlew Turnicidae IV Butastur teesa White-eyed Buzzard Accipitridae IV Buteo rufinus Long-legged Buzzard Accipitridae IV Cacomantis passerinus Grey-bellied Cuckoo Cuculidae IV Cacomantis sonneratii Banded Bay Cuckoo Cuculidae IV Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper Scolopacidae IV Calidris minuta Little Stint Scolopacidae IV Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint Scolopacidae IV Calidris temminckii Temminck's Stint Scolopacidae IV Caprimulgus asiaticus Indian Nightjar Caprimulgidae IV Caprimulgus indicus Grey Nightjar Caprimulgidae IV Carpodacus erythrinus Common Rosefinch Fringillidae IV Cecropis daurica Red-rumped Swallow Hirundinidae IV Celeus brachyurus Rufous Woodpecker Picidae IV Centropus sinensis Greater Coucal Cuculidae IV Ceryle rudis Pied Kingfisher Alcedinidae IV Charadrius alexandrinus

Kentish Plover Charadriidae IV

Charadrius dubius Little Ringed Plover Charadriidae IV Chlidonias hybrida Whiskered Tern Laridae IV Chloropsis aurifrons Golden-fronted Leafbird Chloropseidae IV Chloropsis cochinchinensis

Blue-winged Leafbird Chloropseidae IV

Chrysocolaptes festivus

White-naped Woodpecker Picidae IV

Chrysomma sinense Yellow-eyed Babbler Timaliidae IV Cinnyris asiaticus Purple Sunbird Nectariniidae IV Clamator coromandus Chestnut-winged Cuckoo Cuculidae IV Clamator jacobinus Jacobin Cuckoo Cuculidae IV Columba livia Rock Dove Columbidae IV Copsychus saularis Oriental Magpie-Robin Muscicapidae IV Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller Coraciidae IV Coracina macei Large Cuckoo-shrike Campephagidae IV Coracina melanoptera Black-headed Cuckoo-shrike Campephagidae IV

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=68E950E5CA07E621

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6429024DBA7AB672

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=3395DCF1CE3A8C91

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=E5E0B92FC2C26D6E

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=D10DF10F92FF7B64

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=DDE6A35290A28441

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A96692E0C9F7508B

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=0F42F11AC607C758

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=FB9B4A4FAB7F5FDF

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6CCDAC53F56435B4

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=8C87D50F7516E905

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=868CD2468530F5FC

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=CC65921FEBE1BB96

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=84D36C76BC08134A

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=9E932BD457D4039A

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=143A681C9BCE9A20

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=9936FF4AFB430504

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=BBDF2F1BAC640E4D

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=5ACF7FB313BEF9EA

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=65D4C83B7790076A

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=E4D158C45D343B5E

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=3A713345F43AFFA6

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=AA41EDCEB7A8EA6E

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=663A7CCAD60FF80C

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F5F991ACE09A8601

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=8205077FA2E98715

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=E2A5A30C7C428DE7

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=E2A5A30C7C428DE7

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=35EC3BBF166AB032

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=7AB4E42B260B5954

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=3AA69ABD30BB9B42

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F97099E68FA644A0

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F97099E68FA644A0

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=8C743B57F0FFCB99

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=8C743B57F0FFCB99

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=0C0CEF5B23E03F0C

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=E9BCF7640544FC7C

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=575C66D270818507

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=BF0A09546401D245

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=BBA263C235B15B88

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=0B1C145C64A5F620

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=3E2325ADE1A4344A

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=AB82799A91735EFF

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=58BC7F5D1AD730B3



Karnataka.)

171 | P a g e

Coracina melaschistos Black-winged Cuckoo-shrike Campephagidae IV

Corvus macrorhynchos Large-billed Crow/Jungle Crow

Corvidae IV

Corvus splendens House Crow Corvidae V Coturnix coromandelica Rain Quail Phasianidae IV Coturnix coturnix Common Quail Phasianidae IV Cuculus canorus Common Cuckoo Cuculidae IV Cuculus micropterus Indian Cuckoo Cuculidae IV Cuculus varius Common Hawk-Cuckoo Cuculidae IV Cypsiurus balasiensis Asian Palm Swift Apodidae IV Dendrocitta leucogastra

White-bellied Treepie Corvidae IV (End)

Dendrocitta vagabunda Rufous Treepie Corvidae IV Dendrocopos mahrattensis

Yellow-crowned Woodpecker

Picidae IV

Dendrocopos moluccensis

Brown-capped Woodpecker Picidae IV

Dendrocygna javanica Lesser Whistling Duck Anatidae IV Dicaeum agile Thick-billed Flowerpecker Dicaeidae IV Dicaeum erythrorhynchos

Pale-billed Flowerpecker Dicaeidae IV

Dicrurus caerulescens White-bellied Drongo Dicruridae IV Dicrurus hottentottus Hair-crested Drongo Dicruridae IV Dicrurus leucophaeus Ashy Drongo Dicruridae IV Dicrurus macrocercus Black Drongo Dicruridae IV Dinopium benghalense Black-rumped Woodpecker Picidae IV Dumetia hyperythra Tawny-bellied Babbler Timaliidae IV Egretta garzetta Little Egret Ardeidae IV Egretta intermedia Intermediate Egret Ardeidae IV Elanus caeruleus Black-winged Kite Accipitridae IV Emberiza bruniceps Red-headed Bunting Emberizidae IV Emberiza melanocephala

Black-headed Bunting Emberizidae IV

Eremopterix griseus Ashy-crowned Sparrow-Lark Alaudidae IV Eudynamys scolopaceus

Common Koel Cuculidae IV

Eumyias thalassinus Asian Verditer Flycatcher Muscicapidae IV Falco chicquera Red-necked Falcon Falconidae IV Falco tinnunculus Common Kestrel Falconidae IV Ficedula parva Red-breasted Flycatcher Muscicapidae IV Ficedula superciliaris Ultramarine Flycatcher Muscicapidae IV Francolinus francolinus Black Francolin Phasianidae IV Francolinus pondicerianus

Grey Francolin Phasianidae IV

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=FAE71B8FB79BE417

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F4C4F838B6C30FBD

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=3986890399CA4859

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A6F042E2559E83B1

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=CAFE345DCABD8BF8

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=B3D2C3C5B73EC8E8

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=5CFEDF61502C909A

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=0880DDC8B805D57B

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=83C40F897AF9D6BC

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=C756760023DD1B17

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=C756760023DD1B17

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=959E1633E43CB7BA

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=CBBA6CB0C3F71B1D

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=CBBA6CB0C3F71B1D

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A1B98D41940622B1

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A1B98D41940622B1

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=BD683E6E9F6B03A4

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=BDB26F7B7C767068

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=BDB26F7B7C767068

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=994E98B3EAE31A28

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=0C1D3E8BF3E2345F

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=5FD53BB1BBFAE015

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=D90F9B0BBDBA5E57

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=D97135E8FF00D2CF

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=DC4FBF45FE6A8CF8

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A6E9EDE55D229ED9

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=40B5D4A693F4C373

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=97C47F3E1BA4129A

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=DBF8D184AA08A548

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=E2D2CB88A9D95E42

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=E2D2CB88A9D95E42

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=73ED9A5445E85695

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=5D43995351C97BC6

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=5D43995351C97BC6

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=1DF0E8560D738BB9

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6A64EFCB88E3D2FC

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=D99158DF0C977827

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=612EA610E59DB6FD

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=808001B1A1E7CC7D

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=50658B225BD16740

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=B1C204EC88892CBE

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=B1C204EC88892CBE



Karnataka.)

172 | P a g e

Fulica atra Common Coot Rallidae IV Gallinago gallinago Common Snipe Scolopacidae IV Gallinago stenura Pintail Snipe Scolopacidae IV Glareola lactea Little Pratincole Glareolidae IV Glaucidium radiatum Jungle Owlet Strigidae IV Gymnoris xanthocollis Yellow-throated Sparrow Passeridae IV Halcyon pileata Black-capped Kingfisher Alcedinidae IV Halcyon smyrnensis White-throated Kingfisher Alcedinidae IV Haliastur indus Brahminy Kite Accipitridae IV Hemiprocne coronata Crested Treeswift Hemiprocnidae IV Himantopus himantopus

Black-winged Stilt Recurvirostridae IV

Hirundapus giganteus Brown-backed Needletail Apodidae IV Hirundo rustica Barn Swallow Hirundinidae IV Hirundo smithii Wire-tailed Swallow Hirundinidae IV Hydrophasianus chirurgus

Pheasant-tailed Jacana Jacanidae IV

Hypothymis azurea Black-naped Monarch Monarchidae IV Ictinaetus malayensis Indian Black Eagle Accipitridae IV Ixobrychus minutus Little Bittern Ardeidae IV Lanius cristatus Brown Shrike Laniidae IV Lanius schach Long-tailed Shrike Laniidae IV Lanius vittatus Bay-backed Shrike Laniidae IV Larus ridibundus Common Black-headed Gull Laridae IV Leptocoma zeylonica Purple-rumped Sunbird Nectariniidae IV Lonchura malabarica Indian Silverbill Estrildidae IV Lonchura malacca Black-headed Munia Estrildidae IV Lonchura punctulata Scaly-breasted Munia Estrildidae IV Lonchura striata White-rumped Munia Estrildidae IV Luscinia brunnea Indian Blue Robin Muscicapidae IV Luscinia svecica Bluethroat Muscicapidae IV Lymnocryptes minimus Jack Snipe Scolopacidae IV Megalaima haemacephala

Coppersmith Barbet Ramphastidae IV

Megalaima viridis White-cheeked Barbet Ramphastidae IV (End) Megalaima zeylanica Brown-headed Barbet Ramphastidae IV Merops leschenaulti Chestnut-headed Bee-eater Meropidae IV Merops orientalis Green Bee-eater Meropidae IV Merops philippinus Blue-tailed Bee-eater Meropidae IV Metopidius indicus Bronze-winged Jacana Jacanidae IV Milvus migrans Black Kite Accipitridae IV Mirafra assamica Rufous-winged Bushlark Alaudidae IV Mirafra erythroptera Indian Bushlark Alaudidae IV Monticola Blue-capped Rock Thrush Muscicapidae IV

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=B682B2A9C922D4C4

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=20CF9548B69643E5

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=EE61E2CACBEC4856

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=D9A310F122B86A22

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=1986F1ABAE2932D9

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=77CBF484A2A2E7D2

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6B292CA05BDA4273

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=3EEE4BB4CEACA3FC

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=D89A9DC9963D5DDC

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=509C8FD492EBA33C

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6AC2ABA35182038C

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6AC2ABA35182038C

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=468C27AD03B58EF2

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=58C502EA7AF3E023

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=B79D6B3DD15ECB2B

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6F672FA3A724EC9F

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6F672FA3A724EC9F

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=FEA4EFB4D324B4E7

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=28D7E7CCE03B9442

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=7AAD57ACA1C4ECA9

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=E4968582E577D9D1

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=69FC190BC179A4FD

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=FED815713F56A965

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=FB02DD9658CC1EC6

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=9A13D986F7A8C5A7

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=C03E353AFBA1FB74

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=967A489696B01D72

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6D4F72B157D99627

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=22BE6FC55BAEACF7

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=43B604935917FE4D

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=AFD6FD811AA7D6A7

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=1A15F0C6B4948C52

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=2B7AC50ED78F524F

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=2B7AC50ED78F524F

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=EAE4A30424635C7C

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=15471F216F83ABBF

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F8652F4FF1CF9E8D

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=0562A30F1285DB6E

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=809951F0A4498585

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=CE89BE6DF952B22E

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=06D9A2C8D1E3678A

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=86345D551D87E4DF

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A9DA95E4B48152FF

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A84C5E1856D6279E



Karnataka.)

173 | P a g e

cinclorhynchus Monticola solitarius Blue Rock Thrush Muscicapidae IV Motacilla cinerea Grey Wagtail Motacillidae IV Motacilla flava Yellow Wagtail Motacillidae IV Motacilla maderaspatensis

White-browed Wagtail Motacillidae IV

Muscicapa dauurica Asian Brown Flycatcher Muscicapidae IV Ninox scutulata Brown Hawk-Owl Strigidae IV Nyctyornis athertoni Blue-bearded Bee-eater Meropidae IV Oriolus chinensis Black-naped Oriole Oriolidae IV Oriolus oriolus Eurasian Golden Oriole Oriolidae IV Oriolus xanthornus Black-hooded Oriole Oriolidae IV Otus bakkamoena Collared Scops Owl Strigidae IV Otus sunia Oriental Scops Owl Strigidae IV Pandion haliaetus Osprey Accipitridae IV Parus major Great Tit Paridae IV Parus spilonotus Yellow-cheeked Tit Paridae IV Parus xanthogenys Black-lored Tit Paridae IV Passer domesticus House Sparrow Passeridae IV Pavo cristatus Indian Peafowl Phasianidae I (LC) Pericrocotus cinnamomeus

Small Minivet Campephagidae IV

Pericrocotus flammeus Scarlet Minivet Campephagidae IV Pernis ptilorhynchus Oriental Honey Buzzard Accipitridae IV Petrochelidon fluvicola Streak-throated Swallow Hirundinidae IV Phalacrocorax fuscicollis

Indian Cormorant Phalacrocoracidae

IV

Phalacrocorax niger Little Cormorant Phalacrocoracidae

IV

Phoenicurus ochruros Black Redstart Muscicapidae IV Phragamaticola aedon Thick-billed Warbler Sylviidae IV Phylloscopus magnirostris

Large-billed Leaf Warbler Sylviidae IV

Phylloscopus trochiloides

Greenish Warbler Sylviidae IV

Picus xanthopygaeus Streak-throated Woodpecker Picidae IV Pitta brachyura Indian Pitta Pittidae IV Ploceus manyar Streaked Weaver Ploceidae IV Ploceus philippinus Baya Weaver Ploceidae IV Pomatorhinus horsfieldii Indian Scimitar Babbler Timaliidae IV

Porzana fusca Ruddy-breasted Crake Rallidae IV Prinia hodgsonii Grey-breasted Prinia Cisticolidae IV Prinia inornata Plain Prinia Cisticolidae IV

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A84C5E1856D6279E

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=41D76F4B19ACB4BD

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=AE073221679039C2

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=1F56DC34CAC3901F

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F75CF94CF4732551

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F75CF94CF4732551

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=50CAB6E995A530E0

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=67F9CCA3582B761C

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=5C15B5FC4FC6338D

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=CC216A71A3F24E79

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=EBDD410629FE11AC

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=E931F073AAC6F085

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=2B08C57247184132

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=DD855E67383228E3

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=1327AC55AA9D579B

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=D4E4FED3D83A7AE2

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=AEF498CA30D3E2EF

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=BF36A3F8A848929B

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6D3BD126D55F8B69

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A8C34DC9655204ED

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=B5C1302B4459DA8B

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=B5C1302B4459DA8B

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=7F97F882BC01CDC3

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=1192205BDCBB11D2

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A4062482E764937A

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=2D189E70E58C2AEF

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=2D189E70E58C2AEF

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=60EA3FA9B62912A9

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=612B5C244E272075

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=213C212A93364C7C

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=C31573A5FBB80F9B

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=C31573A5FBB80F9B

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=23EF1BD9DE02E680

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=23EF1BD9DE02E680

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=8B89B3329683DCD6

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=DE63114FF792FC2D

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=03DE2091738BBC16

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=8847B7D4D3574BA2

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=8847B7D4D3574BA2

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=14C2B730F81CDF26

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=C29B19D700664CEB

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=465145E508AFC487



Karnataka.)

174 | P a g e

Prinia socialis Ashy Prinia Cisticolidae IV Prinia sylvatica Jungle Prinia Cisticolidae IV

Pseudibis papillosa Indian Black Ibis Threskiornithidae

IV

Psittacula cyanocephala

Plum-headed Parakeet Psittacidae IV

Psittacula krameri Rose-ringed Parakeet Psittacidae IV Ptyonoprogne concolor Dusky Crag Martin Hirundinidae IV Pycnonotus cafer Red-vented Bulbul Pycnonotidae IV Pycnonotus jocosus Red-whiskered Bulbul Pycnonotidae IV Pycnonotus leucogenys

White-cheeked Bulbul Pycnonotidae IV

Recurvirostra avosetta Pied Avocet Recurvirostridae IV Rhipidura albicollis White-throated Fantail Rhipiduridae IV Rhipidura aureola White-browed Fantail Rhipiduridae IV Rhopodytes viridirostris Blue-faced Malkoha Cuculidae IV Riparia diluta Pale Sand Martin Hirundinidae IV Rostratula benghalensis

Greater Painted-snipe Rostratulidae IV

Saxicola caprata Pied Bushchat Muscicapidae IV Saxicola torquatus Common Stonechat Muscicapidae IV Saxicoloides fulicatus Indian Robin Muscicapidae IV Stachyris ruficeps Rufous-capped Babbler Timaliidae IV Streptopelia chinensis Spotted-necked Dove Columbidae IV Streptopelia decaocto Eurasian Collared Dove Columbidae IV Streptopelia orientalis Oriental Turtle Dove Columbidae IV Streptopelia senegalensis

Laughing Dove Columbidae IV

Streptopelia tranquebarica

Red Turtle Dove Columbidae IV

Strix ocellata Mottled Wood Owl Strigidae IV Sturnus malabaricus Chestnut-tailed Starling Sturnidae IV Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy Starling Sturnidae IV Sturnus roseus Rosy Starling Sturnidae IV Sturnus vulgaris European Starling Sturnidae IV Surniculus lugubris Asian Drongo-Cuckoo Cuculidae IV Sylvia curruca Lesser Whitethroat Sylviidae IV Sylvia hortensis Orphean Warbler Sylviidae IV Taccocua leschenaultii Sirkeer Malkoha Cuculidae IV Tachymarptis melba Alpine Swift Apodidae IV Tadorna ferruginea Ruddy Shelduck Anatidae IV Treron phoenicopterus Yellow-legged Green Pigeon Columbidae IV Tringa erythropus Spotted Redshank Scolopacidae IV Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper Scolopacidae IV

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=0E6F19BB0BA4B0C5

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=7939B4369459F915

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=2B954EC3FB1485E0

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=109000B451137457

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=109000B451137457

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6B1CFC3CFA400D78

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=1DF380FB493F4BAB

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=95F3F1853896B1E0

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F9E375109E961EAC

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=5ECE98D519575380

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=5ECE98D519575380

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=C73ED2F5D88625BA

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=CE377ED7FD1920A1

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=DB7261E94463F4DE

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6E40B45B10D21B34

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A9A9E1D123B94E0A

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=99F94076A607F8BB

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=99F94076A607F8BB

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A64A1FA22261FA10

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=B8D0FE8AF8D7BCFF

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=9006B4EF4B62861C

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=8DA71DFB80E74AFB

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=C8EF4F36C6C77DE0

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=41FACE6330A2F073

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6658BAC574088183

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=B2D6AB06AA0628A7

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=B2D6AB06AA0628A7

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=BC1407780F9EC377

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=BC1407780F9EC377

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=52A8CE5C3058123E

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=B2D8530993BC0ABF

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=E44DFDFAE59FC2D7

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=24208346AD77666E

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=94A4403295E2D9BE

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6F9ECDAC2849301D

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=9A2295A6A2DA7B9D

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=E9BF88BF10DB8F10

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=4D3AFA752BAB7511

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=FA1CAD2906F7C845

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=1F9D883EB44DEFD6

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F6C3F6DB6EE1478B

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=0895DD84DB3A45D1

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=8E67DC5F68BDF62C



Karnataka.)

175 | P a g e

Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank Scolopacidae IV Tringa ochropus Green Sandpiper Scolopacidae IV Tringa totanus Common Redshank Scolopacidae IV Turdoides affinis Yellow-billed Babbler Timaliidae IV Turdoides caudata Common Babbler Timaliidae IV Turdoides malcolmi Large Grey Babbler Timaliidae IV Turdoides striata Jungle Babbler Timaliidae IV Turdoides subrufa Rufous Babbler Timaliidae IV (End) Turdus merula Eurasian Blackbird Turdidae IV Tyto alba Barn Owl Tytonidae IV Upupa epops Common Hoopoe Upupidae IV Vanellus cinereus Grey-headed Lapwing Charadriidae IV Vanellus indicus Red-wattled Lapwing Charadriidae IV Vanellus malabaricus Yellow-wattled Lapwing Charadriidae IV Zoothera citrina Orange-headed Thrush Turdidae IV Zoothera marginata Dark-sided Thrush Turdidae IV Zoothera wardii Pied Thrush Turdidae IV Zosterops palpebrosu Oriental White-eye Zosteropidae IV B. List of Vertebrates other than birds either spotted or reported from the study area

Scienfific name Common name WPA Schedule Mammals Axis axis Cheetal/Spotted Deer III Bandicota bengalensis Indian mole rat IV Bandicota indica Bandicoot rat IV Canis aureus Golden Jackal II Cervus unicolor Sambar III Cynopterus sphinx Short-nosed Fruit Bat IV Dacnomys millardi Large-toothed giant rat IV Funambulus palmarum Three-striped palm squirrel IV Golunda ellioti Indian bush rat IV Herpestes edwardsii Common mongoose IV Herpestes javanicus Small Indian mongoose

IV

Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare/Blacknaped Hare IV Macaca mulatta Rhesus Macaque II Megaderma lyra Indian false vampire Bat IV Megaderma spasma Asian false vampire Bat IV Mus booduga Indian field mouse IV Mus dunni House/Rice-field mouse IV Parascaptor leucura White-tailed Mole IV Rattus rattus Common house rat IV Soriculus leucops Indian long-tailed shrew IV Sus scrofa Indian wild boar III Vulpes bengalensis Indian fox IV

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=18B415D28BBF934C

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A7B17EFC92B53D29

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=D6BFC73A3E067711

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=A70548E8AC80FCE1

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6EB70FB3B46F8560

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=8EB286E57D20EF4F

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=5713B7251A201DA9

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=51AADA006947DFF6

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=1BB50DE8362A4963

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=4FF37BF48BB00C3B

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=9DAE9D1F8A3FD287

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=8F8F0CF04F2CB9F8

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=4A30C57258175715

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=0BEDE250E81BB0D5

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=F82540A0FD2E6FC9

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=6A3FCF4859BFEDF7

http://avibase.bsc-eoc.org/species.jsp?avibaseid=AC0C3921B3816B71

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Golden_Jackal

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dacnomys_millardi

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Herpestes_javanicus

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rhesus_Macaque

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/White-tailed_Mole

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wild_boar



Karnataka.)

176 | P a g e

REPTILES (P=Poisonous) Ahaetulla nasutus Vine snake IV Amphiesma stolata Buffstriped keelback IV Bungarus caeruleus Common krait (P) IV Calotes versicolor Garden lizard IV Chameleon zeylanicum Chameleon IV Coelognathus helena Trinket snake IV Daboia russelii Russell's viper (P) IV Dendrelaphis tristis Bronzebacked tree snake IV Echis carinatus Saw scaled viper (P) IV Hemidactylus flaviviridis Wall lizard IV Hemidactylus frenatus Small wall lizard IV Lissemys punctata Indian plapshell turtle IV Lycodon aulicus Pond Wolf snake IV Macropisthodon plumbicolor Green keelback IV Naja naja Cobra (P) II Oligodon arnensis Common kukri IV Oligodon taeniolatus Variegated or Russell's kukri IV Pangshura tentoria Indian Tent turtle IV Ptyas mucosa Rat snakes IV Ramphotyphlops braminus Blind snake IV Varanus bengalensis Common Indian monitor IV Xenochrophis piscator Checkered keelback IV

AMPHIBIANS Bufo melonosticatus South Indian Toad IV Cacopus bystema Burrowing frog IV Hyla arboria Tree Frog IV Rana hexadactyla. Ordinary frog IV Rana tigrina Tiger Frog IV C. List of butterflies recorded and reported from the study area. None of them belongs to Schedule I of the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act or any of the RED Categories of the IUCN Scientific name Common name Family name Acraea terpsicore Tawny Coster Nymphalidae Acytolepis puspa Common Hedge Blue Lycaenidae Anaphaeis aurota Pioneer(Caper White) Pieridae Ancema blanka Silver Royal Lycaenidae Appias albina Common Albatross Pieridae Appias indra Plain Puffin Pieridae Appias libythea Striped Albatross Pieridae Ariadne merione Common Castor Nymphalidae Athyma perius Common Sergeant Nymphalidae Borbo cinnara Rice Swift Hesperiidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acraea_terpsicore

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acytolepis_puspa

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ancema_blanka

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Appias_albina

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Appias_indra

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Appias_libythea

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ariadne_merione

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Athyma_perius

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Borbo_cinnara



Karnataka.)

177 | P a g e

Castalius rosimon Common Pierrot Lycaenidae Catopsilia pomona Common Emigrant Pieridae Catopsilia pyranthe Mottled Emigrant Pieridae Cepora nadina Lesser Gull Pieridae Cepora nerissa Common Gull Pieridae Charana jalindra Banded Royal Lycaenidae Charaxes bernardus Tawny Rajah Nymphalidae Charaxes solon Black Rajah Nymphalidae Cheritra freja Common Imperial Lycaenidae Chilades contracta Small Cupid Lycaenidae Chilades laius Lime Blue Lycaenidae Chilades parrhasius Indian Cupid Lycaenidae Colotis amata Small Salmon Arab Pieridae Colotis danae Crimson-Tip Pieridae Colotis etrida Small Orange-Tip Pieridae Colotis eucharis Plain Orange-Tip Pieridae Colotis fausta Large Salmon Arab Pieridae Curetis thetis Indian Sunbeam Lycaenidae Danaus chrysippus Plain Tiger Nymphalidae Danaus genutia Common Or Striped Tiger Nymphalidae Discolampa ethion Banded Blue Pierrot Lycaenidae Euploea core Common Indian Crow Nymphalidae Euploea klugii Blue King Crow Nymphalidae Euploea sylvester Double-Branded Crow Nymphalidae Eurema blanda Three-Spot Grass Yellow Pieridae Eurema brigitta Small Grass Yellow Pieridae Eurema hecabe Common Grass Yellow Pieridae Eurema laeta Spotless Grass Yellow Pieridae Euthalia aconthea Common Baron Nymphalidae Euthalia telchinia Blue Baron Nymphalidae Freyeria trochylus Grass Jewel Lycaenidae Graphium agamemnon Tailed Jay Papilionidae Graphium doson Common Jay Papilionidae Graphium sarpedon Common Bluebottle Papilionidae Hasora badra Common Awl Hesperiidae Hasora chromus Common Banded Awl Hesperiidae Hebomoia glaucippe Great Orange-Tip Pieridae Ixias marianne White Orange Tip Pieridae Ixias pyrene Yellow Orange Tip Pieridae Junonia almana Peacock Pansy Nymphalidae Junonia hierta Yellow Pansy Nymphalidae Junonia atlites Gray Pansy Nymphalidae Junonia orithya Blue Pansy Nymphalidae Kaniska canace Blue Admiral Nymphalidae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Castalius_rosimon

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catopsilia_pomona

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catopsilia_pyranthe

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cepora_nadina

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cepora_nerissa

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Charana_jalindra

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Charaxes_bernardus

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Charaxes_solon

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cheritra_freja

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chilades_contracta

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chilades_laius

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chilades_parrhasius

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Colotis_amata

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Colotis_danae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Colotis_etrida

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Colotis_eucharis

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Colotis_fausta

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Curetis_thetis

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Danaus_chrysippus

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Danaus_genutia

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Discolampa_ethion

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Euploea_core

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Euploea_klugii

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Euploea_sylvester

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eurema_blanda

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eurema_brigitta

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eurema_hecabe

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eurema_laeta

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Euthalia_aconthea

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Euthalia_telchinia

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Freyeria_trochylus

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Graphium_agamemnon

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Graphium_doson

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Graphium_sarpedon

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hasora_badra

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hasora_chromus

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hebomoia_glaucippe

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ixias_marianne

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ixias_pyrene

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Junonia_almana

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Junonia_hierta

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Junonia_atlites

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Junonia_orithya

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kaniska_canace



Karnataka.)

178 | P a g e

Libythea lepita Common Beak Nymphalidae Melanitis leda Common Evening Brown Nymphalidae Neptis hylas Common Sailer Nymphalidae Neptis viraja Yellowback Sailer Nymphalidae Pachliopta aristolochiae Common Rose Papilionidae Pachliopta hector Crimson Rose Papilionidae Papilio crino Common Banded Peacock Papilionidae Papilio demoleus Lime Butterfly Papilionidae Papilio helenus Red Helen Papilionidae Papilio polymnestor Blue Mormon Papilionidae Papilio polytes Common Mormon Papilionidae Parantica aglea Glassy Tiger Nymphalidae Pareronia ceylanica Dark Wanderer Pieridae Pareronia valeria Common Wanderer Pieridae Pathysa antiphates Fivebar Swordtail Papilionidae Pathysa nomius Spot Swordtail Papilionidae Pieris canidia Indian Cabbage White Pieridae Polyura athamas Common Nawab Nymphalidae Polyura schreiberi Blue Nawab Nymphalidae Prioneris sita Painted Sawtooth Pieridae Prosotas nora Common Lineblue Lycaenidae Suastus gremius Indian Palm Bob Hesperiidae Tajuria cippus Peacock Royal Lycaenidae Tajuria jehana Plains Blue Royal Lycaenidae Tajuria maculata Spotted Royal Lycaenidae Taractrocera maevius Common Grass Dart Hesperiidae Tirumala limniace Blue Tiger Nymphalidae Tirumala septentrionis Dark Blue Tiger Nymphalidae Troides minos Southern Birdwing Papilionidae Vanessa indica Indian Red Admiral Nymphalidae Virachola isocrates Common Guava Blue Lycaenidae Zizula gaika Tiny Grass Blue Lycaenidae D. Avi fauna reported within the Study Area

Scientific Name Common Name Schedule Dicrurus dsimillis Bechstenin Black Drogo IV Coracias benghalensis Linnaeus

India roller -

Columa livia Gmelin Blue Roack pigeon IV Bubulcus ibis Linnaeus Catle Egret IV Turdodies caudatus Dumont Common babbler - Acridotherus tristis Linnaeus Common Myna IV Ploceus philippinus Linnaeus

Common weaver bird,baya -

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Libythea_lepita

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Melanitis_leda

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neptis_hylas

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Neptis_viraja

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pachliopta_aristolochiae

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pachliopta_hector

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Papilio_crino

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Papilio_demoleus

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Papilio_helenus

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Papilio_polymnestor

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Papilio_polytes

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Parantica_aglea

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pareronia_ceylanica

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pareronia_valeria

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pathysa_antiphates

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pieris_canidia

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Polyura_athamas

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Polyura_schreiberi

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Prioneris_sita

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Prosotas_nora

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Suastus_gremius

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tajuria_cippus

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tajuria_jehana

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tajuria_maculata

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Taractrocera_maevius

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tirumala_limniace

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tirumala_septentrionis

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Troides_minos

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vanessa_indica

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Virachola_isocrates

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zizula_gaika



Karnataka.)

179 | P a g e

D. Avi fauna reported within the Study Area

Scientific Name Common Name Schedule Milvus migrans Boddaert Common Pariah kite IV Pavo cristatus Linnaeus Common Pea Fowl I Corvus splendens Viellot House crow V Eudynamya scolopacea Linnaeus

Koel IV

Cucculus micropterus Indian Cuckoo - Merops superciliosus Lannaeus

Green Bee eater -

Streptopelia senegalensis Little Brown Dove - Copsychus saularis Linneus Magpie-Robin - Nectarinia asiatica Lanthum Purple Sunbird - Vanellus indicus Boddaert Red wettled Lapwing IV Athena brama Temminck Spotted Owlet IV Streptopelia chinensis Scopoli

Spotted Dove IV

Ornotomus sutorius pennant Tailer Bird IV Passer domesticus The house sparrow - Psittacula krameri Parrot -

Dinonium sp Woodpacker -

Gyps bengalensis White black vulture - Milvus sp kite - Falco sp Common kestral - Lanchura sp Munia - E: Rodents: Among rodents six species were found commonly in the area Scientific Name Common Name Schedule Rodents Mus muscatus Mouse Rattus rattus House rat Lepus nigricollis Hare - Bandicota bengalensis Indian Mole rat - Herpestes edwardsi Mongoose IV Funambulus pennati Palm squirrel - Suncus murinus House shrew

No threatened, rare endangered or endemic species were observed during the survey in the study area.

3.5.6. Aquatic Ecology

327. As such, there is no natural and perennial water bodies in form of lake, river, canal or stream are found present in the core zone and buffer zone upto 10km area. However, two small village pond and one



Karnataka.)

180 | P a g e

of the low lying area developed from sand quarry are found present where sometime rainwater get stagnant during rainy season. Agricultural practices and drinking water requirement of the area is meeting from the ground water aquifer.

328. Therefore, no aquatic life has been found present in the area with respect to fisheries, planktons, benthos etc.

329. However, among amphibian near village an agricultural practice Toad (Bufo) has been reported.

3.5.7. Rare and Endangered Species

330. During the study no endangered species of flora and fauna was observed in the study area and same has also been confirmed from the record of State Forest Department as per Red data book of Botanical Survey of India and Wild Life (Protection) Act 1972.

3.5.8. Ecological Sensitive Areas

331. No major eco-system / biosphere reserves have been identified within the periphery of the project site. Also, the study area does not contain any such features having great historical or archaeological importance.

3.5.9. Fisheries and Aquatic Life

332. No natural or commercial fishery activities are observed within 10 Km radius of the existing premises, and hence proposed project activities are not envisaged to have any adverse effect on fisheries and aquatic life.

3.5.10. National Parks/wildlife Sanctuary/Reserve Forest

333. The Figure 3.11 gives the location of National Parks and Sanctuaries in Karnatka. There are no National Parks/wildlife sanctuaries in the 10 km radius of the study area.



Karnataka.)

181 | P a g e

Figure 3.13 National Parks/wildlife Sanctuary/Reserve Forest

Village waste land-Jagenhalli Prosopis zulifera



Karnataka.)

182 | P a g e

Eucalyptus plantation Lantana camara

Alovera sp Teak plantation

Plate 1: Images of surrounding area of Project Site with Tree plantation



Karnataka.)

183 | P a g e

Coconut plantation Bamboo at Bund site agriculture field

Chicku Orchard Scrub vegetation at Project site Plate 2: Images of surrounding area of Project Site with Tree /Orchard plantation



Karnataka.)

184 | P a g e

Cabbage /Qualiflower fields Fransbean vegetables /Legume field

Water Sprinkling Farming in the area Jowar crop with mixed tree plantation

Tomato veg field Eucalyptus plantation-agro forestry Plate3 : Images of Project Site from different sites and structures in nearby area



Karnataka.)

185 | P a g e

Project Site Landmark Topography project site

Scrubs at Project Site Topography project site

Brick Industry across road, project site

Plate4 : Images of Project Site from different directions and structures in nearby area



Karnataka.)

186 | P a g e

Cattle Egret Eagle

Termite Mound in the area Rhesus mallaca

Plate 5 : Images of few life forms observed in the study area



Karnataka.)

187 | P a g e

3.6. Socio-Economic Profile

3.6.1. Socio-Economic Environment

334. The study area of 10 km radial zone mainly falls in the tehsil: Malur of District Kolar and, tehsil: Haskote of district Bangalore rural. There are total 28 villages in study area, 19 of them belongs to tehsil: Malur, 9 of them in Hoskote Tehsil.

3.6.2. Demographic Profile

3.6.2.1 Population

335. Total Population of the Study area as per Census of India, 2001 is 30591 .The total number of Household being 5951.Total Male Population of the Study area is 15704 and total Female Population of the Study Area is 14887 .Village-wise details of population are given in

Tehsil Village No. of Household

Total Population

Male Population

Female Population

Malur Yeswanthapura 284 1620 822 798 Byalahalli 61 327 157 170 Huralagere 146 672 333 339 Upavasapura 62 311 144 167 Kurandahalli 178 869 445 424 Channakal 152 808 410 398 Mylandahalli 241 1255 636 619 Hulimangalahosakote 419 2051 1046 1005 Kodur 93 462 234 228 Pura 260 1357 705 652 Lakkur 760 3733 1847 1886 Thalakunte 201 1058 562 496 Pichaguntrahalli 67 383 197 186 Madivala 201 993 482 511 Irabanahalli 107 566 298 268 Hedaginabele 105 629 315 314 Malkanahalli 135 657 328 329 Medahatti 95 478 255 223 Kudiyanur 483 2319 1202 1117

Total 4050 20548 10418 10130 Hosakote

Kodihalli 157 736 399 337 Nidagatta 211 1221 641 580 Naduvathi 340 1818 957 861 Handenahalli 173 872 450 422 Somalapura 43 217 118 99 Honachanahalli 123 571 319 252 Devanagondi 358 1721 886 835



Karnataka.)

188 | P a g e

Tehsil Village No. of Household

Total Population

Male Population

Female Population

Lingadeeramallasandra 63 271 132 139 Kattigenahalli

433 2616 1384 1232

Total 1901 10043 5286 4757 Grand Total 5951 30591 15704 14887

3.6.2.2 Sex Ratio

336. The Sex Ratio of the Study area is 947.

Figure 3.14 Tehsil-wise Population of the Study Area

3.6.2.3 SC / ST Population

337. A considerable 29% of the population in the Study Area is constituted by SC/ST, out of which SC population constitutes 23 % and rest 6% is constituted by ST Populations. A comparative Graphs of SC/ST Population in Study Area (Tehsil wise) is given in

0

5000

10000

15000

20000

25000

Malur Hoskote

Total Population

Total male population

Total Female population



Karnataka.)

189 | P a g e

Figure 3.15 Tehsil-wise SC Population in Study Area

Figure 3.16 Tehsil-wise ST Population in Study Area

3.6.2.4 Literacy Rate

338. Literacy Rate of the study area is 55% Distribution of male 33% and female literacy rate 22% in the study zone is and respectively. Gender-wise distribution of literacy in each Patwari Circle of Study Area is given in

0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

Malur Hoskote

Total SC Population

Total SC male population

Total SC Female population

0

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400

1600

1800

Malur Hoskote

Total ST Population

Total ST male population

Total ST Female population



Karnataka.)

190 | P a g e

Figure 3.17 Gender-wise Distribution of Literacy in Study Area

Figure 3.18 Gender-wise Distribution of Illiteracy in Study Area

3.6.2.5 Workers Scenario

339. Workers Participation Ratio of the Area in the non workers is 55%.Among this 36% is the Main workers and 9% are the marginal Workers. Female population constitutes an larger portion of Marginal Workers than Male.

0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

7000

Malur Hoskote

Total male literate

Total Female literate

0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

6000

Malur Hoskote

Total male Illiterate

Total Female Illiterate



Karnataka.)

191 | P a g e

3.6.2.6 Marginal Workers:

340. A considerable percentage (9%) of Marginal workers in the Study area belongs to Casual Labours. Agricultural and Household workers constitutes 67% and 6% respectively

HH- House hold, AL- Agriculture, CL- Causal Labour, OT-Others

3.6.2.7 Main Workers:

341. Agricultural Labour constitutes a 26% of total Main Worker Population. However, Casual Labours constitutes 41 % of Total Main Worker Population

Main worker 36%

Marginal worker

9%

Non worker 55%

Workers Scenario

MARG OT_P, 16.13%

MARG CL_P, 9.08%

MARG AL_P, 67.92%

MARG HH_P, 6.85%

Marginal Workers



Karnataka.)

192 | P a g e

3.6.3. Infrastructure

3.6.3.1 Education facilities

342. There are 34 Primary School, 4 Secondary Schools in Study Area. No College exists in the Study Area. Almost all of the villages have at least one primary School.

3.6.3.2 Health facilities

343. No Hospitals and Dispensaries are present in the study area There are only 1 Primary Health Centre and 10 Primary Health Sub-centres found in the study Area. However, several private medical practitioner and community health workers are also found.

3.6.3.3 Drinking Water facilities

344. Villagers depend on groundwater as a source of Drinking water. Hand pumps, Well water, Tube well and Tap water are observed in almost every village.

3.6.3.4 Communication Facilities

345. There are 10 post office found in the study area. 73 Telephone connections were encountered in the study area.

3.6.3.5 Banking Facilities

346. 2 Banks and 6 Credit Societies are found within the 28 Villages of Study Area. Comprehensive List of Infrastructures present in the Study Area is given in Table below

Main OT_P 30%

Main CL_P 41%

Main AL_P 26%

Main HH_P 3%

Main Workers


Pitchguntrahalli Village, Malur Taluk, Kolar District, Karnataka.)

193 | P a g e

Teh

sil

Vill

age

Prim

ary

Sch

ool

Mid

dle

Sch

ool

Sec

onda

ry

Sch

ool

Hig

her

Sec

onda

ry

Sch

ool

Col

lege

Hos

pita

l

Dis

pens

ary

PH

C

PH

SC

Pos

t Offi

ce

Tel

epho

ne

Con

nect

ion

Ban

k

Cre

dit

Soc

iety

Sou

rce

of

Wat

er

Kolar

Yeswanthapura 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 13 1 0 H.P,T.P Byalahalli 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 H.P ,T.P

Huralagere 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 10 0 0 H.P,T.P Upavasapura 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 H.P ,T.P Kurandahalli 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 H.P,T.P Channakal 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 H.P ,T.P

Mylandahalli 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 1 H.P,T.P Hulimangalahosakote 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 4 0 0 H.P ,T.P

Kodur 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 H.P,T.P Pura 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 H.P,T.P

Lakkur 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 1 0 0 H.P ,T.P

Thalakunte 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 H.P,T.P

Pichaguntrahalli 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 H.P,T.P

Madivala 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 6 0 0 H.P,T.P

Irabanahalli 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 H.P,T.P

Hedaginabele 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 H.P,T.P

Malkanahalli 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 H.P ,T.P

Medahatti 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 H.P,T.P

Kudiyanur 3 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 15 1 0 H.P ,T.P

Total

22 12 3 0 0 0 0 1 7 8 65 2 3

Hoskote

Kodihalli 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 H.P ,TP

Nidagatta 2 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 H.P ,TP

Naduvathi 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 H.P ,TP

Handenahalli 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 H.P ,TP

Somalapura 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 H.P ,TP

Honachanahalli 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 H.P ,TP



194 | P a g e

PS =Primary School, UPS = UpperPrimary School, SS = Secondary School, HS = HigherSecondary school, PrHS = PrivateHigherSecondary School, PHSC = Primary Health Sub-Centre, PHC = Primary Health Centre, AyD = Ayurvedic Dispensary, VF = Veternary Facility, HD = Homeopathic Dispensary, AlD = Alopathic Dispensary, HH = Homeopathic Hospital, AlH = AlopathicHospital, AlD = Alopathic Dispensary, WW = Well Water, TP= Tap Water, TK = Tank, BW, Borewell, TW = Tubewell, HP = Handpump

Devanagondi 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 H.P ,TP

Lingadeeramallasandra 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 H.P ,TP

Kattigenahalli 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 H.P ,TP Total 12 9 1 0 0 0 0 0 3 2 8 0 3

Grand Total 34 21 4 0 0 0 0 1 10 10 73 2 6



Karnataka.)

195 | P a g e

Brick Inn 1.5km Pichiguntrapalli Sand Quarry site-Hurulagere

Oil Depots at Devanagondi Oil Tankers at Devanagondi Industrial Area

Industrial Area, Malur E.g. -Plywood Industry,Bayanhalli- Malur Plate6 : Commercial Activities/Industrial Areas in the surrounding area of project sites



196 | P a g e

Table 3.18 Electrification Table

Sl.No.

Taluks No.of Beneficiries under Bhagyajyoti/ kutirajyoti

Electrified Non Electrified Electricity Consumers (No.)

Villages

Hamlets

I.P.Sets

Vill.

Hamlets

I.P.Sets

Domestic Consumption

Industrial Consumption

Commercial Consumption

I.P.Sets

Street Lights

Others

Total

1 2 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393

Code No.

1 Bangarpet 9864 358 123 18035 358 123 18116 75638 28 9594 18035 2554 154 115867

2 Kolar 22724 328 34 18084 328 34 - 73203 3891 11789 987 969 1044 132689

3 Malur 8676 289 - 14080 289 - 14080 35972 82 3990 14080 943 92 63835

4 Mulbagal 10392 385 30 16715 385 30 15918 30926 11 3542 16715 1346 56 62988

5 Srinivasapura

17313 296 51 12343 296 51 - 29963 549 3097 721 407 268 64661

District Total 68969 1656 238 79257 1656

238 48114 245702 4561 32012 50538 6219 1614 440040

Environmental Impact Assessment Study of Proposed Integrated Waste Management facility comprising of TSDF (Madanhatti & Pitchguntrahalli Village, Malur Taluk, Kolar District,

Karnataka.)

197 | P a g e

3.6.4. Medical and Health:

347. However There are six government clinics, nine government nursing home and nine Government hospitals prevails in the Kolar District.

348. In these hospital there are 44 doctors and 273 beds exists while the population of Malur is 207009, it reflects it is around two doctor per lakh of population exist here.

349. There are 57 drug shops in the District but no blood bank prevails.

Table 3.19 Health Status

S.No. Disease No. of Identified Patients Male Female Total 1. D.P.T 1708 2014 3722 2. Measles 2540 1100 3640 3. Polio 1708 2014 3722 4. Hepatitis

B 1700 2011 3711

5. BCG 1757 1557 3314 6. T.B* 150 14 164 7. Cancer 0 0 0

http://kolar.nic.in/kolar_statistics.pdf

3.7. Detailed Site evaluation Table

As the site passed the CPCB knock out criteria as given in the Table 2.2. and Table 2.3 : a detailed site investigation is evaluated as per” site evaluation criteria” on the basis of base line studies of the project site, given in Table 3.28. These criteria have been adapted and modified by CPCB to suit the environmental conditions, from the criteria developed by UNEP.For weight assigning and scaling criteria kindly refer annexure-VII

Table 3.20 Detailed Site Evaluation Table

S.No. Criteria Relative value 5 (Excel.)

4 ideal

3 good

2 poor

1 bad

weightage

1.0 General 25% 1.1 Transportation economy 5

1.2 Slope percent — 4

http://kolar.nic.in/kolar_statistics.pdf


Karnataka.)

198 | P a g e

Discussion:

350. Before taking up detail evaluation, base line data regarding the site and it’s surroundings have been collected and site specific studies

1.3 Topography 3 1.4 Flood proneness 5 1.5 Optimum wind direction

(down stream village in Km) 4

1.6 Infrastructure 5 1.6.1 Accessibility 5 1.6.2 Power supply 4 2 Hydrology/Hydrogeology

Geology/Geotechnology 50%

2.1 Hydrological features 2.1.1 Distance from surface water body

(m) 5

2.1.2 Annual Rainfall (cm/yr) 5 2.2 Hydro geological features:

2.2.1 Groundwater depth (m) 5 2.2.2 Groundwater flow direction

(distance to DIS Village) 5

2.2.3 Groundwater quality 5 2.2.4 Groundwater gradient (m/km) 5 2.3 Geological features:

2.3.1 Subsidence 5 2.3.2 Depth to bed rock (m) 5 2.3.3 Seismic conditions (Intensity) 5 2.4 Geotechnical features

2.4.1 Permeability (1 x 10 cm/s) 5 2.4.2 Engineering property (MA, Pl, Shear)

5

3.0 Socio-Economic/Ecological

25%

3.1 Demography 4 3.2 Landuse pattern 3.2.1 Existing 4 3.2.2 Future 5 3.3 Transportation impact 5 3.4 Special ecological features 5

Total score 118


Karnataka.)

199 | P a g e

with respect to geology, hydro-geology, flood proneness, accessibility. The sites have also been investigated for

Site Specific Information; proximity to the waste source, slope at site, topography, accessibility, meteorology etc.

Hydro-geology/Geology; Ground water table fluctuation, ground water direction, ground water quality,depth to bed rock, soil type, geo-technical features etc.

Socio-economic Features; land use, demography, transportation impact etc.

The total score reflects that site is suitable for setting up an integrated waste manangement facility. Other Site on NH-4 in Kolar district located approximately 5 KM away was also investigated but failed to pass the CPCB knock out criteria.


Karnataka.)

200 | P a g e

4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND IT’S MITIGATION

MEASUURES

4.1. Introduction:

351. The objective of the chapter is

To Identify project activities that could beneficially or adversely impact the environment

To Predict and assess the environmental impacts of the such activities

To Examine each environmental aspect-impact relationship in detail and identify its degree of significance

To Identify possible mitigation measures for these project activities and select the most appropriate mitigation measure, based on the reduction in significance achieved and practicality in implementation

4.2. Key Definitions

Environmental Aspects

352. These are elements of an organization’s activities or products

or services that can interact with the environment. Environmental aspects could include activities that occur during normal, abnormal and emergency operations.

353. Environmental aspects selected for further study should large enough for meaningful examination and small enough to be easily understood.

Environmental Impacts

354. Environmental impacts are defined as any change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially resulting from an organization’s environmental aspects.

Environmental Indices

This chapter details the inferences drawn from the environmental impact assessment of the proposed project. It describes the overall impacts of the project activities and underscores the areas of concern, which need mitigation measures.

Environmental Impact Assessment Study of Proposed Integrated Waste Management

facility comprising of TSDF (Madanhatti & Pitchguntrahalli Village, Malur Taluk, Kolar

District, Karnataka.)

201 | P a g e

355. The environment includes surroundings in which an organization operates such as air, water, land, natural resources, flora, fauna, humans and their interrelation.

356. The environmental indices (or parts of the receiving environment on which impacts are being assessed) include: Land use/land cover, air quality, noise quality, surface water environment, ground water environment, soil, ecology and bio diversity, socio economics, occupational health, community health and safety

4.3. Impact Assessment Methodology

357. The methodology adopted to carryout impact assessment of the Common Hazardous waste facility is such that the whole Project is divided into major activities and for each activity adverse or positive impact is identified.on the Basis of these the complete chapter is divided into following sections

Identification of major Activities

Impact Prediction, evaluation due to these activities and its mitigation Measures

Impact analysis i.e. consequence/Score analysis

4.4. Identification of Major Activities

358. This entails employing a simple method requiring:

Listing of environmental aspects (i.e. activities or parts thereof that can cause environmental impacts)

Identifying applicable components of the environment on which the environmental aspects can cause an impact

359. For identification of impact factors and environmental components have been considered according to Document series HAZWAMS/25/2002-2003 of CPCB.

360. Environmental impacts have been identified based on an assessment of environmental aspects associated with the project. The symbol ‘─’ indicates an adverse impact,‘+’

Environmental Impact Assessment Study of Proposed Integrated Waste Management

facility comprising of TSDF (Madanhatti & Pitchguntrahalli Village, Malur Taluk, Kolar

District, Karnataka.)

202 | P a g e

indicates a beneficial impact. ‘ +/─‘indicates Both Positive and Negative and ‘N ‘ indicates not applicable/No impact



203 | P a g e

Table 4.1 Impact Identification S. No. Potential

Impact areas Project Activities

Potential Impact areas Remarks

Lan

du

se/ L

and

cove

r (L

U/L

C)

Air

Qu

alit

y (A

Q)

No

ise

and

Vib

rati

on

(N

V)

Su

rfac

e W

ater

(S

W)

Gro

un

d W

ater

(G

W)

So

il (S

)

Eco

log

y &

Bio

-d

iver

sity

(E

B)

So

cio

-Eco

no

mic

(S

E)

Occ

up

atio

nal

Hea

lth

, C

om

mu

nit

y H

ealt

h &

S

afet

y (O

H /

CH

&S

)

C1 C2 C3 C4 C7 C5 C9 C10 C6 C8 C11 C12 1 Site Selection 1.1 Land lease or purchase ─ N N N N N N + N LU: Potential change in landuse / land cover; SE: compensation

to land owner against lease 2 Preparation of Site 2.1 Clearance of vegetation at

site and preparation of approach roads

─ ─ ─ N N ─ ─ + ─ LC: Change in land cover; AQ / NV: air emissions, noise and vibration from vehicles, processing equipments and road laying equipment; S: soil erosion; EB: loss of green cover; SE: improved local roads; OH: risk of occupational injuries

2.3 Excavation and paving of site ─ ─ ─ N N ─ N + ─ LC: Change in land cover due to excavation; AQ/NV: air emission and noise due excavation operations; S: removal of topsoil; SE: Temporary job creation for excavation and site preparation work; OH: Occupational risk due to excavation work

3 For setting up of Proposed Integrated Waste Management Facility i.e. for landill,incinerator,storages,ETP/STP

Civil works such as earth moving and building of structures including temporary structures

N N N ─ N ─ ─ + N AQ:SW:Alteration of surface run off and interflow EB:Terrestial ecology because of noise and vibrations SE: creation of new economic activities and status,increament in commercial values of property/goods

Heavy equipment operations N ─ ─ N N ─ ─ + +/─ AQ/NV: air emission and noise due construction & operational machinery set up work; S:Only if any spillage; EB:Terrestial ecology because of noise and vibrations SE temporary employement generation & increament in values of commercial goods OH:Hazard due to accident



204 | P a g e

S. No. Potential Impact areas Project Activities


Lan

du

se/ L

and

cove

r (L

U/L

C)

Air

Qu

alit

y (A

Q)

No

ise

and

Vib

rati

on

(N

V)

Su

rfac

e W

ater

(S

W)

Gro

un

d W

ater

(G

W)

So

il (S

)

Eco

log

y &

Bio

-d

iver

sity

(E

B)

So

cio

-Eco

no

mic

(S

E)

Occ

up

atio

nal

Hea

lth

, C

om

mu

nit

y H

ealt

h &

S

afet

y (O

H /

CH

&S

)

Workforce accommodation & sanitation

N N N N ─ ─ N + N S: Soil contamination if soak pit is not designed properly; GW: on water quality if SE: marginal increase in indirect income of locals due to on site crew

fuel storage N N N ─ ─ ─ N N ─ GW: Possibility of ground water contamination due to spillage of hazardous wastes & chemicals; S: Soil contamination due to spillage if any; OH: Occupational risk due to handling of material

Use of raw water for project development facility (construction) & operational facility

N N N N N N N N N Water shall be sourced from the Board supply tankers and shall be treated by suitable method

Operation of DG set N ─ ─ N N ─ N N N AQ/NV: air and noise emission due to operation of DG set; S: possibility of soil contamination due to spillage of diesel or oil

Circulating and cementing N N N N ─ ─ N + N GW/S: possibility of ground water and soil contamination leakage during circulating and cementing SE: temporary employement generation

4 Operation and maintenance of IWMF

Transportation of Wastes to facility from member industries

N ─ ─ N N N N +/─ +/─ OHS: Road and fire accidents,aesthetic and human interest; SE: disturbance in existing traffic pattern;creation of new activities and status AQ: due to traffic movement emissions NQ: Minor vibrations and noise

Storage and stabilization of waste/hazardous waste

N ─ N N N ─ N N ─ AQ: fugitive emission S: Possibility of soil contamination due to improper disposal of solid and Hazardous waste; OH/OH&S: Risk to community health due to spillage in surrounding area if not stored properly

Waste material handling and in boundary transport

N ─ N N N N N N ─ AQ:due to internal transportation of waste to respective facility OHS: temporary,acute,chronic health effects to the workers involved(if not trained properly)

Storage, handling and N N N N ─ ─ N N ─ GW/S: Possibility of ground water and soil contamination due to



205 | P a g e

S. No. Potential Impact areas Project Activities


Lan

du

se/ L

and

cove

r (L

U/L

C)

Air

Qu

alit

y (A

Q)

No

ise

and

Vib

rati

on

(N

V)

Su

rfac

e W

ater

(S

W)

Gro

un

d W

ater

(G

W)

So

il (S

)

Eco

log

y &

Bio

-d

iver

sity

(E

B)

So

cio

-Eco

no

mic

(S

E)

Occ

up

atio

nal

Hea

lth

, C

om

mu

nit

y H

ealt

h &

S

afet

y (O

H /

CH

&S

)

disposal of waste water and Leachate

improper disposal of waste water; OH/OH&S: Risk to community health due to spillage in surrounding area if not stored/treated properly

Emissions from processing units (stack attached to plasma gasification unit and stack attached to coal fired boiler, E Waste Stack/metal recovery,Coal fired boilers and Back up DG sets)

N ─ ─ N N ─ ─ ─ ─ AQ/NV: air and noise emission during blow out; S; soil contamination due to emission; EB: impact on ecology and bio diversity of surrounding area due to emission; SE: effect on crops.OH/OH&S: Risk of fatal injury to worker and staff working at site, risk to community health due to emission in surrounding area



Karnataka.)

206 | P a g e

361. Based on this preliminary identification, environmental indices that are likely to be impacted due to the project are:

Landuse / Land cover: Land lease/purchase, site preparation and site restoration

Air quality and climate

Noise and vibrations

Ground water

Geology and Soil:

Ecology and Biodiversity:

Socio – Economic

Transportation

Occupational health, community Health and safety:

After the identification of impacting activities, impacts require to be assessed based on subjective / objective criteria.

4.5. Impacts Prediction/Evaluation and its Mitigation Measures

362. It comprises of Component Wise Environment Impact and its Mitigation Measures.

363. Several scientific techniques and methodologies are also used to predict impacts on the environment. Mathematical models are useful tools (where applicable) to quantitatively describe the cause and effect relationships between sources of pollution and different components of environment. In cases where it is not possible to identify and validate a model for a particular situation, predictions have been arrived at based on logical reasoning / consultation / extrapolation or overlay methods. In any case, for each component of the environment, the methods used to arrive at the likely impacts require to be described.

364. Construction phase comprises of pre construction phase and establishment phase. Pre construction phase normally spread over Land acquisition,site cleaning ,topographical survey(if any)e-construction, preparatory construction, machinery installation and



Karnataka.)

207 | P a g e

commissioning stages and end with the induction of manpower and start-up.

365. Construction and Establishment phases mainly consist of civil works such as earth moving, leveling of land, construction of foundations, buildings and approach roads.Machinery installation and commissioning involve activities like fabrication work, cutting, welding and construction of buildings and other facilities, lying of cables and pipelines etc. It involves testing of plant for any type of leakages and designed capacity.

The environmental impacts along with suggested mitigation measures have been presented in the following sub-sectionsA

4.5.1. Air Environment

4.5.1.1 Construction Phase

366. The sources of air emission during construction phase will include site clearing, vehicles movement, materials storages and handling and operation of construction equipment. Emissions from them are expected to result in temporary degradation of air quality, primarily in the working environment affecting construction employees. However, dust generation and SPM rise in the ambient air will be coarse and will settle within a short distance close to the construction sites. Hence, dust and other emissions are unlikely to spread sufficiently to affect the surroundings of the construction site.

367. Traffic to the site during construction will be slightly more intensive than at present. However, well connectivity of the site to Hoskote-Malur road and adjacent National Highway NH-648, will not have any significant stress on the traffic. The present road conditions are good for the proposed additional movement of vehicular traffic. Hence the impacts on the ambient air quality during construction phase will be temporarily for short duration and reversible in nature and restricted to small area.

368. Fugitive dust sources associated with construction phase include vehicular traffic generating fugitive dust on paved and unpaved roads, aggregate material handling, and other aggregate processing operations. Fugitive dust generated from these activities may range from 0.1 µm to more than 300 µm in aerodynamic diameter.



Karnataka.)

208 | P a g e

369. The emission of particulate matter during the construction phase will be generated from the activities like receipt, transfer and screening of aggregate, road dust emissions, etc.

Table 4.2 Emission Factors of Various Dust Generation Processes

Source Unit Emission Factor Paved road dust emissions g/VMT 7.26 Unpaved road dust emissions g/VMT 925.3

(Note: VMT: Vehicle Mile Traveled)

370. In addition to that emissions from various construction machinery fueled by diesel and from mobile source will be in the form of PM10, VOC, CO, NOx and SO2. The emissions from stationary and mobile diesel engines with respect to their working/ movement are presented in Table 4.3.

Table 4.3 : Exhaust Emissions for Stationary and Mobile Machinery

Source PM10 VOC CO NOx SO2

Diesel exhaust emissions (idle) 0.043 g/min 0.208 g/min 1.57 g/min 0.917 g/min 18.8 S g/l

Diesel exhaust emissions (moving) 0.4 g/mile 3.18 g/mile 18.82 g/mile 8.5 g/mile 18.8 S g/l


Dust Control

371. Water spray, through water trucks is an effective way to keep dust under control. Sprinklers can also be employed to deliver continuous moisture in dust prone areas.

372. High vehicle speeds increase the amount of fugitive dust created from unpaved areas. Reducing the speed of a vehicle to 20 km/hr. can reduce emissions by a large extent.

373. Care shall be taken to keep all material storages adequately covered and contained so that they are not exposed to situations, where winds on site could lead to dust/ particulate emissions. Fabrics and plastics for covering piles of soils and debris is an effective means to reduce fugitive dust from the material stores/ warehouses.

374. Spills of dirt or dusty materials shall be cleaned up promptly so that the spilled materials do not become a source of fugitive emission.



Karnataka.)

209 | P a g e

375. Spilled concrete slurries or liquid wastes shall be contained/ cleaned up immediately before they can infiltrate into the soil/ ground or runoff in nearby areas.

Gaseous Emissions Control

376. Regular maintenance of machinery and equipment will be carried out.

377. All the vehicles used for construction activity shall be checked for ‘Pollution under Control’.

378. Ambient air quality monitoring should be carried out during construction phase. If monitored parameters are above the prescribed limits, suitable control measures must be taken.

4.5.1.2 Operation Phase

379. Impacts on ambient air during operation phase would be due to emissions from the stacks attached to plasma gasification unit, incinerator of medical waste, metal recovery unit and coal fired boilers

380. Emissions from the sources were analyzed for their impacts on the Ground Level Concentration (GLC) for various distances using the dispersion modeling guidelines given by the Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi and the Industrial Source Complex Short Term Model (ISCST3) of the United States Environment Protection Agency (USEPA).

Calculation of Emission Estimates

381. Emission estimates from an emission source can be calculated as follows:

382. Impact of emissions from the proposed Integrated Waste Management Facility on the ambient air quality were modeled using US EPA ISCST3 – Industrial Source Complex - Short Term Model (Version 02035). The ISCST3 model is capable of handling multiple sources, including point, volume, area and open pit source types. However, in the present scope the model was used for point emission (chimney) source type for modeling Particulate Matter (as SPM),SO2, NOx, HCl, HF and TOC. Please note that ISCT3 treats pollutant as chemically inert except for SOx and NOx where it applies a simple exponential decay.

Model Input Parameters



Karnataka.)

210 | P a g e

Meteorological Data

383. The hourly measured micro-meteorological parameters (wind direction, wind speed and ambient temperature) were studied by EQMS for three months through March 2012 to June 2012. In addition to the measured meteorological parameters, ISCST3 also required atmospheric stability classes and mixing height data. These additional parameters were estimated or obtained from the secondary sources as discussed in the following paragraph.

Atmospheric Stability Classes

384. The required hourly Pasquill - Gifford Stability Classes were determined using Turner's method and solar isolation as per the provisions described by Central Pollution Control Board, Delhi and US EPA "Meteorological Monitoring

385. Guidance for Regulatory Modeling Applications". The reference longitude andlatitude for the estimation of solar insolation were 77°53'11.83"E and 13° 0'15.38"N respectively.

Mixing Height

386. The mixing height information for the above mentioned location was obtainedfrom the mixing height contours publication by India MeteorologicalDepartment.

Wind Pattern

387. The analysis of meteorological data reveals that the winds were flowingpredominantly from the West/East. The calm wind speed condition was observedfor approximately 13.32% in the record set.

Emission Source Data

388. The emission source data and the calculations were provided by the EWML.

389. Four stacks have been proposed in the plant. Technical details of all stacks and the emission load considered in the model are given inTable:4.3

Table 4.4 Stack Details

S. N.

Source Of Emission

Stack Diameter (mm)

Stack Height (m)

Exit Velocity (m/sec)

Exit Temperature (°C)

Flow rate (m3/hr)

APCM Equipment



Karnataka.)

211 | P a g e

S. N.

Source Of Emission

Stack Diameter (mm)

Stack Height (m)

Exit Velocity (m/sec)

Exit Temperature (°C)

Flow rate (m3/hr)

APCM Equipment

1.


450 30.5 14.0 433 8000

Gas quencher Ventury Scrubber HCl Scrubber system Alkali scrubber

2.


300 30.5 15.7 433 4000 Ventury Scrubber Alkali scrubber

3.


150 30.5 15.7 493 1000 Ventury Scrubber Alkali scrubber

4.

Coal Fired Boiler

500 30.5 12.8 493 9040 Dual Cone cyclone sepearator Bag filter

390. The gas emission details are given inTable 4.4.

Table 4.5 Details of Gas Emission

Stacks Pollutant Emssion Load (gm/sec) Remarks Particulate

Matter SO2

Nox

HCL

HF TOC

Plasma Gasification Unit 0.11 0.44 0.89 0.11 0.008 0.04 Incinerator Medical Wastes 0.165 0.22 0.44 0.05 0.004 0.02

Metal Recovery Furnace 0.042 0.05 0.11 0.013 --- ---- Coal Fired Boiler 0.376 0.5 --- --- --- ---

DG Set Non Continuous Stacks DG Set

Note that the maximum permissible emission standards (post APCs) for all above parameters in the stacks have been assumed in emission load calculations.



Karnataka.)

212 | P a g e

Figure 4.1 Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of NOx



Karnataka.)

213 | P a g e

Figure 4.2 Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of SOx



Karnataka.)

214 | P a g e

Figure 4.3 Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of PM



Karnataka.)

215 | P a g e

Figure 4.4 : Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of HCl



Karnataka.)

216 | P a g e

Figure 4.5 Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of HF



Karnataka.)

217 | P a g e

Figure 4.6 Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of TOC

Modeling Scenarios

391. Since, this is a new project, all proposed stacks were modeled to assess the impact on the ambient air quality.

Results and Discussions

392. The estimated 24 hourly maximum ground level concentrations (excluding background concentration) for the modeled pollutants are presented below:



Karnataka.)

218 | P a g e

Table 4.6 Predicted 24hr max GLC from proposed stack

Predicted 24hr max GLC, ug/m3 X Y PM 1.9 500 0 SO2 13 500 0 NOx 26.3 500 0 HCL 3.2 500 0 HF 1.2 500 0

TOC 1.2 500 0

393. Based on the model results, the hotspot may be identified at 500m in East of the proposed installation.

394. The estimated 24 hourly maximum ground level concentrations (excluding background concentration) for the modeled pollutants at the ambient air quality monitoring stations are presented below:

Table 4.7 Predicted 24hr max GLC at the ambient air quality monitoring stations

Station ID Sampling Location

Location w.r.t. Site Description

Predicted 24hr max GLC, ug/m3

Distance (km) Direction PM SO2 NOx HCL HF TOC A1 Project Site 0.0 km ------- Proposed Project

Site - - - - - -

A2 Makanhalli 6 km NWW Village & surrounding area 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

A3 Malur 5.0 km E Malur Industrial Area 0.8 5.7 11.5 1.4 0.5 0.5

A4 Huralgere 2.5 km S Village & surrounding area

0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

A5 Devankundi 5.8 km W Devengundi Railway stn. & Oil depots

0.7 5.1 10.4 1.3 0.4 0.5

A6 Kanganhalli 2.5 km N Village & surrounding area 0.4 2.7 5.5 0.7 0.2 0.3

4.5.1.3 Fugitive Emissions

395. Fugitive emissions due to the proposed project will be principally associated with emissions like VOC from liquid storage tank, VOC/odours air from hazardous waste storage area, emergency vent from plasma reactor and scrubber circulation tank vents, dust during the initial site preparation and closure phases. Fugitive emissions can cause the dust to settle down at nearby residential properties and on agricultural lands. In addition, fugitive emissions in the form of material dust are also expected during constructions, chemical additives, cement and cement additives etc. Fugitive dust may also



Karnataka.)

219 | P a g e

impact agricultural crops in and around the drill sites within the acquired block.

Mitigation measures.

396. To curb fugitive emission following are the mitigation measures shall be followed:




Scrubber circulation vent will be connected to down stream gas ducting of syn gas which will be always under negative pressure.

4.5.2. Noise Environment

397. The proposed Integrated Waste Management Facility of TSDF operations and related activities will lead to emission of noise that may have significant impact on the surrounding communities in terms of increase in noise levels and associated disturbances. The potential impacts on noise level may arise out of the following:

4.5.2.1 Construction Phase

398. In addition to site preparation / closure related activities will also involve the operation of heavy equipment like pile drivers, loaders, and dumpers etc. Such heavy equipments are noted to emit noise emissions which will get dispersed in the nearby communities thus resulting in a decrease in noise quality in the immediately adjacent settlement area. Some activities like piling may also result in minor vibration impacts which are expected to subside to acceptable levels with distance.

Assessment of Noise Levels using Model



Karnataka.)

220 | P a g e

399. For hemispherical sound wave propagation through homogeneous loss free medium, one can estimate noise levels at various locations at different sources using model based on first principle.

400. Lp 2 = Lp1 - 20 log(r2/r1) - Ae1,2.

Where

Lp1 & Lp2 are sound levels at points located at distances r1 & r2 from the source.

Ae1, 2 is the excess attenuation due to environmental conditions. Combined effect of all the sources than can be determined at various locations by logarithmic addition

401. Lp total = 10 log (10(Lp1/10) + 10(Lp2/10) + 10(Lp3/10) +……).

Table 4.8 Predicted Exposure Levels

Time Hours/Day Time

N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 Project site Makannalli Malur Huralgere Devankundi kanganhalli

Maximum 44.6 52.1 54.8 51.6 49.4 50.4 Minimum 36.1 36.8 35.2 35.4 36.8 36.7 Day equivalent dB(A)

52.4 72.4 49.3 49.5 48.9 40.6

Night equivalent dB(A)

44.2 62.4 42.6 43.3 42.9 37.6

402. The damage risk criteria for hearing, as enforced by OSHA to reduce hearing loss, stipulates that noise levels up to 90 dB (A) are acceptable for 8 hrs exposure per day. It seems that the noise level only during the proposed activities (Integrated Waste Management Facility Comprising of TSDF) is of concern for occupational consideration. This noise is transient and will occur only for the duration of Setting up the development of Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal facility, Common E-waste Recycling & Management facility, Common medical Waste Treatment, Storage & Disposal Facility, Waste Receipt, Characterization and storage.

4.5.2.2 Operation Phase



Karnataka.)

221 | P a g e

There is no as such major source of noise Pollution during operation of facility; however there shall be disturbance in noise ambient of area due to regular traffic movement to the facility.

4.5.2.3 Mitigation Measure

403. Mitigation measures for noise will include the following:

Regular and proper maintenance of noise generating machinery including the transport vehicles to maintain the low noise levels.

Sufficient engineering control during installation of equipments and machineries (like mufflers in DG sets) is to be ensured to reduce noise levels at source;

Proper and timely maintenance of machineries and preventive maintenance of vehicles is to be adopted to reduce noise levels;

Plant and equipment will be designed to ensure that noise generated is limited to CPCB norms. Equipment will be provided with noise control measures such as acoustic insulation etc, to ensure noise abatement. Rotating equipment will be properly balanced. Where high noise levels are produced, employees will be provided with ear protection devices.

Personnel Protective Equipments (PPE) like ear plugs/muffs is to be given to all the workers at site and it will be ensured that the same are wore by everybody during their shift;

All the openings like covers, partitions shall be acoustically sealed.

4.5.3. Water Environment

404. Impact by integrated waste Management Facility on Water environment can be predicted in two ways i.e.

Impact on water resources

Impact on Water Quality

4.5.3.1 Impact on water resources

Surface water resources

No impact on surface water resources is anticipated during both the construction phase and operational phase of the project as there is no such surfacewater resources prevails in the study area,



Karnataka.)

222 | P a g e

Ground Water Resources

No impact on Ground water resources is anticipated during both construction as well as operational phase of the project as there is no withdrawl of water, however Water demand shall be met through state Water Board supply.

4.5.3.2 Impact on Water Quality

Construction Phase

405. During the construction phase of the project, total water requirement is estimated as 50 KLD depending upon type of construction activities at site. This requirement of water will be fulfilled from the tankers of state water board supply. The wastewater generated during construction phase is mainly from construction works & domestic activities. Adequate drainage system will be requiring channelizing run off water to avoid water logging and it will be utilized during the construction phase for the proposed plant. Therefore, no long term adverse impact on water quality (surface as well as ground) is anticipated during construction phase.

Operation Phase

406. The total maximum requirement of water for the facility is delineated to 335 KLD maximum

407. The waste water generated from various streams can have various adverse impacts. The effluent characteristics for these different streams has been provided in Table 4.8

Table 4.9 : Waste Water characteristics

Name and source of bleed stream Quantity (liters/day)

Quality

Scrubber Bleed Liquor and Wash Water from Plasma Gasification Plant

14100 pH: Neutral TDS: 2.5 – 3.5 % COD: < 100 mg/lit BOD: < 30 mg/lit


900

pH: Alkaline to Neutral TDS: < 10000 ppm COD: < 500 mg/lit BOD: < 150 mg/lit HM: Expected



Karnataka.)

223 | P a g e

Wash Water from Stabilization Plant 450



13040 pH: Neutral TDS: 1-3 % COD: < 100 mg/lit BOD: < 30 mg/lit

Wash Water from E-waste Management Plant

450


Wash Water from Oil Recycling Plant 2000

pH: Alkaline to Neutral TDS: < 10000 ppm COD: < 1000 mg/lit BOD: < 500 mg/lit O & G: < 100 mg/lit

Leachate from SLF 5000

pH: Neutral TDS: 1-3% ppm COD: < 250 mg/lit BOD: < 100 mg/lit HM: Expected

Vehicle or Wheel Wash 10000 pH: Alkaline to Neutral TDS: < 10000 COD: < 500 mg/lit BOD: < 200 mg/lit

Cooling Tower Blow Down 41400 pH: Alkaline TDS: < 3000 COD: < 250 mg/lit BOD: < 100 mg/lit

Boiler Blow down 2750 pH: Alkaline TDS: < 3000 COD: < 250 mg/lit BOD: < 100 mg/lit

Domestic Sewage 14500 pH; Neutral TDS: < 500 mg/lit COD: < 500 mg/lit BOD: < 250 mg/lit



Karnataka.)

224 | P a g e

408. During the operation phase, there is a possibility of contamination risk due to damage of liners of the landfill at the site and leachate can enter in ground water.


Construction Phase

409. Wastewater will not be generated during the construction phase of the project. Water will be used only for curing of concrete, which will be absorbed by land or get evaporated. Vitrified/ polished tiles will be used for flooring and hence no washwater will be needed. A separate drainage shall be provided for the construction wastewater and collected in a separate basin. The water shall be discharged into the drain after pretreatment including filtration and removal of contaminants to the standards prescribed for disposal, if required.

Sanitation

410. During construction stage, suitable sanitation and other essential facilities shall be provided for workers. These facilities shall be well designed and maintained to minimize environmental impacts. Adequate drinking water supply should be provided for on-site workers.

Operation Phase

411. Two alternate mode of disposal is proposed for the facility.

Alternative I: Disposal of treated waste water to CETP through tankers

Alternative II: Disposal of treated waste water through Multi Effect Evaporation system (MEES) and recycle treated waste water to plant for reuse. Waste water treatment system consist of following sub systems

Physico Chemical Treatment Units

Heavy Metal Removal Units

Oil Removal System

Multi Effect Evaporation system

Packaged Sewage Treatment Plant

412. The following mitigation measures will also be implemented:



Karnataka.)

225 | P a g e

EWML will use best engineering technique during setting up the development of Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal facility, Common E-waste Recycling & Management facility, Common medical Waste Treatment, Storage & Disposal Facility, Waste Receipt, Characterization and storage so that proposed activities will not contaminate the ground water.

Hazardous waste storage area and plant area will be completely covered from top and side. Strom water run off will be managed through separate storm water drains. Before discharging storm water into surface drain, it will be passed through small RCC pit where online pH sensor and recorder will be provided to keep check on pH of outgoing storm water.

Prompt cleanup of any spillage of Haz Waste using dry method.


The water samples shall be analyzed for the 36 physical, chemical and bacteriological parameters as per MOEF guidelines.

The landfill is proposed with double liner system with a view to avoid the leachate infiltration into the ground

Vehicle or Wheel Wash shall be treated in Physico Chemical Treatment Plant followed by MEE for reuse or sent to CETP for further disposal.

ETP sludge shall be disposed off to secure landfill


413. Potential impacts on land environment due to the identified activities are given below:

Change in Land Use Pattern

Change in people’s activity due to changed land-use

Nuisance effect

414. As the project site is on non agriculture land (Provided in ch-2 i.e. 30.81 Acre) and no major rehabilitation prevails in the site area so impact on land use shall be of no significance.


comprising of TSDF (Madanhatti & Pitchguntrahalli Village, Malur Taluk, Kolar District, Karnataka.)

415. However Positive Impact will be there as Project Proponent will provide the Employment to the Workers from nearby villages (158 workers) which further affect (Positive effect) the Occupational structure of the Area.

Mitigation Measures

416. Necessary efforts will be made during selection of site to minimize disruption of current land use to the extent possible;

417. Proper restoration of site will be carried out to bring the physical terrain, soils and vegetation, as closely possible, to their original condition;

418. Temporary new approach roads can be constructed and existing roads can be improved, if required, for smooth and hassle free movement of personnel as well as materials and machineries;

419. Optimization of land requirement through proper site lay out design will be a basic criteria at the design phase;

4.5.5. Impact on Soil and Geology

Construction Phase

420. The impacts would be degradation of soil or change in its structure due to compaction and erosion during site preparation activities and plying of trucks during construction and operational phase.

Topsoil Contamination

421. During site preparation the topsoil will be removal of from the project site and the approach road, which contains most of the nutrients and organisms that give soil productivity. This will in turn result in minor changes of topsoil structure. However, the project design will take into account the preservation of the top soil and its subsequent use during the restoration of the site. In spite of this the fertility of the soil at the site area will be affected.

422. Impacts on geology primarily relate to the loss of, and damage to, geological, paleontological and physiographic features. Impact on soil owing to the project construction activity includes soil erosion, compaction, physical and chemical desegregations and pollution of soil in case of waste discharge on land. Top soil will be removed and will have impact on soil cover.

Operation Phase



423. During the operational phase, there is a probability of accidental spillage of hazardous waste on the routes through which hazardous waste would be transported and its adjoining areas if a vehicle carrying hazardous waste meets with an accident. Since the hazardous waste is stored at the site for incineration there is a possibility that due to accidental spillage soil can be contaminated. Land fills gas production and migration leading to changes in soil temperature.

Mitigation Measures

424. During the operational phase of hazardous landfill if there is a possibility of contamination risk due to damage of liners of the landfill at the site. As the Landfill will be constructed by complying the CPCB Land Fill sitting Guide lines. The details of Liner system so used can be predicted in the Fig 2.7 and Figure 2.8 There will be no impact on Soil Quality.

425. Store, preserve and protect topsoil separately to use it during restoration period; and domestic waste

426. Management of spilling of contaminants such as oil from equipments, cement, hazardous waste transportation, fuel/chemicals spillage and etc. on the soil;

4.5.6. Impact on Transportation

427. The transport of waste to a facility provides for the most obvious source of Impact. The physical impact of transport relates not only to volume increases upon existing networks, but also to its operational characteristics and composition, most particularly the percentage of heavy good vehicles. There are various components of the sources of traffic, which will have impact on environmental. These include the location and spatial extent of traffic movements, the operational hours of the facility, the types of wastes being moved, and the volume of traffic being generated.

Mitigation Measures

The words “HAZARDOUS WASTE” shall be displayed on all sides of the

vehicle in Vernacular , Hindiand English. Vehicle used for transportation shall be in accordance with the provisions under the Motor Vehicle Act, 1988, and rules made thereunder.



Transporter shall possess requisite copies of the certificate (valid authorization obtained from the concerned SPCB/PCC for transportation of waste by the waste generator and operator of a facility) for transportation of hazardous waste. Transporter should have valid “Pollution under Control Certificate” (PUCC)

during the transportation of hazardous waste and shall be properly displayed. Vehicle shall be painted preferably in blue colour with white strip of 15 to 30 cm width running centrally all over the body. This is to facilitate easy identification. Vehicle should be fitted with mechanical handling equipment as may be required for safe handling and transportation of the wastes. Emergency phone numbers and TREM Card in Form 11 of HW (M, H & TM) Rules,2008. Carrying of passengers is strictly prohibited and those associated with the waste haulers shall be permitted only in the cabin. Transporter shall carry documents of manifest for the wastes during transportation as required under Rule 21 of the HW (M, H & TBM) Rules. Each vehicle shall carry first-aid kit, spill control equipment and fire extinguisher. Hazardous Waste transport vehicle shall run only at a speed specified under Motor Vehicle Act in order to avoid any eventuality during the transportation of hazardous waste. Driver (s) shall be properly trained for handling the emergency situations and safety aspects involved in the transportation of hazardous wastes. The design of the trucks shall be such that there is no spillage during transportation.

4.5.7. Impact on Public Health

428. Potential risks to the public arise not through direct contact with the waste, but off-site, as a result of exposure to:


Karnataka.)

429. Accidental emissions and discharges to air, water and land from events such as a collision involving a waste tanker on the public highway or a fire in a tank farm.

430. Low-level, continuous, ‘controlled’ emissions and discharges during

routine operation of the plant.

431. Emissions and discharges during routine operation, but associated with poor design or operational practices, for example the discharge of leachate owing to poor landfill containment, or emissions of high levels of hydrocarbons due to poor incinerator combustion conditions.

432. The health impact of a chemical is a function of its toxicological properties, duration of exposure and concentration in the body

4.5.8. Socio- Economic Environment

433. Critical analysis of the socio-economic profile of the area vis-à-vis its scenario with project activities identifies the following impacts:

434. Social impacts like property price depreciation represent an external ‘cost’ of waste disposal and treatment facilities. Property values are

also affected by their proximity to a new landfill. The other adverse impact includes stress arising from fear to risk to health, etc. However, as a result of such projects, there would be employment generation, business generation, infrastructure development, etc.

435. The proposed activities shall generate indirect employment in the region due to the requirement of workers in trail making, supply of raw material, auxiliary and ancillary works, which would marginally improve the economic status of the people.

436. The activities would result in an increase in local skill levels through exposure to activities.

437. As the existing loose / soft surface roads, trails shall be upgraded to facilitate the movement of the heavy equipment required, the project in turn would lead to improvement in transport facilities.

Mitigation Measures

438. Proper compensation for land and crop based on APMC rates: this does not have significance in this case as the land was specifically allotted to the project proponent for the TSDF project by State Government.


Karnataka.)

439. Approach roads will be upgraded to facilitate heavy vehicular movement

440. Project proponent may provide educational aid to local villages based on need and request from the village Panchayat.

4.5.9. Ecology and Biodiversity

441. There is no notified/protected ecologically sensitive area including national park, sanctuary, Elephant/Tiger reserves existing in the study area. Most of the vegetation is aggregated on agricultural boundaries, road side plantation, private land and social forest area.

442. Exposure to pollutants-via mechanisms such as ingestion, inhalation, skin contact and sorption, direct uptake through gills, membrane uptake processes in microorganisms, foliar deposition, direct uptake through roots and leaves, etc. - may have lethal and sub-lethal effects on the health of flora and fauna. These effects could include:

443. The predicted impact on surrounding ecology is not very significant. Predicted impact due to integrated waste management facility comprising of TSDF activities:

Leaf damage, tissue damage, or reduced productivity in plants and crops.

Morbidity and mortality in fauna.

Reproductive effects.

Skin damage and irritation.

Carcinogenic effects

Changes in activity pattern of terrestrial fauna due to Noise

Loss of vegetation due to access cutting and site preparation

Accidental discharge of waste water may create impact on aquatic ecology if not handled properly

Well site development may affect agriculture activity of site area.

Dust generation due to vehicular movement may increase deposition of dust and dust settling on the vegetation may alter or limit plants' abilities to photosynthesize and/or reproduce


Karnataka.)

Mitigation Measures

444. Installation of systems to discourage nesting or perching of birds in

dangerous environments

4.5.10. Occupational Health and Risk to Surrounding Community

445. Site preparation, integrated waste management facility comprising of TSDF involve many occupational health hazards to the workers at site.

446. Noise generated during Setting up the development of Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal facility, Common E-waste Recycling & Management facility, Common medical Waste Treatment, Storage & Disposal Facility, Waste Receipt, Characterization and storage may affect the workers and staff members.

447. Handling, transportation, storage, disposal and transportation of hazardous wastes, chemicals, fuel,medical waste and E-waste may cause health hazard if not handled properly.

448. Uncontrolled flow of hydrocarbon or other fluids during blow out may cause serious health injuries including fatality of workers as well as surrounding communities

Mitigation Measures

449. All employees will first undergo medical checks-up organized by the HR Department before hiring is done. There after all people who have a satisfactory health condition will be hired and the facility for free medical checkups will be given to each and every employee every 3 months.

450. First aid facilities will be available at the premises to treat basic injuries. If the case is beyond first aid, then the person will be taken to the nearest hospital for further treatment and consultation.

451. All necessary pre-cautions will be taken to monitor restriction at work period. All government banned substances and products will be in the restriction list at the premises. All necessary signboards will be put up at the required places through-out the facility.

452. During proposed activities, proper care would be taken by SMS Infrastructure, proper PPE will be provided to site workers and staff members


Karnataka.)

453. Site preparation work will be carried out during day time only

454. Acoustic enclosures will be provided to DG sets and other noise generating equipment

4.6. Impact analysis i.e. Score analysis

4.6.1. Criteria For Rating The Impacts

455. Following criteria has been considered for rating of the impacts.

456. For each impact area, the magnitude of impact has been rated on the scale of 1 to 5

Very High Impact = 5

High Impact = 4

Moderate Impact = 3

Less Impact = 2

Very Less Impact = 1

457. For each impact area, importance of the impact has been rated on the scale of 1 to 3

Very Important = 3

Moderately Important = 2

Less important = 1

Ranking Criteria

458. Keeping in view, seven major activities having an impact on the environment and considering eight majorimpact areas (as shown in Tables 4.1.) the criteria for overall ranking of the secured landfill facility is developedas follows :-

459. Total Score, if

Above 600 The IWMF is having Very High Adverse Impact

300 - 600 The IWMF is having Moderate Adverse Impact

100 - 300 The IWMF is having Less Adverse Impact

Below 100 The IWMF is having Very Less Adverse Impact

460. Based on the criteria for rating the impacts, the weighted impacts are given as shown in. Table 4.9 and Table 4.9 In thisweighted impact table the entries are presented in the form x(y), where “x”


Karnataka.)

denotes the magnitude of theimpact and “y” denotes the importance

of the impact while T denotes the impact rating.



Table 4.10 : weighted Impacts without Mitigation measures(Matrice Method)

S/N Potential Impact Area

Construction Phase Operation Phase Closure/Post closure

Total

ACTIVI

TY Preparatio

n of Site

setting up of Proposed Integrated Waste Management Facility i.e. for landill,incinerator,storages,ETP/STP



processing units ( plasma gasification unit , coal fired boiler, E Waste Stack/metal recovery,BMW incinerator and Back up DG sets)

Landfilling

Post closure

x y T x y T x y T x y t x y t x y t x y t 1. Air 4 2 8 3 2 6 4 3 12 4 3 1

2 4 3 1

2 3 3 9 2 2 4

2. Water 2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 9 4 3 12

2 2 4

3. Land 3 2 6 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 4 3 12

4 2 8 2 2 4

4. Noise 4 3 12 4 2 8 3 3 9 2 2 4 3 3 9 2 1 2 1 2 2 5. Wildlife 3 1 3 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 6 1 3 3 1 2 2 6. Vegetation 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 6 4 3 1

2 3 2 6

7. Aesthetic Value

3 2 6 3 2 6 3 3 9 3 1 3 3 3 9 4 3 12

1 2 2

8. Socio-economic

1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 9 1 1 1 3 3 9 3 3 9 1 2 2

Total 42 28 45 24

72

67

26

304



Table 4.11 Weighted Impacts with Mitigation measures(matrice method)

No Potential Impact Area

Construction Phase Operation Phase Total

ACTIVIT

Y Preparatio

n of Site

setting up of Proposed Integrated Waste Management Facility i.e. for landill,incinerator,storages,ETP/STP



processing units ( plasma gasification unit , coal fired boiler, E Waste Stack/metal recovery,BMW incinerator and Back up DG sets)

Landfilling Post closure

x y T x y T x y T x y t x y t x y t x y t 1. Air 2 2 4 1 2 2 2 3 6 1 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 9 2 2 4 2. Water 2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 4 3 12 2 2 4 3. Land 3 2 6 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 3 3 4 2 8 2 2 4 4. Noise 2 3 6 2 2 4 2 3 6 1 2 2 1 3 3 2 1 2 1 2 2 5. Wildlife 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 3 3 1 2 2 6. Vegetatio

n 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 4 3 12 3 2 6

7. Aesthetic Value

2 2 4 2 2 4 2 3 6 2 1 2 2 3 6 4 3 12 1 2 2

8. Socio-economic

1 1 1 1 2 2 1 3 3 1 1 1 3 3 9 3 3 9 1 2 2

Total 28 18 27 12 31 67 26 209


Karnataka.)

236 | P a g e

Discussion: The weighted impact without mitigation measures due to the proposed facility are quantified as 304 .and, The weighted impact with mitigation measures due to the proposed facility are quantified as 209 . After implementation of all the mitigation measures the project can be considered as non –polluting project on the basis of rating criteria


Karnataka.)

237 | P a g e


Karnataka.)

238 | P a g e

5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5.1. Preamble

461. The proposed project is an Integrated waste Management Facility that will serve as a Common E Waste Management, Medical Waste Management, Waste Bank for Hazardous Waste Co-Processing plant and Co—Processing unit, Plasma Gasification for destruction of Hazardous waste and waste Oil recovery.

462. The project alternatives discussed here include the rational for selection of site and technology poposed. Prior to arriving at a decision regarding establishment of proposed project a number of alternatives were examined and reviewed. The options considered include the following:

Alternative Site analysis Analysis of Alternative Technologies

5.2. Alternative site analysis

463. Two alternate sites were considered based on criteria described above, one in North of NH-4 in Kolar district located approximately 5 KM away from NH-4 and the another one in South-East of NH-4 approximately 12 KM from NH-4.

464. As per the CPCB Knock out criteria followed as shown inTable: 2.3, the alternative sites were not rendered suitable.

465. The present site was selected on the basis of following basic criteria:

Govt. of Karnataka has adopted an approach of IWMF for handling

of Hazardous waste, E-waste and Medical waste at a single unit

along with Waste recycling facility in line with this decision Govt. of

Karnataka has notified its very first Integrated Waste Management

This chapter includes the justification for the selection of the project site from environmental point of view as well as from economic point of view so that the technology will be affordable.This chapter provides the alternatives for the proposed project in terms of technology and site which are evaluated and discussed with particular emphasis on environmental considerations.


Karnataka.)

239 | P a g e

Facility at this location vide its GO No. CI 183 Dated 18-August-

2011(Refer annexure-VIII)

The site is situated in non-agriculture land

It is declared as a free zone as per Government of Karnataka as

most preferred location for Industrial Development.

466. The present site is selected as it is near too industrial clusters, sparsely habituated regions, in non-irrigated land and most importantly as it is located in Free Zone, whereas the first site was falling under Green Zone as classified by Regulatory bodies.

5.3. Analysis of alternative technologies

467. The Integrated Waste Management Facility shall be divided into Three Sub Facilities and each of the sub facility shall work as an Exclusive Waste Management Facility namely

1. Hazardous Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility 2. Medical Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility 3. E-waste Recycling & Management Facility

468. There are various types of methods available for Common hazardous waste handling and management. The technologies have their individual benefits and side effects; it has been proposed to consider the advance thermal Treatment Based on Plasma technology instead of common Hazardous waste Incinerator.The comparison of both the technologoies is given in section 5.3.1.

469. In addition to this Co Processing of Hazardous waste is also benefiacial in comparison of other conventional methods the details can be reveled From section 5.3.2

5.3.1. Advanced Thermal Treatment Unit based on Plasma Technology with Heat Recovery and Power Generation

470. Plasma gasification process is adopted for the destruction of toxic and organic hazardous waste received at the site. This process is an alternative to conventional incineration process.

471. The PGVR technology is NOT incineration and, indeed, is far superior to incineration. The comparison of two technologies is enlisted in the table below:


Karnataka.)

240 | P a g e

Table 5.1 :Comparison Between PGVR and Incineration

PGVR Incineration • Mass-less heat created from plasma

torch at very high temperatures– heat value of waste is irrelevant to the process

• Molecular Dissociation of organic wastes in an oxygen-starved environment and vitrification of inorganic constituents

• Uniform, reactor temperatures above 1,200°C (plasma “plume” temperature

> 6,000 deg. C); Controlled processing atmosphere

• Volume of gases generated by the process are low, thus reducing the complexity and size of the system components

• Depending on waste composition treated, PGVR generates 2 to 4 times the thermal energy that it consumes

• No bottom or fly ashes generated • Production of dioxins or furans is

impossible (due to factors such as, high temperatures, oxygen starved environment)

• No bottom or fly ashes generated; no solid wastes requiring landfill disposal

• Generates valuable end-products

• Combustion –excess air required • Heat value of waste required to

maintain combustion reaction or supplementary fossil fuels required

• Operating temperatures around 1,000 °C (potential for “cold” spots in the

furnace • Large volumes of off-gas generated • “Cold” spots, excess oxygen in the

furnace, unreacted carbon due to incomplete combustion can result in the formation of unwanted pollutants, including Dioxins and Furans

• Fly and bottom ash treatment and landfill disposal needed

472. In contrast, thePlasma. gasification technology proposed for the project will increase revenues, decrease operational risks and provide superior environmental performance versus other technologies.


Karnataka.)

241 | P a g e

5.3.2. Hazardous Waste Co-Processing Unit

473. Co-processing is the use of waste as raw material or as a source of energy or both to replace natural mineral resources and fossil fuels such as coal, petroleum and gas (energy recovery) in industrial processes, mainly in Cement, Steel, and Thermal power industries.

474. Co-processing Hazardous Waste in Cement Kilns has benefits over the disposing the waste in conventional Incinerator; as High temperatures (1400 O C) and residence time of 4 – 5 seconds in an oxygen–rich atmosphere ensure the destruction of Hazardous organic compounds. Any acid gases formed during combustion are neutralized by the alkaline raw material and are incorporated into the cement clinker.

475. Co-processing Hazardous waste has multifold environmental and financial benefits:

It reduces demands on natural resources i.e. conservation of Natural- Non renewableresources,

It reduces emission of Green House Gases and other toxic compounds such as Dioxins andFurans.

It reduces the environmental impacts of the extraction (mining or quarrying), transporting,and processing of raw materials.

It reduces cost of cement production

It reduces space required for Landfill as no Ash is generated.

It saves on cost on developing, operating and monitoring TSDF.


Karnataka.)

242 | P a g e

6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1. Introduction

476. Monitoring in and around project site (during construction and operational phase) will be used to:

measure the impacts that occur during project construction and operation;

check their compliance with agreed conditions and standards;

facilitate impact management, e.g. by warning of unanticipated impacts; and

Determine the accuracy of impact predictions and the effectiveness of mitigationmeasures.

477. Monitoring of environmental indicators signal potential problems and facilitate timely prompt implementation of effective remedial measures. It will also allow for validation of the assumptions and assessments made in the present study.

478. Monitoring becomes essential to ensure that the mitigation measures planned for environmental protection function effectively during the entire period of project operation. The data so generated also serves as a data bank for prediction of post project scenarios in similar projects.

6.2. Environment monitoring Plan

6.2.1. Water Pollution Monitoring Plan

Table 6.1 Water Pollution monitoring Plan

Sl. No. Description of Sample Frequency 1 Plasma Gasification Plant Effluent Weekly 2 Cement Co Processing Plant Weekly 3 Stabilization Plant Weekly 4 BMW Facility Effluent Weekly

This chapter provides the proposed environmental monitoring programme for the proposed project to access the environmental attributes after the commissioning of the project.


Karnataka.)

243 | P a g e

Sl. No. Description of Sample Frequency 5 E-Waste Management Facility Effluent Weekly 6 Oil Recycling Facility Effluent Weekly 7 SLF Leachate Weekly 8 Collection cum Equalization Tank of Physico Chemical

Treatment Plant Daily

9 Treated waste water of physic chemical treatment plant Daily 10 Collection tank of heavy metal removal treatment plant Daily 11 Treated Waste Water of Heavy Metal Removal

Treatment Plant Daily

12 Collection tank of oil removal system Daily 13 Treated waste water from oil collection tank Daily 14 MEE treated waste water Daily 10 Treated Sewage Daily 11 Ground water quality – within the site- upstream and

down stream side of landfill Once in 3 months

12 Ground water quality – outside the site – upstream and down stream side of site

Once in 6 months

6.2.2. Ambient air and air Pollution monitoring Plan

Table 6.2 : Ambient air Monitoring Plan

S. No. Activity Schedule Air Monitoring 1. Ambient air monitoring of parameters

specified by Karnataka PCB in their air consents from time to time within the SMS’s premises

Once every Quarter

2. Ambient air monitoring of parameters specified by SPCB in their air consents from time to time at four stations outside the project site

Once every season at each station

3. All Stacks monitoring as given in air consent from time to time

Refer Table 6.3

Table 6.3 Stacks Monitoring Plan

Sr No

Location of on line gas analyser

Parameter to be monitored

Frequency of Monitoring

1 Plasma Gasification Plant stack Gas

HCl, SO2, CO, O2, PM On line continuous, 24 hrs Every Month by monitoring agency approved by the MoEF

NOx, VOC Every week by self analytical facility Every Month by monitoring


Karnataka.)

244 | P a g e

agency approved by the MoEF

HF, Heavy Metals Every Month by monitoring agency approved by MoEF

Dioxin and Furans Every six month by monitoring agency approved by MoEF.

2 Medical waste incinerator plant stack

PM, Sox, NOx Every Month by monitoring agency approved by the MoEF

Dioxin and Furans Every six month by monitoring agency approved by MoEF.

3 E-Waste Precious Metal Recovery Furnace

PM, Sox, NOx Every Month by monitoring agency approved by the MoEF

4 DG set exhaust PM, Sox, Nox Every Month by monitoring agency approved by the MoEF

Table 6.4 Proposed Facilities For Monitoring

Stacks Stack’s Height Monitoring Facility Proposed Plasma Gasification Unit

30.5m above Ground Level

Ladder, Platform, Sampling Port to be provided as per CPCB Guideline as under Online monitoring system For stack gas shall be provided




Metal Recovery Furnace in E-waste furnace



Coal Fired Boiler



DG Sets(4 DG sets)

10m Non continuous emission


Karnataka.)

245 | P a g e

6.2.3. Solid Waste Monitoring Plan

Table 6.5 Solid Waste Generation monitoring

S. No. Activity Schedule Solid Waste Generation Monitoring / Record Keeping 1. Records of generation of used drums,

bags and records of their disposal Since the project is “Hazardous Waste Management” record s of generation and disposal of hazardous waste during operation are to be maintained as per norms.

2. Records of generation of waste oils and their treatment

3. Records of generation, handling, storage, transportation and disposal of other solid, aqueous and organic hazardous wastes as required by hazardous waste authorization

Environmental Audit Environmental statement under the EP

(Act) 1986 Once in a year


Karnataka.)

246 | P a g e

7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1. Public Hearing

479. The Public Hearing for the Proposed Project was held on 21st October, 2013. The outcome of the Public Hearing, response given by SMS and additional action taken, as required, are summarized in Table 1.4. The copy of the Public Hearing Proceeding is enclosed as Annexure XII & Public hearing response compliance is enclosed as annexure XIII.

7.2. Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan

7.2.1. Introduction

480. Hazard analysis involves the identification and quantification of the various hazards (unsafe conditions). On the other hand, risk analysis deals with identification and computation of consequence and risks. The equipment in the proposed TSDF and personnel are prone to accidents resulting from the hazards present in the site.

481. Risk analysis follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the identification and assessment of risks the neighboring populations are exposed to as a result of hazards present. This requires a thorough knowledge of probability of failure, credible accident scenario, vulnerability of population to exposure etc. Much of this information is difficult to get or generate. Consequently, the risk analysis is often confined to maximum credible accident studies. It provides basis for preparation of on-site and off-site emergency plan and also to incorporate safety measures.

7.2.2. Hazard Identification

482. Identification of hazards at the proposed TSDF is of primary significance of the analysis, and quantification of risk. Hazard indicates the characteristics of hazardous wastes that pose potential for an emergency situation. All the components of proposed TSDF

This chapter includes Public Participation Comments; details risks associated with the project activities and storage of hazardous chemicals. Identification, analysis and assessment of risk & hazard safety measures during emergent situation.


Karnataka.)

247 | P a g e

need to be thoroughly examined to assess their potential for initiating or propagating an unplanned event/sequence of events, which can be termed as an emergency.

483. At the proposed TSDF site, following type of hazard wastes may be involved during operation of facility, which can create potential emergency situation in the event of spillage and accidental release of hazardous wastes from the site:

Explosive wastes in form of explosive solid and explosive liquid.

Flammable wastes

Corrosive Wastes

Reactive wastes

Toxic wastes

484. Flammable wastes containing solvent residue, can form explosive mixture with air, and heating may cause pressure rise with risk of bursting and explosion (however in case of TSDF explosion probability is very less as highly reactive materials and pressure vessels are not there). Some time vapour may be heavier than air and spreads along the ground, narcotic in high concentrations, gives off toxic or irritant fumes in a fire.

485. Various type of organic hazardous wastes, paint wastes, waste oil, etc are flammable in nature and can catch fire if getting source of ignition. There will release toxic fume at the time of burring in the event of fire.

7.2.3. Hazardous Wastes to be Handled at the TSDF

486. Details of Hazardous Waste to be handled at the proposed TSDF site are as given below:

Section/Sub Facility Material Storage Details Used Oil Recycling Used Oil ( Raw Oil ) 20 KL X 6 Nos, MS Tanks

Recycled Oil ( Product ) 20 KL X 3 Nos, MS Tanks Medical Waste Facility

FO / LDO Storage 10 KL X 1 Nos, MS Tank

E-Waste Recycling FO / LDO Storage 10 KL X 1 Nos, MS Tank Hazardous Waste Management Facility

Solid Hazardous Waste (Incinerable)

1200 Tons, Packed & Loose Form, Under Shed

Liquid Hazardous Waste (Incinerable)

20 KL X 3 Nos, SS Tanks


Karnataka.)

248 | P a g e

FO / LDO Storage 10 KL X 1 Nos, MS Tank Syn Gas Holder for Plasma Plant

1000 Litres (1.0 M3), MS Tank (Storage Pressure – 300 mmwca)

Coal Fired Boiler for Steam Generation ( for Multiple Effect Evaporator and Used Oil Recycling )

Coal 500 Tons, Top Covered Yard (Monthly consumption 750 Tons approx. )

7.2.4. Hazardous Activities at TSDF Site

487. During operation of the proposed TSDF, following activities can pose hazards and risk to human and surrounding environment:

Storage of Recycled Oil/LDO/FO in tanks

Manoeuvring of Wastes and Manual Handling

Loading and unloading hazardous wastes on vehicle – mechanical movements

Removal of bungs from drums, cuts & abrasions

Contact with hazardous chemicals.

Chemical reaction – fire, gas

Access egress – fatigue, chemical exposure

7.2.5. Human Health Risk From TSDF Site

488. Toxic medical wastes and e- wastes managed and disposed at the proposed TSDF can release Constituents of concern (CoCs) as vapors or particles to the air via wind-blown erosion of disposed hazardous waste or as leachate to the groundwater. Hazardous wastes managed in barrels or tanks can release COCs into the atmosphere via volatilization. During the operation of TSDF site, wastes may be entered into the environment though the following sources:

Emission of particulate matters due to wind blown erosion of disposed wastes

Volatization of organic liquid wastes;


Karnataka.)

249 | P a g e

Infiltration of leachate into ground and subsequently contamination of ground water in an unlikely event of damage to the liner system of TSDF site;

Spillage of contaminated runoff from the TSDF site during heavy rains;

Bio-accumulation of Constituents of Concern through food and vegetation.

7.2.5.1 Exposure Pathways

489. Exposure pathways of toxic constituents of concern are either direct, such as inhalation through dispersion in ambient air, or indirect, such as the farm food chain pathways. The exposure pathways considered in this assessment were inhalation of ambient air, ingestion of soil, ingestion of aboveground produce, ingestion of root crops, ingestion of beef and dairy products, ingestion of fish, inhalation of indoor air via contaminated groundwater, and ingestion of drinking water. The groundwater pathways were considered separately from the aboveground pathways for the adult resident and the child resident because the time frame for groundwater exposure is often not consistent with that of other exposure pathways. Furthermore, aboveground receptors are randomly located and do not necessarily coincide with the location of the groundwater plume.

7.2.6. Hazards Due to Loss of Containment

490. Hazardous waste handled, stored and disposed at the TSDF will be mostly flammable and toxic in nature. In the event of spillage, leakage or accidental release of these there hazardous wastes, it will create localized effects within the short distances inside the site in the form of thermal radiations or toxic fume release. Safety measures including fire fighting facilities will be provided at the TSDF to attend any emergency due to handling and storage and disposal of such hazardous wastes.

491. No toxic gas as hazardous wastes will be handled at the TSDF, therefore, dispersion of toxic vapour cloud is not an issue at the TSDF.

7.2.6.1 Release of Flammable Wastes


Karnataka.)

250 | P a g e

492. Hazardous wastes containing fraction of organic waste and residue, paint wastes, will be stored in drums and tanks of various sizes for incineration. At the time of leakage, spreading or fixed pool will be formed and in an unlikely event of fire, thermal radiation may cause damage to life and property within short distance.

7.2.6.2 Fire in Stored Hazardous Wastes at TSDF Sites

493. At TSDF, hazardous waste will be stored in containers and drums. The hazardous wastes stored may be in solid and semisolid state.

494. In normal condition, hazardous wastes at TSDF can not initiate fire. However, in the event of fire, hazardous wastes can burn and sustain fire resulting generation of toxic fumes and smoke. Such toxic fume will complex of suspended particulate matter, shoots, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, oxides of nitrogen, and other toxic constituents, etc. In the event of fire, hazardous waste will act as area source of toxic gas emissions and disperse in to the atmosphere and responsible for deterioration of ambient air quality, subsequently, adverse impacts on the heath due to inhalation of toxic gases.

7.2.7. Hazardous Conditions Due to Release Hazardous Wastes

7.2.7.1 Explosion/Flash Fire

495. If released flammable liquid hazardous waste is not ignited immediately, the vapours will spread in the surrounding area toward wind direction. The drifting vapour cloud will mix with air. As long as the vapour concentration isbelow the IDLH value or between the lower and upper explosion limits,the toxic impact will be less dangerous or the vapour cloud may be set on fire by an ignition source. In case of delayed ignition of a vapour cloud, two physical effects may occur: a flash fire over the whole length of the flammable vapour cloud; a vapour cloud explosion which results in blast wave, with typical peak overpressures circular around the ignition source. For generation of overpressure effects, some degree of confinement of the flammable vapour cloud is required. The extent of injury to people & damage to property or environment depends on the vapour cloud size, explosive mass in the vapour cloud and the degree of confinement at the time of ignition.

7.2.7.2 Delayed Ignition & Explosion


Karnataka.)

251 | P a g e

496. In case of delayed ignition of a flammable vapour cloud, two physical effects may occur:

flash fire over the whole length of the explosive vapour cloud;

vapour cloud explosion that results in blast wave, with typical peak overpressures circular around the ignition source. For generation of overpressure effects, some degree of confinement of the flammable cloud is required.

TNO Multi-energy method can be used to calculate the blast overpressure.

497. Table 7.1 below gives an illustrative listing of damage effects caused by peak overpressure.

Table 7.1 Illustrative Damage Effects due to Overpressures

Peak Overpressure (Bar) Failure 0.005 5 % Window Shattering 0.02 50 % Window Shattering 0.07 Collapse of a roof of a tank

0.07-0.14 Connection failure of panelling 0.08-0.1 Minor Damage to Steel Framework 0.15-0.2 Concrete block wall shattered

0.2 Collapse of Steel Framework 0.2-0.3 Collapse of self framing Steel panel building 0.2-0.3 Ripping of empty oil tanks 0.2-0.3 Deformation of a pipe bridge 0.2-0.4 Big trees topple over

0.3 Panelling torn off 0.35-0.4 Piping failure 0.35-0.8 Damage to Distillation Column 0.4-0.85 Collapse of pipe bridge

0.5 Loaded Train Wagon overturned 0.5 Brick walls shattered

0.5-1.0 Movement of round tank, failure of connecting piping

(Source: TNO)

7.2.7.3 Pool Fire


Karnataka.)

252 | P a g e

498. A leak or spill of sufficient size of flammable liquid hazardous will result in an accumulation of flammable liquid on the ground or in bund. If ignited, the resulting fire is known as spreading or fixed pool fire. Objects coming in contact with the flame above the pool will be severely damaged or destroyed and personnel exposed to flame will suffer extensive burn injuries. Objects and personnel outside the actual flame volume may also be affected or injured by radiant heat. The extent of damage or injury depends on the heat flux and duration of fire and exposure. If a large area of the body receives second and third degree burns, it can result in fatalities.

499. The extent of injury to people depends on the heat flux and duration of exposure. The extent of damage to property or environment depends on the size of the pool and the duration of fire.

Thermal Effects

500. In case of fire, thermal effect is likely to injure or damage to people and objects from incident outcomes. A substantial body of experimental data exists and forms the basis for thermal effect estimation.

501. The consequence caused by exposure to heat radiation is a function of:

the radiation energy onto the human body [kW/m2];

the exposure duration [sec]; and

the protection of the skin tissue (clothed or naked body).

502. The following damage distances for thermal radiation have been used:

37.5 kW/m2 - Damage to process equipment. 100% lethality in 1min. 1% lethality in 10sec.

12.5 kW/m2 - First degree burn for 10 sec exposure 4 kW/m2 - First degree burn for 30 sec exposure

503. At this stage, precise characteristics of hazardous wastes and storage type (container size) are not known, therefore, computation of consequence analysis are not possible.


Karnataka.)

253 | P a g e

504. At the proposed hazardous wastes disposal sites, waste oil, recycled oil, liquid hazardous wastes will be stored mostly in tanks. Consequence analysis has been done for following scenarios:

Sn. Release Scenarios Capacity of Tanks

Consequence

1. Rupture of LDO Tank 10 Kl Capacity Fire and Explosion

7.2.8. Consequence Analysis

7.2.8.1 Scenario : Rupture of Recycled Oil Tank

505. At the TSDF site LDO will be stored in 10 kl capacity tanks. As there is no source of ignition in the storage area, possibility of fire and explosion is negligible. For worst case, 10 kl capacity tanks filled with LDO has been considered ruptured for calculation of damage distances.

7.2.8.2 UFL & LFL Concentrations

506. In the event of rupture of LDO tank of 10 kl capacity, pool fire will be take place and vapour cloud may be formed. Concentration of vapour within UFL, LFL and LFL Fraction with respect to distance will be as given below:

Concentration F, 1 m/s F, 2 m/s D, 3m/s B, 3m/s UFL 30.1489 20.3769 16.9846 14.5724 LFL 69.8906 52.0082 51.0684 47.067 LFL Fraction (50% of LFL) 86.3225 69.9759 71.1602 66.2165

Note: All values are in m

7.2.8.3 Flash Fire Envelope

507. Vapours of LDO will result in flash fire on getting source of ignition. Furthest extent (5534.71 ppm) distance of flash fire will be as given below:

Flash Fire Distance Stability Class, Wind Speed

F, 1 m/s F, 2 m/s D, 3m/s B, 3m/s Furthest Extent (5534.71 ppm)

86.3225 69.9759 71.1602 66.2165

Note: All values are in m.

508. Flash fire envelope for rupture of tank is shown in Figure 7.1.


Karnataka.)

254 | P a g e

Figure 7.1 Flash Fire Envelope for Rupture of Tank


Karnataka.)

255 | P a g e

7.2.8.4 Late Pool Fire Heat Radiation

509. In the event of ignition in pool of LDO, thermal radiation of various intensity will be experienced at different distances.

Thermal

Radiation Level

Thermal Radiation Level Distances (m)

1 m/s - F 2 m/s -F 3 m/s -D 3 m/s - B or C

37.5 kW/m2 Not Reached Not Reached Not Reached Not Reached

12.5 kW/m2 14.2102 16.2866 17.6836 17.6459

4 kW/m2 36.9799 43.2878 47.2939 47.2561

Note: All distances are m.

510. Late pool fire thermal radiation radii and distances are shown in Figure 7.2 and Figure 7.3, respectively.

Figure 7.2: Intensity Radii for Late Pool Fire


Karnataka.)

256 | P a g e

7.2.9. Risk Mitigation Measures for Proposed TSDF

511. Risk mitigation measures have been described for the proposed TSDF site as given below:

7.2.9.1 Collection and Transportation of Hazardous Wastes

Transportation of waste by covered vehicles.

Regular training to drivers to handle emergency situation during transportation of waste.

Implementation of TREM card.

7.2.9.2 Storage area (Storage Shed)

Flammable, ignitable, reactive and non-compatible wastes should be stored separately and never should be stored in the same storage shed.

Figure 7.3: Radiation vs Distance Late Pool Fire


Karnataka.)

257 | P a g e

Storage area may consist of different sheds for storing different kinds of incinerable hazardous wastes and sheds should be provided with suitable openings.

Adequate storage capacity (i.e. 50 % of the annual capacity of the hazardous waste incinerator)should be provided in the TSDF premises.

Storage area should be designed to withstand the load of waste stocked and any damage from the hazardous waste spillage.

Hazardous waste storage area should be provided with the flameproof electrical fittings and it should be strictly adhered to.

Automatic smoke, heat detection system should be provided in the sheds. Adequate fire fighting systems should be provided for the storage area and boundary of TSDF.

There should be at least 15 meter distance between the storage sheds.

Loading and unloading of wastes in storage sheds should only be done under the supervision of the well trained and experienced staff.

“Fire break” of at least 04 meter between two blocks of stacked drums should be provided in the storage shed. One block of drum should not exceed 300 MT of waste.

Minimum of 1.5/>2.5 meter clear space should be left between two adjacent rows of pallets in pair for movement of personnel and or fork lift and inspection.

The storage and handling should have at least two openings/ routes to escape in the event of any fire in the area.

Doors and approaches of the storage area should be of suitable sizes for entry of fork lift and fire fighting equipment;

The exhaust of the vehicles used for the purpose of handling, lifting and transportation within the facility such as forklifts or trucks should be fitted with the approved type of spark arrester.

In order to have appropriate measures to prevent percolation of spills, leaks etc. to the soil and ground water, the storage area should be provided with concrete floor or steel sheet depending on


Karnataka.)

258 | P a g e

the characteristics of waste handled and the floor must be structurally sound and chemically compatible with wastes.

Measures should be taken to prevent entry of runoff into the storage area. The Storage area shall be designed in such a way that the floor level is at least 150 mm above the maximum flood level.

The storage area floor should be provided with secondary containment such as proper slopes as well as collection pit so as to collect wash water and the leakages/spills etc.

All the storage yards should be provided with proper peripheral drainage system connected with the sump so as to collect any accidental spills in roads or within the storage yards as well as accidental flow due to fire fighting.

Special care should be taken for storing medical wastes. It should be kept totally isolated from other wastes:

o All care should be taken sothat infectious material should not leak and infection spread.

o All personnel these wastes should take all care while handling these wasres.

o medical wastes should be immediately treated and made harmless.

7.2.9.3 Storage Drums/Containers

The container shall be made or lined with the suitable material, which will not react with, or in other words compatible with the hazardous wastes proposed to be stored.

The stacking of drums in the storage area should be restricted to three high on pallets (wooden frames). Necessary precautionary measures should be taken so as to avoid stack collapse. However, for waste having flash point less than 65.5 oC, the drums should not be stacked more than one height.

No drums should be opened in the storage sheds for sampling etc. and such activity should be done in designated places out side the storage areas;


Karnataka.)

259 | P a g e

Drums containing wastes stored in the storage area should be labeled properly indicating mainly type, quantity, characteristics, source and date of storing etc.

7.2.9.4 Spillage/Leakage Control Measures

The storage areas should be inspected daily for detecting any signs of leaks or deterioration if any. Leaking or deteriorated containers should be removed and ensured that such contents are transferred to a sound container.

In case of spills / leaks/dry adsorbents/cotton should be used for cleaning instead of water.

Proper slope with collection pits be provided in the storage area so as to collect the spills/leakages.

Storage areas should be provided with adequate number of spill kits at suitable locations. The spill kits should be provided with compatible sorbent material in adequate quantity.

7.2.9.5 Fire Protection System

512. The fire protection system shall comprise of:

Pressurized Hydrant System - For waste storage, PGVR plant, administration building area and other areas also;

Transformer rooms, consumer 11KV SSU, generator set room and UPS room will be outfitted with CO2 total flooding system;

Plasma torch power supply rooms, MCC/PCC room and PLC/Control Room will be outfitted with FM200 Total Flooding System;

Fire detection and alarm system for waste storage area, PGVR plant, power plant block and administration building area;

Fire Fighting system shall comprises of following major equipment and systems;

Electric driven main fire pumps with emergency power from standby Diesel Genset for hydrant network serving of hydrants and hose reels;


Karnataka.)

260 | P a g e

All necessary pump controls complete with all accessories for the above-mentioned pumps;

All buried piping and over-ground pipes, fitting, valves, automatic actuators, supports etc for fire water distribution networks;

All necessary sign-posting for the water-hydrant ring system including brackets, complete with accessories;

All electrical rooms will be provided with clean agent automatic fire extinguisher systems

Complete Addressable analogue fire detection system with heat and smoke detectors for various plant area including storages with necessary cabling, interface panels, controllers, sounders, manual call points, sirens, response indicators, and all necessary hardware and accessories; and

All necessary electrical equipment, such as LV switch-gear, LV motors, LV power and control cables, control panels with alarm, PBB and interlocks, necessary DC systems, push button stations, cable trays and accessories, cabling, glands lugs, earthing and lightning protection conforming to relevant electrical specifications.

7.2.9.6 Miscellaneous risk Mitigation Measures

Smoking shall be prohibited in and around the storage areas;

Good house keeping need to be maintained around the storage areas.

Signboards showing precautionary measures to be taken, in case of normal and emergency situations should be displayed at appropriate locations.

To the extent possible, manual operations within storage area are to be avoided. In case of manual operation, proper precautions need to be taken, particularly during loading / unloading of liquid hazardous waste in drums.

A system for inspection of storage area to check the conditions of the containers, spillages, leakages etc. should be established and proper records should be maintained.

The wastes containing volatile solvents or other low vapor pressure chemicals should be adequately protected from direct exposure to sunlight and adequate ventilation should be provided.


Karnataka.)

261 | P a g e

Tanks for storage of liquids waste should be properly dyked and should be provided with adequate transfer systems.

Storage sites should have adequate & prompt emergency response equipment systems for the hazardous waste stored on-site. This should include fire fighting arrangement based on the risk assessment, spill management, evacuation and first aid.

Immediately on receipt of the hazardous waste, it should be analyzed and depending upon its characteristics and storage & disposal should be finalized.

Only persons authorized to enter and trained in hazardous waste handling procedures should have access to the hazardous waste storage areas.

Mock drill for onsite emergency should be conducted regularly and records maintained.

7.2.9.7 Hazard Analysis And Safety Audit

513. During operation of TSDF, a preliminary hazard analysis should be conducted. Safety Audit should be conducted internally by the operator every year & externally once in two years by a reputed expert agency and same should be submitted to the regulatory agencies. Conditions stipulated by SPCBs while granting authorization under Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling & Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2008 to the TSDF operation should be complied.

7.2.9.8 Display of Necessary Information at TSDF Site

514. Necessary information containing the following elements shall be displayed at the site.

i. Waste type (ignitable, toxic, reactive, etc ii. Approximately quantity of each type of wastes iii. Generation location of waste at

7.3. Disaster Management Plan


Karnataka.)

262 | P a g e

515. M/s. SMSIL will develop emergency management system to tackle any emergency situation for proposed TSDF. The details of disaster management plan (DMP) are discussed in the following section.

516. The disaster management plan (DMP) provides for a framework of actions to handle various emergency situations at the SMSIL. It also provides for on-site resources and appropriate outside assistance in case of any incident at the facility. The ERP will be in place before the commencement of operations at site, and all personnel will have undergone a comprehensive training in emergency response.

517. The primary objectives of the DMP are:

Minimization of the risks to lives and safety of proposed TSDF operators on-site and of the neighbouring community.

Containing and minimizing environmental damage, to surroundings, and to site property, and equipment, which could occur from emergency or accidental situations beyond the normal operations of the TSDF.

Coordinating appropriate and effective actions with outside regulatory agencies during and after their involvement in on-site emergencies.

Maintaining effective trained personnel capable of performing the established emergency response procedures when it is required.

518. Assessment of environmental risk of continuous emissions often involves consideration of multiple chemicals being released in variable quantities over long time periods. Accidents at hazardous waste treatment facilities are rarely, if ever, of a magnitude that classifies them as “major” accidents owing to the absence of any likely event such as BLEVE, UVCE, acute toxic material release, that can cause extensive far reaching damage.

Numerical criteria for societal or group risk is difficult to define. The other approach is “what if”.

519. The risk involved during the hazardous waste transportation, storage and disposal site will involve hazardous consequences due


Karnataka.)

263 | P a g e

to the toxicity of the waste, flammability of the waste or explosivity of the waste.

7.3.1. Defining the Nature Of Emergency

520. An Emergency can be defined as an “Occurrence of such

magnitude so as to create a situation in which normal pattern of life within a facility is suddenly disrupted, adversely affecting not only the personnel and property within the facility, but also in its vicinity”.

Such an occurrence may result in On Site implication like:

521. The following maximum credible accident scenarios may occur in a hazardous waste landfill (TSDF):

Road accident during transportation of Hazardous waste

Slop Failure of landfill

Water accumulation at landfill due to heavy rain

Breakage of Liner due to de-settlement of landfill pit

Fire at flammable hazardous waste at TSDF

Fire and LDO/FO tanks

522. The capping activity will be also carried out immediate once the hazardous waste filling is completed in particular cell. After completion of capping of landfill site there should not be chances of increase moisture content of filled waste, so there should not be any chances of failure of top slop. Only present active cells are only under operation so failure of slop is also minimize. To prevent the failure of slop during the operation, compacting will be done with dozer and roller. Temporary bund wall will also be constructed to prevent any sliding of waste during operation.

523. In the event of a landfill instability such as a slop failure the first concern is always safety, safety of site personal, safety of site entrance, and safety of general public. The situation will need to be assessed concisely and necessary emergency procedures and precautions implemented as quickly as possible.


Karnataka.)

264 | P a g e

7.3.2. Classification of Emergencies

524. Emergency is a general term implying hazardous situation both inside and outside the plant/installation premises. Thus, the emergencies termed “on-site” when it confines itself within the

plant/installation even though it may require external help and ‘offsite” when emergency extends beyond its premises. It is to be

understood here, that if an emergency occurs inside the proposed TSDF and could not be controlled properly and timely, it may lead to an “off-site” emergency.

525. The emergencies at the proposed TSDF can be broadly classified into three levels:

Level 1 :The incident at proposed TSDF is confined to a small area and does

not pose an immediate threat to life or property. Spillage of liquid or solid hazardous wastes, small fire in flammable hazardous wastes, etc can come under this category.

Level 2 :An incident at the proposed TSDF involving a greater hazard or larger

area which poses a potential threat to life or property. Fire in flammable hazardous wastes, filling of water in disposal pit due to heavy rain, etc can come under this category.

Level 3 :An incident at proposed TSDF involving a severe hazard or a large

area which poses an extreme threat to life or property. Breakage in slop and liner system due to de-settlement/earth quake, subsequently contamination of soil and ground water.

7.3.3. Priority in Emergency Handling

526. The general order of priority for involving measures during the course of emergency would be as follows:

Safeguard life,

Safeguard environment

Safeguard property

7.4. Legal Authority and Responsibility


Karnataka.)

265 | P a g e

7.4.1. On Site Emergency Planning

527. The provisions of the Hazardous Chemicals Rules, Section 41 B(4) of the Factories Act, 1948 (as amended) requires that every occupier is to draw up an on-site emergency plan with detailed disaster control measures and to educate the workers employed. The obligation of an occupier of hazardous chemicals installation to prepare an emergency plan is also stipulated in Rule 13 of the ‘Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rule’s,

1989 and subsequent amendments.

7.4.2. Off-Site Emergency Planning

528. Under the ‘Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous

Chemicals Rules‘ preparation of ‘Off-site Emergency Plan’ is

covered in Rule No.14. The duty of preparing and keeping up to date the ‘Off-site Emergency Plan’ as per this rule is placed on the

District Emergency Authority. Also, occupiers are charged with the responsibility of providing the above authority with such information, relating to the industrial activity under their control, as they may require for preparing the off-site emergency plan.

529. Off-site emergency response needs actions by various Government agencies over which the operating company has no control. SMSIL role and responsibility is to provide material, manpower, and knowledge support under the overall charge of the off-site control administration.

7.5. Organization Structure – Duties And Responsibilities

530. In case of an emergency, the On-site Emergency Plan of the proposed TSDF will come into action. Effective on-site emergency plan requires that in the event of an accident, nominated functionaries be given specific responsibilities, often separate from their day-to-day activities.

531. The emergency organization follows the usual pattern of the hierarchy. The senior-most functionary available during an emergency at the proposed TSDF takes charge as Chief Emergency Coordinator (CEC) and will locate himself at the


Karnataka.)

266 | P a g e

designated Primary Command Post. The senior most functionaries for each emergency service will act as coordinator and shall report at the Primary Command Post unless otherwise instructed by the Chief Coordinator.

532. The senior most persons in the shift will be designated as the Site Incident Controller (SIC). The SIC will take charge of the incident site and take the overall command. He will be supported by other key persons representing various emergency services. Key persons are personnel available at the site on round the clock basis. It is to be appreciated that the key persons remain the front line fighters. The role of various coordinators is to assess the situation from time to time, take appropriate decisions in consultation with the CEC and to provide timely resources to the key persons to fight the emergency.

533. Duties and responsibilities of various emergency functionaries have been described in following sub sections.

7.5.1. Duties and Responsibilities for Functionaries

534. The duties and responsibilities of the functionaries for unlikely event of emergency are given below:

7.5.1.1 Crises Co-ordinator

535. The Head of TSDF will work as Crisis Coordinator:

He will assess the situation and instructs the Chief Emergency Co-ordinator to sound the siren. This will inform the employee that an emergency situation has siren arisen and that the proposed TSDF should be shout down and evaluated.

All the personnel/part of the proposed TSDF need to be evacuated and employees other than given responsibility assemble at the assembly points.

He will approve release of information to press, TV and Government agencies as required.

7.5.1.2 Chief Emergency Coordinator (CEC)


Karnataka.)

267 | P a g e

536. The General Manager of TSDF will work as Chief Emergency Coordinator.

537. He will report at the command post and will assume overall responsibility of the works and its personnel. His duties will be:

i. To assess the magnitude of the situation and decide whether a

major emergency exists or is likely to develop, requiring external assistance. To inform District Emergency Authority (DEA) (i.e. District Collector) in case on-site emergency escalates into off-site emergency.

ii. To contact Crisis Cell of the Ministry and inform about the incident, magnitude of disaster, combating operations and number of casualties, if any.

iii. To exercise direct operational control over areas in the proposed TSDF other than those affected.

iv. To assess the magnitude of the situation and decide if personnel need to be evacuated to identify safe places.

v. To continuously review in consultation with the other coordinators. vi. To liaise with senior officials of police, fire brigade, and Factories

Inspectorate and pass on information on possible effects to the surrounding areas outside the factory premises.

vii. To liaise with various coordinators to ensure casualties are receiving adequate attention and traffic movement within the proposed TSDF is well regulated.

viii. To arrange for a log of the emergency to be maintained in control room.

ix. To release authorized information to press through the media officer designated.

x. To control rehabilitation of the affected persons and the affected areas after the emergency.

xi. To obtain assistance from Mutual Aid partners.

7.5.1.3 Site Incident Controller

538. The In-changewaste storage will work as Site Incident Controller.

539. He will take overall control of handling the emergency at the plant. His first task will be the isolation of the source of containment loss to the extent feasible. Simultaneously, in case of fire, he will organize appropriate fire response to get the situation under control and to prevent escalation.

540. On arrival at the site, he will assess the scale of emergency and judge if a major emergency exists or is likely to develop and will inform the control room accordingly asking for assistance and


Karnataka.)

268 | P a g e

indicating the kind of support needed. His duties and responsibilities will include:

I. To coordinate the activities of other key persons reporting at the

incident site, under his overall command. II. To direct all operations within the affected areas giving due

priorities for safety of personnel and to minimize damage to environment, proposed TSDF and property.

III. To provide advice and information to Fire & Safety personnel and other fire services as and when they arrive.

IV. To ensure that all non-essential workers and staff within the affected area are evacuated to appropriate assembly points and those areas are searched for casualties.

V. To organize rescue teams for any casualties and to send them to safe areas/medical centre for first aid and medical relief.

VI. To setup communication points and establish contact with control room.

VII. To seek additional support and resources as may be needed through the control room.

VIII. To seek decision support from the control room for decisions such as activation of mutual aid plan etc.

IX. To preserve all evidence so as to facilitate any inquiry into the cause and circumstance, which caused or escalated the emergency (to arrange photographs, video, etc.)

X. To arrange for a head count after the emergency is over with respect to the personnel on duty in the affected areas.

7.5.1.4 Fire and Safety Function

541. The Manager-Fire & Safety along with fire fighting team will work as fire and safety functionary.

542. The main responsibilities of fire and safety functionary are:

i. To immediately take charge of all fire fighting operations upon

sounding of the alarm. ii. To instruct the telephone operator to immediately inform all

essential personnel not residing within the audible range of the emergency siren.

iii. To guide fire fighting crew and provide logistics support for effectively combating the fire.

iv. To barricade the area at appropriate locations in order to prevent the movement of vehicular traffic.

v. To assist in rescue and first aid operations.


Karnataka.)

269 | P a g e

vi. To operate the Mutual Aid Scheme and call for additional external help in fire fighting via the control room.

vii. To organize relieving groups for fire fighting. viii. To inform the Crises Controller and give "All Clear" signal when the

fire emergency is over.

7.5.1.5 Media Function

543. The Human Resource Manager will work as Media Function. He will under the direction of the CEC, co-ordinate the following:

i. To liaise with various media and release written statements to the press through prior concurrence of Crises Controller.

ii. To handle media interviews with various media. Make arrangements for televising the information about the incident, if public interest warrants.

iii. Inform State and Central Governments & statutory bodies of the nature and magnitude of the incident, the number of casualties, etc.

iv. To locate himself such that media personnel/third parties do not need to go past the proposed TSDF security gates and that adequate communication links exist.

v. Media personnel often insist on visiting the incident scene. vi. To escort media team(s) if the Crises Controller approves such visits.

7.5.1.6 Communication Function

544. The Manger - Laboratory will work as communication functionary. He should perform the following duties:

i. To ensure all available communication links remain functional. ii. To quickly establish communication links between incident site and

the control room iii. To ensure that previously agreed inventory of various types of

communication equipment is maintained in working condition and frequent checks carried out and records maintained.

iv. To maintain voice record of significant communications with timings received/passed from the primary control room.

7.5.1.7 Medical Function

545. The Manger – Occupational Health will look after medical function. He will perform the following:


Karnataka.)

270 | P a g e

i. To arrange for the First Aid team to treat the affected personnel. ii. To arrange for treatment in the hospital. iii. To liaise with the local medical authorities and hospitals, if the

casualties are more and the situation demands treatment at more/other medical centers.

iv. To liaise with the transport coordinator for transporting the victims to various hospitals.

v. To arrange for ambulances. vi. The Medical Coordinator should ensure the upkeep of agreed

medical supplies, antidotes and equipment that should always be kept in stock for treating victims of burns.

vii. To liaise with the Media coordinator for release of news to the press.

7.5.1.8 Transport Function

546. The Waste Transportation Manger will work as Transport Function. He shall perform the following duties:

i. Arrange for transport of victims to hospital/dispensaries. ii. Mobilize all available vehicles available at the proposed TSDF for

emergency use, along-with the drivers. iii. Arrange for the duty rotation of the drivers to meet with the

emergency situation. iv. To direct refueling of vehicles, if not topped up. v. To arrange for vehicles from other sources. vi. To liaise with the CEC for evacuation of personnel and

transportation of victims.

7.5.2. List of Names of Functionaries

547. List of name of various functionaries with designation and telephone numbers are given below.

Type of Coordinator Name Designation Telephone Numbers

Office Residential Crisis Coordinator Chief Emergency (CEC) Site Incident Controller Fire & Safety


Karnataka.)

271 | P a g e

Type of Coordinator Name Designation Telephone Numbers Office Residential

Media Communication Medical Transport

7.5.3. Emergency Response Procedures

7.5.3.1 Background

548. The following maximum credible accident scenarios may occur in a hazardous waste landfill (TSDF):

Road accident during transportation of Hazardous waste

Slop Failure of landfill

Water accumulation at landfill due to heavy rain

Breakage of Liner due to de-settlement of landfill pit

Fire at flammable hazardous waste disposal site

549. The Command Post is to be promptly established at safest place at the proposed TSDF Site. It shall be the nearest office/place having communication facilities to be manned continuously.

550. The response planning topics covered in this chapter are as follows:

Initial Notification of Release

Establishment and Staffing of Command Post

Formulation of Response Objectives and Strategy at the incident site

Ensuring Health and Safety at Incident Scenes

Evacuation

Fire Response

Health Care

Personal Protection

Public Relations

Documentation and Investigative Follow-up

Training


Karnataka.)

272 | P a g e

551. The accident scenarios for planning response procedures and carrying out mock drill should be considered based on the risk analysis study.

7.5.3.2 Initial Notification of Releases

552. In the event of emergency, alarm will be raised in control room.

553. Otherwise, any person noticing a fire, explosion or the release of hazardous materials should shout “spillage” or "Fire” and. He will

also inform the control room on the nearest telephone and the panel officer will inform SIC.

Action by Individual Employee at the time of emergency

When You NoticeFire

or

Leakage

Please DO ()

Immediately inform the control room.

Act to control the incident as per the instructions.

Reach the assembly point.

Please DO NOT (x)

Get panicky or spread rumors.

Approach control room without work.

Engage telephone or loudophone continuously.

7.5.3.3 Establishment and Staffing of Command Post

i. Quickly establish a command post near the scene of incident. The

minimum that is necessary is a continuously manned communication system close to the incident site.

ii. It is the responsibility of the response personnel at the Command

Post to restrict the entry or movement of people into the Hazard


Karnataka.)

273 | P a g e

zone. The first step of a response action must be restriction of access to the leakage site and other hazardous areas.

iii. Security and access control at Command Post and Primary

Command Post need to be provided.

7.5.3.4 Formulation of Response Objectives and Strategy at the Incident Site

i. It is the responsibility of the CEC to decide on the appropriate

response strategy specific to the situation prevailing. It is important to assess each particular incident before taking action.

ii. CEC in consultation with the Site Incident Controller will formulate

realistic response objectives. The assessment should be based on resource requirement i.e. trained personnel and protective gear.

554. Upon completion of the incident assessment, command personnel will be in a better position to determine whether their response strategy should be defensive or offensive in nature. A defensive posture is best taken when intervention may not favorably affect the outcome of the incident, or is likely to place emergency response personnel in significant danger, and/or may possibly cause more harm than good. An offensive posture (i.e., one requiring response personnel to work well within the boundaries of hazard zones) is best taken when intervention is likely to result in a favorable outcome without exposing personnel to undue danger and without causing new and potentially more severe problems.

7.5.3.5 Ensuring Health and Safety at Incident Scenes

555. The results of hazard analysis will be used to identify the vulnerable zones. Based on incident-specific factors, the exact size and configuration of hazard control zones will be determined. The Hazard Control Zones have been defined below.

556. The CEC will formulate safe operating procedures for a site safety and health program that addresses the following.

The use of appropriate protective gear and equipment


Karnataka.)

274 | P a g e

Utilizing the most experienced personnel for the most hazardous tasks.

Positioning a backup team to assist or rescue personnel.

Providing medical surveillance for personnel.

Monitoring (visually and through communications contact) the welfare of personnel operating within the emergency zones.

Ensuring that all personnel understand their assignments.

Ensuring that responders do not ingest contaminants through eating, drinking, or inhaling.

Replacing fatigued personnel with “fresh” personnel.

Adjusting hazard control zones to reflect changing conditions.

7.5.3.6 Evacuation

i. In case of an On-site emergency, the order to evacuate to a safe

place will be given by the Chief Coordinator in consultation with other coordinators.

ii. In case of an Off-site emergency, the order to evacuate to a safe place will be given by the District Emergency Authority in consultation with Chief Coordinator in consultation with other coordinators.

iii. Accident scenarios covered in ‘Risk Assessment study’ can be a key source of information for evacuation planning where specific facilities are known to pose a threat.

iv. Evacuation and shelter-in-place decisions are incident specific and must be made at the time of an actual release. Guidance obtained from consequence analysis may be considered a starting point for the decision process. Only personnel in close vicinity and affected by heat radiation or pressure wave need be evacuated to safe distances. Non-essential personnel will usually be evacuated from the incident area and also from adjacent areas. Evacuation should be to a predetermined assembly point in a safe part of the plant. Assembly points marked on the plot plan should be appropriately displayed.

v. For serious injury cases, evacuation to hospital will be carried out

by the response personnel.


Karnataka.)

275 | P a g e

vi. Chief Coordinator should designate one individual to record all

personnel arriving at the assembly point so that the information can be passed to the Primary Command Post.

vii. At the Primary Command Post, a nominated person should collect

the lists of personnel arriving at the assembly points with those involved in the incident. These should then be checked against the roll of those believed to be on-site, updated with known changes for that day. Where it is possible that missing people might have been in the area of emergency, the site incident controller should be informed and arrangements made to organize a further search.

7.5.3.7 Fire Response

i. All available fire fighting resources will be mobilized in minimum

time by head of fire fighting services at the time of emergency. The fire fighting arrangements including manpower and resources have been organized to deal with worst scenarios like the largest tank in Pump station on fire.

ii. Fire department need to be well prepared and experienced in rescuing people from fire and explosion situations.

7.5.3.8 Health Care

Requisite medical resources will be mobilized under the overall charge of the Health and Medical functionary.

The operational response will be coordinated from the control room.

7.5.3.9 Personal Protection

i. Specific skills need to be developed for the safe use of protective clothing through training and experience.

ii. The CEC will arrange for rapid availability of appropriate protective clothing in the event of an emergency.

7.5.3.10 Public Relations

i. CEC will designate one specific individual as the Media Officer. ii. The designated Media Officer only will speak to media personnel.

The Media officer should ensure orderly and accurate dissemination of information. The “do’s” and “don’ts” on how to

deal with the media are discussed below.


Karnataka.)

276 | P a g e

iii. The CEC should understand the need to relay up-to-date “status

reports” to the Media Officer on a regular basis. Things To Do:

Accommodate the media as much as possible; make the news available to them.

Schedule news conferences and preferably avoid written releases.

Be direct and specific.

Have news conferences immediately after any meeting from which the media or public have been barred.

Send a press representative to the primary control room.

If safety permits, allow the media to take pictures of the accident site.

Things Not To Do:

Do not permit arguments among public officials or press officials from different organizations in front of the press. Do, however, permit statements of dissenting opinions.

Avoid giving gut opinions or conjecturing.

Do not be evasive. If the answer to a question is not known, refer the question to someone who has the appropriate answer.

Do not be critical in a personal manner; i.e., avoid personal remarks about other people at the accident scene.

Do not be philosophical. These kinds of discussions are extremely susceptible to being quoted out of context.

Do not make off-the-record comments. They may end up in print with later retractions buried in the back pages.

Avoid friendly chats with media people. Casual comments may appear in print.

Avoid bad or foul language.


Karnataka.)

277 | P a g e

Do not hide from the media. They can sense this and form an unfavorable opinion of the Media Officer as a credible source of news.

Do not answer questions beyond personal knowledge or expertise.

Do not permit media persons to attend emergency response team meetings.

7.5.3.11 Documentation And Investigative Follow Up

i. CEC will assign responsibility to a functionary for real-time and

post-incident documentation of the accident and resulting response actions.

ii. The responsible person will adopt appropriate reporting forms and procedures giving detailed records of what happened and what actions were taken in response.

557. Detailed records of what happened and what actions were taken in response can help in:

Attempting to recover response costs and damages from the party responsible for the incident.

Setting the record straight where there are charges of negligence or mismanagement resulting from the incident.

Reviewing the efficiency and effectiveness of response actions.

Preparing for future incident responses.

Verifying facts, actions, injuries, equipment used, etc. for the purpose of legal proceedings, insurance claims, budget requests, and public inquiries.

7.5.3.12 Training

i. Training sessions need to be provided in which personnel are

briefed on their specific duties in an emergency. ii. To provide training to all emergency responders. The concerned

personnel are shown how to wear and properly use personal protective clothing and devices.


Karnataka.)

278 | P a g e

iii. Periodic drills to be conducted to test the overall efficiency and effectiveness of the emergency response plan and emergency response capabilities.

558. The types of training required for emergency response personnel with responsibilities in any or all phases of the response is based upon the types of incidents most likely to occur and the related response and planning activities.

Responsibility, Frequency and Procedure for Evaluation

The CEC is responsible for evaluating the effectiveness of the on-site emergency plan. Emergency mock drill should be conducted at an interval of six months. Experts should be invited to observe the mock drill in order to know their response and opinion. The recommendations following the discussions will help to identify the loopholes in the plan and response capability of the organization. Such periodic recommendations of the mock drill should be kept in order to update the plan.

The CECwill be responsible to update their on-site emergency plan regularly. A regular review of the plan at least once in a year should be carried out to replace outdated information or to incorporate the results of mock drill.

7.6. Communication System & Action On The Site

7.6.1. Communication System

Any person noticing an emergency should be able to raise or cause to be raised the first floor level emergency alarm. All employees must be trained to operate such emergency alarms. There should be an adequate number of points from which the alarm can be raised either directly, by activating an audible warning of individual signal or message to a preliminary manned location. This has the advantage of permitting the earliest possible action to be taken to control the situation, which in turn may avoid the development of a major emergency. All such points must be distinctively marked and known to all employees.


Karnataka.)

279 | P a g e

The alarm should be audible in every part of the plant. In areas of high noise level, it may be advantageous to provide an alternative to an audible alarm e.g. flashing lights. Alarm systems vary and will depend on the size of works. On small sites a simple alarm system should be suffice which provide the means whereby the persons hearing the incident can worn others of the danger and summon assistance. On large sites a staged warning system may be more appropriate. The person discovering the incident should warn all those in the vicinity who should either evacuate or take other immediate action according to the predetermined plan. Automatic alarms may be appropriate on some sites. To communicate disaster hooter will be useful for proposed TSDF area and public in surrounding area.

The alarm should alert the site controller who should assess the situation and implement appropriate emergency procedures.

Separate alarms may be necessary to warn of different types of emergency such as fire and the beginning of the emergency as different procedure may be required. Care must be taken, however to avoid a multiplicity of alarms which would cause confusion. In case of total electricity failure and the alarms, telephones and intercom system not working, help of runners/messengers shall be taken. One (or more) big bell (independent power) and magnetic telephones with fire and emergency services may also be useful. Public address system or Internal telephones throughout the proposed TSDF will be use full for quick communication. The alarm system should be checked periodically to test efficiency.

7.6.2. Declaring the Major Emergency

559. The declaration of major emergency puts many agencies on action and the running system may be disturbed which may be very costly at times or the consequences may be serious, therefore such declaration should not be decided on whims or immature judgment or without proper thought. Because of scale of activity which will be activated after the declaration of major emergency. It is advisable to restrict the authority to declare it. However, it is not necessary to limit this authority to the Incident Controller and his appointed deputy. The need is to have as early a declaration as is possible


Karnataka.)

280 | P a g e

person. Particularly on large works, may be closer to the incident when it occurs and capable of making the necessary judgment. It may be advisable, therefore, to invert the authority to declare a major emergency in a number of nominated people. They should be selected on the basis that their knowledge and experience equips them to recognize the fact of a major emergency or the potential for it. Such nominated persons will advise the Crises Controller, declare the emergency and it will be declared accordingly through him.

560. The joint decision to declare major emergency may be taken but it should be as early as possible and without wasting the time.

7.6.3. Telephone Message

561. After hearing the emergency alarm and emergency declaration or even while fast receiving the emergency message on phone, a telephone operator (or Communication Officer) has to play an important role. He should be precise sharp, attentive and quick in receiving and noting the message and then for immediate subsequent action of further communication.

7.6.4. Communication of Emergency

562. There should be an effective system to communicate emergency (a) inside the proposed TSDF i.e. to the workers including key personnel and essential workers, on duty and inside during normal working hours (b) to the key personnel and essential workers not on duty and outside during normal working hours. (c) to the outside emergency services and the government authorities and (d) to the neighboring firms and the general public in the vicinity. Key points are suggested below:

7.6.5. Communication to the Outside Emergency Services and Authorities

563. Once the declaration is made, it is essential that the outside emergency services if they have not already been called in, be informed in the shortest possible time. Liaison at local level will help to determine the best means of achieving this, for example, direct line or automatic alarm to the fire brigade or by any emergency system. Predetermined code words to indicate the scale and type of the emergency may be useful.


Karnataka.)

281 | P a g e

564. The emergency must be immediately communicated to the Government Authorities such as local Factory Inspectorate, Collectorate, Police and District Emergency Authority.

565. The statutory information to above authorities must be supplied beforehand so that they can be well prepared to operate their off-site emergency control (contingent) plan. As per their advice to consultation your onsite plan should be modified and updated.

7.6.6. Statutory Communications

566. Under the statutory provisions, information is required to be given to the following:

The workers

The general public and neighboring firms

Distract Emergency Authority.

Factory Inspectorate

7.7. Services And Control

7.7.1. Public Address System

567. Public Address System will be installed at selected points in the plant, shall be used for announcement/ information to be given.

7.7.2. Telephones

568. Adequate facility for internal telephones already installed in the different offices in the proposed TSDF shall be used to communicate any emergency to personnel.

569. Emergency telephone numbers of responsible persons to be maintained with each department and emergency control centers.

570. A list of all external authorities, their address and telephone nos. will be maintained.

7.7.3. In case of Failure of Telephone

571. In case of failure of telephone numbers, security guards shall work as runners/messengers. Vehicle being detained round the clock will


Karnataka.)

282 | P a g e

be used for sending message, in case of emergency and to bring people to work for additional help to deal with emergency.

7.7.4. Fire Fighting Equipment

572. Fire extinguishers depending upon the type of fire shall be used. List of location & type of fire extinguisher will be maintained with each department. A quarterly check for extinguisher shall be done and recorded.

573. A list showing location of the fire hydrant points, its type will be available at all departments. A monthly check of each fire hydrant point shall be done and recorded.

7.7.5. Mock Drill

574. For reviewing and assessing the level of emergency preparedness, mock drills will be conducted once in six months. Simulating the covered emergencies and will maintain records of the trails.

7.7.6. Review & Revision

575. All accidents/emergency situations shall be recorded in accident report. This shall be produced in the Safety Committee meeting in order to review & revise the emergency preparedness and response.

.


Karnataka.)

283 | P a g e

8. PROJECT BENEFITS

576. Having an integrated facility would minimize the risk involved in waste transportation and waste movement and monitoring of such facility would be better and feasible. These factors as well as a strong desire to come up as a single window solution provider for waste managementissues; led EWML to embark setting up this IntegratedWaste Management project, apart from achieving other social objectives.

577. This project will serve as a single facility for Hazardous Waste, medical Waste, E Waste and Waste Oil Management. It will have various facilities such as Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility, Common E Waste Management Facility, Common medical Waste Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility, Unit for Co-Processing for Hazardous Waste and a facility for Waste Oil Recovery.

8.1. Improvements in the physical and social infrastructure

578. The site does not have any infrastructure at present. The proposed site is uncultivated and un-irrigated land and its free of vegetations and trees

8.2. Industrial Area

579. Proposed infrastructure shall include construction of Integrated Waste Management Facility with its all components, access road from main road to site.

8.3. Green belt

580. Free space will be provided for plantation purpose and the right saplings will be planted to provide ambience to the people working

This chapter constitutes of: Improvements in the physical infrastructure Improvements in the social infrastructure Employment potential –skilled; semi-skilled and unskilled Other tangible benefits


Karnataka.)

284 | P a g e

at the facility and also keeping in mind the environmental benefits of these plants.

581. Green belt though not associated directly with treatment/disposal facility is a major psychological aspect creating impact of effective disposal scheme around the IWMF site area. The green belt will be developed along plot boundaries with width of 20 m using varieties of plant species suitable to local environment. Species type will be based on soil characteristics and other related aspects to mitigate pollution effects due to noise, odour, dust etc. The major advantage of green belt is development of buffer zone and visual barrier for surrounding locality.

582. Green belt will be also helpful for reducing the soil erosion, suppress dust generation and enhancing the aesthetic value of the area.

Connectivity:

583. The district is well connected by highways and rail. The NH-4 from Chennai to Bombay passes through this district via Mulbagal and Kolar towns. The NH-7 which connects from Bangalore to Hyderabad passes through western part of district via Chickballapur and Bagepalley towns. The south central railway connecting Bangalore to Hyderabad passes through the district in the western side and southern railway from Bangalore to Chennai through the southern side of the district via Bangarpet and Malur towns.

Drinking water facility

584. Reverse Osmosis (RO) System shall be provided for drinking water.

Sewerage System:

585. For domestic waste water, a septic tank followed by soak pit shall be provided.Sewage from the various buildings shall lead to a septic tank through separate drains and then shall be treated in Sewage Treatment Plant (STP). Treated sewage shall be reused in Gardening.

Employment potential


Karnataka.)

285 | P a g e

586. About 158 employees shall be inducted for the operation of the proposed project. There shall be beneficial effect on human settlement due to employment opportunities in the project.

Other tangible benefits

587. The project will provide the following benefits to the Industries and vicinity:

588. Provide the ability to provide facility for the destruction of Incinerable waste as such facility is not available in state of Karnataka.

589. Present an innovative and cost-effective use of the valuable alternative energy such as power and steam produced by the syngas generated by the Plasma Gasification system.

590. The Project is projected to result in a net reduction of CO2 emissions and should therefore qualify for Clean Development Mechanism benefits.

591. Offer the above benefits while exhibiting the highest levels of safety and environmental compliance.

592. PGVR plant produces virtually no secondary wastes; while generating valuable end-products with commercial value. Emissions from the PGVR system shall be far below regulatory limits (and significantly lower than current regulatory standards). PGVR systems do not produce any harmful pollutants such as dioxins and furans.


Karnataka.)

286 | P a g e

9. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9.1. Introduction

593. Chapter 4 (in this report) has identified a number of impacts that are likely to arise. Where adverse impacts have been identified, the EIA has examined the extent to which these impacts would be mitigated through the adoption of industry standard practice and guidelines and following legislative requirements of the State Pollution Control Board (SPCB). The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) describes both generic good practice measures and site specific measures, the implementation of which is aimed at mitigating potential impacts associated with the proposed activities.

9.2. Purpose of the Environmental Management Plan

594. Environment Management Plan (EMP) is a site specific plan developed to ensure that the project is implemented in an environmental sustainable manner. EMP also ensures that project implementation is carried out in accordance with design by taking appropriate mitigation measures to minimize impacts on the environment during construction and operational phase. EMP will outline Environmental aspects of concern as well as their level of risk and environmental protection measures to diminish this risk. It emphasizes how the development may impact on relevant environmental factors and how these impacts may be mitigated and managed so as to be environmentally acceptable.

595. Environment Management Plan (EMP) plays a vital role in safeguarding the environment and ensures, where all contractors and subcontractors including consultants, understand the potential environmental risks arising from the proposed project. The proposed project of setting up an Integrated Waste Management facility itself is a project for environmental and social betterment of the city. However, any activity aimed at development will have repercussions on the environment, both positive and negative. This section attempts to briefly analyze the environmental impacts of the proposed project and suggest the possible mitigative measures and management plans for perceived negative impacts. This section also highlights the positive project impacts and serves as a


Karnataka.)

287 | P a g e

management tool for project implementation with environmental safeguard.

596. The environment management plan is prepared with a view to facilitate effective environmental management of the project, in general and implementation of the mitigation measures in particular. The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address potential adverse impacts and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. For each stage of the programme, the EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of every potential biophysical and socio-economic impact identified in the EIA. For each impact or operation, which could otherwise give rise to impact, the following information is presented:

597. Role of SMS Infrastructure and its contractors;

598. A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions) that SMS Infrastructure shall implement;

599. The parameters that shall be monitored to ensure effective implementation of the action;

600. The“implementation action plan timings” to ensure that the objectives of mitigation are fully met.

Table 9.1 Environment Management Plan

S. No.

Activity Environmental issue

Management action to be taken

I. Operation of Plant Facilities

1. E-waste, Medical Waste and oil Recycling facility

&

Hazardous waste treatment and disposal facilities.

Air, land and water

Ensure proper unloading procedure during Hazardous waste treatment & disposal, medical waste treatment, disposal and E-waste recycling and Hazardous waste co-processing.

Ensure proper handling of all spillages by introducing spill control procedures for various hazardous and toxic materials. Strictly follow the appropriate spill control procedures.


Karnataka.)

288 | P a g e

S. No.



Provide required personnel protective equipment to all employees.

Use vapor recovery systems to prevent the release of toxic organics into air.

The organization should ensure proper usage of PPE's by workers and explore methods for reducing the fugitive emission.

Monitoring data should be analyzed and reviewed at regular intervals and compared with the operating standards so that any necessary corrective actions can be taken.

Ground and surface Water use should be carefully monitored.

Practices such as process optimization, production scheduling, materials tracking and inventory control, special material handling and storage procedures, preventive maintenance programs, and waste stream segregation should be adopted.

Contaminated solid waste should be stored and the flue gases should be scrubbed


Karnataka.)

289 | P a g e

S. No.



Installation of a storage area with proper top covering and impervious flooring to avoid soil contamination due to leachate infiltration and during rainy season.

The construction of landfill and development phase requires proper planning and proper selection of the earthwork / lining material. The containment system of landfill is proposed with double liner system with a view to avoid the leachate infiltration into the ground.

II. Operation of Utilities

2. Boiler Air, Water and Noise

Ensure proper maintenance of machinery to reduce noise level

Ensure proper disposal of ash to actual users.

Ensure proper preventive maintenance of fuel firing system, and optimization of air fuel ratio to minimise emission.

3. DG sets (only in emergency)

Noise, Land and Air


Ensure disposal of oil through registered Reprocessor and maintain records of the same.


Karnataka.)

290 | P a g e

S. No.



Ensure proper disposal of contamination due to spillage clean up.


4. Cooling Tower Air, Water and Noise

Ensure disposal of blow down water in ETP, recycle after treatment and maintain records.

Ensure proper maintenance of machinery to reduce noise level.

Ensure disposal of oil through registered Reprocessor and maintain records of the same.

5. Air Compressors Noise and Land

Ensure proper disposal of contamination due to spillage clean up.

III. Operation of Environmental facilities

6. Effluent Treatment Plant

Water and Land

Ensure disposal of contaminated water by Treatment.

7. Temporary Solid Waste storage and handling within the premises.

Land and Water

Ensure only decontaminated liners -bags, drums for sale / recycling and maintain records of same.

IV. Storage, Handling & Transportation of Raw materials and Products


Karnataka.)

291 | P a g e

S. No.



8. Storage of all the input materials, end products.

Air, Water and Land

Install proper facilities to prevent rain/storm water contamination during the storage of solid raw materials.

Ensure compliance of Compatability chart for hazardous waste staorage and transportation of CPCB(refer figure 10.1)

Ensure disposal of used liners -bags, drums for sale/reuse, only after decontamination

Ensure proper training to drivers for transportation of hazardous chemicals, spill control and emergency actions.

Ensure availability of Hazardous characteristics of all the input waste materials and fuel etc. to the Off-site Emergency team, whenever required.

9. Transportation of hazardous wastes.

Air, Water and Land

Ensure provision of PPE’s to truck

drivers during transportation.

The dust generated due to the movement of the vehicles will be controlled by frequent sprinkling water or good roads which are regularly maintained.

Ensure availability of Hazardous Waste characteristics.


Karnataka.)

292 | P a g e

S. No.



Ensure the compliance of compatability chart for transportation of Wastes to facility(Refer Figure 9.1)

However a separate Vehicle Plan is attached as annexure-IX

V. Other facilities

10. Toilets Water The sewage water disposes to soak pit.

11. Development and maintenance of green belt

Air and Land Development of greenbelt based on water quantity and soil quality in area.

Green belt though not associated directly with treatment/disposal facility is a major psychological aspect creating impact of effective disposal scheme around the CHWTSDF site area.

The green belt will be developed along plot boundaries with minimum width of 20 m using varieties of plant species suitable to local environment. Species type will be based on soil characteristics and other related aspects to mitigate pollution effects due to noise, odour, dust etc.

The major advantage of green belt is development of buffer zone and visual barrier for surrounding locality.

12. Direct / Indirect Employment

Socio-economic issue

Continue policy of local employment


Karnataka.)

293 | P a g e

Note: Most of the above activities including the hardwares, training of plant personnel and associated personnel (transporters and other service providers) will be completed before the plant commissioning. The training part will continue with refresher courses and as per requirement. The plant performance (including scrubbers, ETP, noise and ash quality) will be assessed with standard performance parameters (including CPCB/MoEF applicable latest norms) and action will be taken accordingly.

Figure 9.9.1: compatability Criteria of Various Hazardous waste

Source: cpcb.nic.in/upload/NewItems/NewItem_149_Protocol.pd


Karnataka.)

294 | P a g e

9.3. CSR ACTIVITIES AT SMSIL

601. Rotary presents Social Service Award:

Rotary Club of Nagpur East recently presented the ‘Sheeladevi

Hajarilal Garg’ Award for excellence in social service2011-12 to CA Hemant Lodha. President (E&CE), SMSL, Nagpur.

602. To pay Homage to Shri Shaktikumarji Sancheti, fondly known as

Bade Bhau, on his Second Death anniversary, a Blood Donation Camp was organized at SMSL Corporate Office with Rotary Club and Jeevan Jyoti Blood Bank. Chairman Shri Abhay Sancheti, Non Executive Vice Chairman and Member of Parliament Rajya Sabha Shri Ajay Sancheti, Managing Director Shri Anand Sancheti, Director Shri Dilip Surana, Mr Param Sancheti along with the Heads from verticals and Functions were present and took the lead in donating Blood. Fifty One HO staff donated blood on this occasion.


Karnataka.)

295 | P a g e

603. Announcement of Scholarship at GEC, Amravati by SMSL: n the occasion of 45th Engineers Day celebration, SMSL announced Scholarships of Rupees Five Thousand each to be awarded every year to four recipients in Government Engineering College, Amravati, who are academically sound, economically weak and not accruing any other financial aid.

604. Free eye check up camp at Prathamik Ashram Shalha, ShirurDate: 24th January 2012

605. Blood Donation Camp, Date: 1st March 2012


Karnataka.)

296 | P a g e

606. Blood Check camp for teenage girl students,Date: 23rd August 2012

607. Distribution of wheel chair to Disabled Date: 24th September 2012

9.4. Proposed Corporate Social Responsibility

608. Charity we believe begins at home and hence our CSR is directed at people in proximity to our work sites, which is why:

We employ local work force around the project site, provide education, health care & capacity building training to the work force. We also show concern and regard towards our project’s local

region.


Karnataka.)

297 | P a g e

Providing medical facilities to villages in the vicinity of our project sites.

Enhancing the green cover by tree plantation drives.

Organizing water and energy conservation rallies through “SAVE

WE”.

In the interest of the society and the nation at large, we support the projects titled:

Child Adoption for Education (CAFÉ)

Child Adoption for Rehabilitation & Education (CARE)

Scholarships for employee’s children for education.

609. We contribute to the society and environment by safe disposal of hazardous waste.

610. For CSR budgetary outlay considered to be 0.1 % to 0.2 % of annual turnover of the company

9.5. Technological measures

611. This section comprising of the technical measures to be specified to mitigate the impacts in each phase of the Project.The mitigation measures stated separately alongwith emission and waste reduction for each facility

9.5.1. Air Quality

612. Environment Management Plan for Air is shown below:


Karnataka.)

298 | P a g e

Table 9.2 Environment Management Plan for Air

S. No.

Activity Management Action to be Taken

1. Storage of E-waste, Medical Waste and oil Recycling facility

&

Hazardous waste treatment and disposal facilities & final products

Ensure proper handling of all spillages by introducing spill control procedures for various chemicals. Strictly follow the appropriate spill control procedures.

The storage facility shall comprise of temporary storage and permanent storage for separate storage of treatable and intractable / incompatible waste.

The requirement / selection of proper treatment shall be met through appropriate laboratory analysis / equipment which enable to select appropriate treatment viz. incineration followed by landfill or direct disposal to landfill without any preliminary treatment.

Unloading area can be temporary hazardous waste storage area, storage area for incinerable waste, direct to secure land filling or to Landfill after treatment.

Gas generation shall be avoided or reduced by avoiding disposal of biodegradable / organic waste into landfill.. However, gaseous emission is anticipated which shall be managed by (a) controlled passive venting or (b) control collection and treatment /reuse.

Each waste treatment process produces gaseous emissions, wastewater effluents or solid residuals, which are required to treat further. For this residuals proponent proposed following facility.


Karnataka.)

299 | P a g e

S. No.


For gaseous emissions from plasma based incineration facility wet scrubbing system followed by wet ESP are proposed. Then, sufficient height of chimney shall be provided to disperse clean gas as per specified emissions norms.

Scrubber water, leachate water or wheel wash effluent shall lead to effluent treatment plant for proper treatment and final disposal to CETP or Multiple Effect Evaporator System to attain Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) at the Site.

Air borne particulate may results during handling and transportation of waste due to wind. The status of ambient air quality shall be closely monitored.

Ambient air quality at the facility and at the vicinity shall be monitored to meet the prescribed standards prescribed by CPCB.

Watering of road as well as constructing of metalled roads shall be carried out.

Approx 30544.4 M2 Green belt development shall be carried out.

Traffic Operation Plan for better traffic management shall be worked out.

Install proper facilities to prevent rain/storm water contamination during the storage of solid raw materials.

Ensure disposal of used liners -bags, drums for sale/reuse, only after decontamination


Karnataka.)

300 | P a g e

S. No.


Landfill will be covered with the temporary liner system from top and side before the onset of the monsoon season so that surface runoff does not come in direct contact with the landfill waste.

Waste during the rainy season will be stored in intermediate storage shed which shall be provided with the proper rain protection shed to avoid contamination of the surface runoff water.

2 Transportation of all the Hazardous materials, finished products & hazardous wastes


Prior to taking up effective treatment it is necessary to collect, segregate and store adequate quantity of waste in most scientific manner through safe transportation system and storage facility.

The truck is weighed. Representative sample is collected for testing & verification of parameters. Then after verification, the truck is directed to an unloading area.


All trucks will be transported after covering from the top.

Raw material unloading will be done by mechanized truck unloading system


Karnataka.)

301 | P a g e

S. No.


Dust collectors will be in line with unloading hoppers.

Material handling in the plant will be done in closed conveyors.

All the trucks being used for transportation of raw material and final product shall be checked for "Pollution under Control" certificate prior to their entry to the plant premises.

Storage of raw material in dedicated sheds to avoid fugitive emissions.

Speed of vehicles inside the factory premises will be controlled

9.5.2. Odour Control

The main sources of odour are from waste storage yard, collection sump, sorting area incineration unit and Land fill

Storage Facility

613. The proposed facility will receive and store the waste in an enclosed area with a negative pressure with the airflow being routed through the incinerator which prevents unpleasant odours from escaping into the atmosphere. While handling odourous wastes, care shall be taken to avoid smell nuisance.

Incineration

614. Incineration (medical in this case) is the oxidation of the odour into carbon dioxide and water by the combustion of the odour with fuel and air. The reaction takes place at temperatures ranging from 7500C to 8500C.This is generally above the auto-ignition temperature of most solvents and other VOCs and is a reflection of the heat required to maintain the reaction at dilute concentrations with additional process heat losses. In this regime, the destruction efficiency is almost 100%, assuming adequate oxygen supply. In


Karnataka.)

302 | P a g e

some cases, other compounds may be formed depending on the mixture of fuel and air used the flame temperature and the composition of the odour. These compounds may include carbon monoxide, oxides of nitrogen and sulphur oxides.

615. Wet scrubbing of gases to remove odour involve either absorption in a suitable solvent or chemical treatment with a suitable reagent. It is important that hot, moist streams are cooled before they contact scrubbing solutions. If this is not done the scrubbing solution will be heated and become less efficient and the scrubbing medium will become diluted from condensation of water vapour. Venture scrubbers and packed bed scrubbers are used for this purpose along with absorption of other flue gases like CO, NOx, SO2 etc.

Landfill Cell

For landfill cell following methods can be used to control odour:

Green belt development to form a surface capable of sorbing and forming sinks for odorous gases. Leaves with their vast area in a tree crown, sorbs pollutants on their surface, thus effectively reduce their concentrations in the ambient air and source emissions

Ensuring that the operation is carried out under the best management practices

Cleaning and removing spilled debris from storage and transport containers

Minimization of the area and time that the active portion of the landfill remains exposed to the environment

Herbal spray on hazardous waste after disposing it in the landfill cell

9.5.3. Water Quality

616. Environment Management Plan for Water is shown below:


Karnataka.)

303 | P a g e

Table 9.3 : Environment Management Plan for Water

Name and source of bleed stream

Quality Abatement Method

Scrubber Bleed Liquor and Wash Water from Plasma Gasification Plant

pH: Neutral TDS: 2.5 – 3.5 % COD: < 100 mg/lit BOD: < 30 mg/lit





Wash Water from Stabilization Plant




pH: Neutral TDS: 1-3 % COD: < 100 mg/lit BOD: < 30 mg/lit


Wash Water from E-waste Management Plant



Wash Water from Oil Recycling Plant

pH: Alkaline to Neutral TDS: < 10000 ppm COD: < 1000 mg/lit BOD: < 500 mg/lit O & G: < 100 mg/lit

Treated in Oil Removal System (Skimmer) for removal of floating oil, followed by treatment in physic chemical treatment followed MEE for reuse or sent to CETP for further disposal.

Leachate from SLF pH: Neutral TDS: 1-3% ppm COD: < 250 mg/lit BOD: < 100 mg/lit HM: Expected


Vehicle or Wheel Wash pH: Alkaline to Neutral TDS: < 10000 COD: < 500 mg/lit BOD: < 200 mg/lit


Cooling Tower Blow Down pH: Alkaline TDS: < 3000 COD: < 250 mg/lit BOD: < 100 mg/lit



Karnataka.)

304 | P a g e

Boiler Blow down pH: Alkaline TDS: < 3000 COD: < 250 mg/lit BOD: < 100 mg/lit


Domestic Sewage pH; Neutral TDS: < 500 mg/lit COD: < 500 mg/lit BOD: < 250 mg/lit

Treated in Packaged Sewage treatment plant consisting of Biological and Tertiary Treatment. Treated sewage is used for on land irrigation and balance is recycled to process as make up water.

617. EWMLshall also include the following mitigation measures In order to minimize any potential negative impact on surface and ground water

Hazardous waste storage area and plant area will be completely covered from top and side. Strom water run off will be managed through separate storm water drains. Before discharging storm water into surface drain, it will be passed through small RCC pit where online pH sensor and recorder will be provided to keep check on pH of outgoing storm water.

Prompt cleanup of any spillage of Haz Waste using dry method.


The water samples shall be analyzed for the 36 physical, chemical and bacteriological parameters as per MOEF guidelines.

9.5.4. Surface Run Off Management and Rain Water Harvesting

618. Surface Run Off Management and Rain Water Harvesting is very important aspect of TSDF site. All surface run off water from various section of the plant shall be diverted to water reservoir.

619. The first 5 Min of first rain shall be collected in separate water collection tank. The quality of water collected during first five minute of first rain shall be checked for parameters such as SS, COD, BOD, pH and Heavy Metal. If this parameters are found with in limit for reuse of water to process, the collected water shall be transferred to main water reservoir.


Karnataka.)

305 | P a g e

620. After first five minute of rain surface run off water shall be diverted to water reservoir for the storage of rain water. Calculation of Tank Volume Required for collection of First Five Min of Rain

Table 9.4 Surface Run Off Calculation for First Five Min of Rain

Surface Run Off Calculation for First Five Min of Rain Sr No Parameter Value

1 Rain Fall 500.00 mm 2 Rainy Days 40.00 Days 3 Daily Rain Fall 12.50 mm 4 Hrs of Rain per day 8.00 Hrs/Day 5 Rain Fall Rate 1.56 mm/Hr 6 Rain fall in first five min 0.39 mm

7 Total Surface where contamination can take place 83299.00 M2

8 Rain Volume 32.54 M3 9 Say 50.00 M3

621. As per above calculation, 35 M3 tanks is required. It is proposed to install 50 M3 tank for collection of first five min of first rain.

622. Calculation of lagoon volume required for the harvesting of rain water is provided as under

Table 9.5 Surface Run Off Calculation for One Season

Surface Run Off Calculation for Season Sr No Parameter Value

1 Rain Fall 500.00 mm

2 Total Surface where contamination can take place 83299.00 M2 3 Effective Recovery Considered 60%

8 Rain Volume 24989.70 M3 9 Volume of Lagoon Considerd 27000.00 M3

Table 9.6 Catchment Area for Surface Run Off

Area Considered As Catchment Area for Rain Water Sr No List of Area in the Plant Area, M2

1 Adm Building 1050 2 Medical Waste Management Facility 4196 3 E-Waste recycling facility 7850 4 Oil Recovery Unit with Tank Farm 5063 5 Plasma Plant 4937


Karnataka.)

306 | P a g e

6 Haz Waste Storage Area 4273 7 Co Processing Unit 1677 8 Stabilization Unit 1445 9 Land Fill A 14150 10 Land Fill B 17706 11 Road And Margin 22002

Total 83299

623. As per above calculation, considering 60% recovery of rain water, the facility shall be provided with Lagoon of 27000 M3 capacity for storage of raw water. Water reservoir shall be provided with impervious liner at the bottom. Water collected in water reservoir shall be used in plant after water treatment consisting of clarification and tertiary treatment.

9.5.5. Land and Soil

624. Environment Management Plan for Land & Soil is shown inTable 9.7.

Table 9.7 Environment Management Plan for Land & Soil

S. No.


1. Storage of E-waste, Medical Waste and oil Recycling facility

&

Hazardous waste treatment & disposal facilities and final products

Also all necessary precautions will be taken to make its solid waste and effluent treatment areas impervious to prevent leachate migration

Covered area used for storage of E-waste till such time that the waste is recycled or treated. Appropriate containers are used for storing different E-waste items separately to avoid mixing / contamination. Impermeable surfaces are provided by paving areas to prevent the transmission of liquids beyond the pavement surface.


Karnataka.)

307 | P a g e

S. No.


Hazardous waste generated at site (ETP sludge, used/spent oil) will be sent to authorize TSDF.

Provision for temporary storage of waste will be made by providing a storage area with proper top covering and impervious flooring within the premises.

Surface water management system shall be provided. It is required to ensure that rainwater run-off does not drain in to the waste from surrounding area and that there is no water logging / pounding on covers of landfills. A surface runoff management system comprises of channels, ditches, culvers and basin.

2. Operation of Effluent Treatment Plant

Ensure only decontaminated drums, bags (used for solid waste storage) for sale/ recycling and maintain records of same.

3. Storage of all the hazardous materials

Proper facilities will be provided to prevent runoff contamination.

Ensure disposal of used drums, bags for sale/reuse, only after decontamination.


Ensure availability of Hazardous characteristics of all the Hazardous materials to the Off-site Emergency team, whenever required.

4. Transportation of all the Hazardous materials,

Ensure provision of PPE’s to truck drivers

during transportation.


Karnataka.)

308 | P a g e

S. No.


finished products & hazardous wastes.


9.5.6. Green Belt Development

625. Approx 25% of total area of plant shall be considered for Green belt area.Green belt is proposed primarily for effective control of pollution. The tolerant plants, having tremendous sink capacity, can help contain and attenuate pollutant concentration in air and thereby restore and revitalize the stressed and impaired environment on long term basis. The basic need for developing pollution sink or shelter belt plantation is to use properly selected plants having pre requisites to tolerance and detoxify pollutants and long life span endowed with large and dense canopy and extensive foliage. The proposed green belt around the proposed site may be designed taking into consideration the availability of space as the efficiency of green belt in mitigating environmental impact mainly depends on the width of green belt, distance from source and tree height. Locally useful species shall be selected in consultation with forest departments.

626. The following criterion is to be considered while selecting the species for plantation:

The plant species should be fast growing. They should have thick canopy cover. They should be perennial and evergreen. They should have high sink potential. They should be effective in absorbing pollutants without significantly

affecting their growth.

627. Based on above following plant species are reconmmended for plantation:

Acacia nilotica (Babul) Deldergia sissoo (Shishum) Acacia auriculiformis (Australian Babul) Azadirachta indica (Neem) Lagerstroemia speciosa (Jamun) Pongamia pinnata (Karanji)


Karnataka.)

309 | P a g e

628. Minimum two rows of plants are required for plantation on roadside to minimize the pollution effects. While planting care should be taken to ensure that plants in second row fall in between the two plants of the first row.

9.5.7. Noise

629. Environment Management Plan for Noise is shown in Table 9.8.

Table 9.8 : Environment Management Plan for Noise

S. No.


1. Noise

Proper precaution will be taken to keep the noise levels within prescribed limits.

Acoustic enclosure on all major equipment in the plant will be provided for noise attenuation.

Workers deployed in high noise areas will be provided with suitable personnel Protective Equipment such as ear muffs and ear plugs.

All the employees working at the facility shall use appropriate PPE’s. Regular maintenance

of all equipments is planned to reduce the noise generation. Peripheral green belt will absorb the noise generated to some extent

The plant and equipment will be designed to ensure that noise generated is limited to PCB norms. The equipment will be provided with noise control measures such as acoustic insulation etc, to ensure noise abatement. The rotating equipment will be properly balanced. Where high noise levels are produced, employees will be provided with ear protection devices



310 | P a g e

9.6. Compliances with Respect to Provisions of Bio-Medical Wastes (Management, Handling) Rules, 2000

Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1998 COMPLIANCE

Sr. No. Rules Activity Environmental Hazard Action Plan

1 DUTY OF OCCUPIER HANDLING Adverse effect The duty will be to take all steps to ensure that such waste is handled without any adverse effect to human health and the environment.

2 TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL

TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL Adverse effect

Bio-medical waste will be treated and disposed of in accordance with Schedule I, and in compliance with the standards prescribed in Schedule V. TSDF will set up in accordance with the time-schedule in Schedule VI, requisite biomedical waste treatment facilities like incinerator, autoclave, microwave system for the treatment of waste, or, ensure requisite treatment of waste

3

SEGREGATION, PACKAGING,

TRANSPORTATION AND STORAGE

SEPARATION Adverse effect Bio-medical waste will not be mixed with other wastes.

SEGREGATION Adverse effect

Bio-medical waste will be segregated into containers/bags at the point of generation in accordance with Schedule II prior to its storage, transportation, treatment and disposal. The containers will be labeled according to Schedule III.

PACKAGING Adverse effect

If a container is transported from the premises where bio-medical waste is generated to waste treatment facility outside the premises, the container shall, apart from the label prescribed in Schedule III, also carry information prescribed in Schedule IV.

3 SEGREGATION,

PACKAGING, TRANSPORTATION AND

TRANSPORTATION Adverse effect Notwithstanding anything contained in the Motor Vehicles Act, 1988, or rules thereunder, untreated biomedical waste will be transported only in such



311 | P a g e

STORAGE vehicle as may be authorised for the purpose by the competent authority as specified by the government.

STORAGE Adverse effect

No untreated bio-medical waste will be kept stored beyond a period of 48 hours Provided that if for any reason it becomes necessary to store the waste beyond such period, the authorised person will take permission of the prescribed authority and take measures to ensure that the waste does not adversely affect human health and the environment.

4 ANNUAL REPORT DOCUMENTS NA

SMSIL will submit an annual report to the prescribed authority in Form 11 by 31 January every year,to include information about the categories and quantities of bio-medical wastes handled during the preceding year.

5 MAINTENANCE OF RECORDS DOCUMENTS NA

SMSIL will maintain records related to the generation, collection, reception, storage,transporation, treatment, disposal and/or any form of handling of bio-medical waste in accordance with these rules and any guidelines issued. These records are subject to inspection and verification for the prescribed authority at any time.

6 ACCIDENT REPORTING DOCUMENTS NA

When any accident occurs where bio-medical waste is handled or during transportation of such waste, the authorised person will report the accident in Form Ill to the prescribed authority forthwith.



312 | P a g e

9.7. Compliances with Respect to Provisions of Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Trans-

boundary movement)) Rules

HAZARDOUS WASTE (MANAGEMENT ,HANDLING AND TRANS-BOUNDARY MOVEMENT)2008 COMPLIANCE Sr. No.

Rules Activity Environmental Hazard Action Plan

1 Chapter II 4 - Resposibility of occupier for handling hazardous waste

Handling of hazardous Waste

Land Pollution Will limit hazardous waste consequences on human being & environment

2 Chapter II 5 - Grant of authorisation for handling hazardous wastes

Authorisation NA Will take authorisation from Karnataka State pollution control board(KSPCB)

3 Chapter II 7 -Storage of Hazardous waste

Storage Fire Will not be stored for more than 6 months or 90 days as per KSPCB Rules

4 Chapter III 8 - Procedure for grant of registration

Registration NA All legal documents will be submitted

5 Chapter III 11 - Utilisation of hazardous wastes

Waste to energy Preventing pollution After approval from CPCB

6 Chapter IV 12 - Trans Boundary movement of hazardous waste

Movement of Hazardous waste

NA MOEF permission will be taken for trans boundary movement of hazardous waste (if required).

7 Chapter IV 13 -Import & Export of Hazardous waste

Outside country NA NA

8 Chapter V 18 -Transportaion,Storage,Disposal Facility for hazardous waste

Facility NA As per guideline of CPCB & monitoring of KSPCB

9 Chapter VI 19 -Packaging & Labelling of Hazardous waste

Packaging NA Based on the composition, the hazardous wastes shall be packed in a suitable package/drum; labelled for safe



313 | P a g e

handling ,storage & transport 10 Chapter VI 20 -

Transportation Transportation Spillage , Land & Air

pollution In accordance with rules of Motor Vehicles Act 1988 Relevant information given to transporter as per Form 11 Marking the hazardous waste containers as per Form 12

11 Chapter VI 21 - Manifest System

Documentation NA There will be six copies of the manifest in Form 13comprising of colour code

12 Chapter VII 22(1) -Records Documentation NA Records will maintain in Form 3 13 Chapter VII 22 (2) -

Returns Documentation NA Returns will maintain in Form 4 and

annual returns will be submitted to KSPCB

14 Chapter VII 24-Accident reporting & follow up

Documentation NA Will be reported to KSPCB with Form 14

15 Chapter VII 25 - Liability Responsibility Environmental Damage Liable for all damages caused to the environment due to improper handling of the hazardous waste or disposal of the hazardous waste.



314 | P a g e

9.9. Compliances with Respect to Provisions of E- Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 2011

MoEF Rules for E-waste 2011 CPCB Guidelines for Implementation of E-waste Rules Action Plan for Compliance

from SMS Responsibilities of dismantler - Every dismantler shall-

(1) obtain authorization and registration from the State Pollution Control Board in accordance with the procedure under the rules 9 and 11;

As per these rules any person or registered society or a designated agency or a company or an association engaged in dismantling of (i) Information Technology and Telecommunication Equipment (ii) Consumer Electrical and Electronics. Dismantlers may also set up their own authorized collection centres and may establish linkages with producers/bulk generators/other collection agencies. They may also establish a scheme for household collection of e-waste or may establish tie–ups with other agencies involved in collection of e-waste from individual consumers.

SMSIL will take due permission/authorisation from SPCB. Dismantling and Segregation: Dismantling and segregation of E-waste are the first step towards recycling of E-waste. These are cost effective and labour intensive Dismantling of E-waste may be carried out mechanically depending upon the scale of operations and the E-waste being handled. Then the E-waste is segregated depending upon the type of waste and treatment required.activities.

(2) ensure that no damage is caused to the environment during storage and transportation of e-waste;

Dismantling operation can be manual, semi manual and automatic involving physical segregation operations for plastics, glass, steel, non-ferrous material, wires, gases, liquids and printed circuit boards. Dismantlers may perform the following operations

All steps will be taken to follow the rules.

(3) ensure that the dismantling processes do not have any adverse effect on the health and the environment;

1. Decontamination will be carried out (if necessary) All steps will be taken to follow the rules.



315 | P a g e

(4) ensure that the facility and dismantling processes are in accordance with the standards or guidelines published by the Central Pollution Control Board from time to time;

2. Manual dismantling using appropriate tools, PPEs and dust control equipment.


(5) ensure that dismantled e-waste are segregated and sent to the registered recycling facilities for recovery of materials;

3. Hammering All steps will be taken to follow the rules.

(6) ensure that non-recyclable/non- recoverable components are sent to authorized treatment storage and disposal facilities;

4. Shredding All steps will be taken to follow the rules.

(7) file a return in Form 3; to the State Pollution Control Board or the Pollution Control Committee concerned as the case may be, on or before 30th June following the financial year to which that return relates;

5. Segregation and All steps will be taken to follow the rules.

(8) not process any e-waste for recovery or refining of materials, unless he is registered with-State Pollution Control Board as a recycler for refining and recovery of materials.

6. Specialized separation processes with due approval SMSIL will get registration from SPCB as a recycler for refining and recovery of materials.

a) CRT cutting into funnel and panel including removal of phosphor coating from the panel as well as lead paste binding the panel with the funnel.

All steps will be taken to follow the guidelines

b) The major objective of hammering and shredding operations is size reduction and separation of steel, plastics, PCBs, non-ferrous metals, glass etc. Fractions such as plastic, ferrous and nonferrous material, glass are sent to




316 | P a g e

secondary recycling industry while other remaining fractions are sent to register E-Waste Recyclers for treatment and recovery.

Dismantling operations are dry process that may cover the following operations;

1. The first step is to decontaminate E-waste and render it non-hazardous. This involves removal of all types of liquids and gases (CFCs, HCFCs, ammonia) under negative pressure, Hg-switches, Poly Chlorinated Biphenyl (PCB) and their recovery and storage. CFCs are treated thermally, PCB is incinerated or disposed of in secured landfills, Mercury (Hg) is often recycled or disposed off in secured landfill sites


2. Manual dismantling can be carried out over the dismantling table with space de-dusting hoods connected with bag dust collectors venting out through a chimney of 3 meter above roof level so as to maintain desirable work zone air quality as per the factory act 1948.


Collection box with adequate capacity in sufficient number should be placed near dismantling table for keeping the dismantled component. The workers involved in dismantling operation should have proper equipment for dismantling the e-waste.


3. Mechanized dismantling shall comprise of physical separation after opening the material by manual or semi-mechanical operations or directly feeding into a crusher (attached with bag dust collectors) to crush the wastes into fragments that will be segregated on a moving belt by manual collection. Fine grinding, Wet grinding, gravity separation / magnetic/density/eddy current/electromagnetic separators shall not be employed by dismantlers.


4. Dismantling operations shall not include Fine grinding / wet shredding / wet grinding operations. Dismantling operations shall not be permitted for chemical leaching or heating process or melting the material. Dismantlers shall not shred segregated LCDs.




317 | P a g e

5. Dismantler shall have adequate facilities for disposal of bag filter residue and floor cleaning dust in secure manner or shall obtain membership with TSDF for safe disposal.


6. Dismantlers can be permitted for shredding or cutting printed circuit boards not below the size of 20mm which have to be handled by employing minimal manual handling and with adequate air pollution control devices control systems


7. In case of dismantling refrigerators and air conditioners, skilled manpower having adequate tools and PPEs to manually separate compressors. Prior to dismantling the compressors, adequate facilities should be provided for recovery of safe collection of refrigerant gases and compressor oils.


8. Dismantled circuit boards, CRTs, capacitors, batteries, capacitors containing PCBs (Polychlorinated biphenyls) or PCTs (Polychlorinated terphenyls) etc shall not be stored in open


9. The dismantling operation shall not discharge any process wastewater except workers utilities and re-circulated machine cooling water.


The premise for dismantling operation should fulfill the following requirements:

1. Weather proof roofing and Impermeable surfaces for appropriate areas with appropriate spillage collection facilities, decanters, degasser, and degreasers.

All steps will be taken to fulfill the requirements

2. Appropriate storage for dissembled spare parts. All steps will be taken to fulfill the requirements

3. Appropriate containers for storage of batteries, capacitors containing PCBs (Polychlorinated biphenyls) or PCTs (Polychlorinated terphenyls),


4. Impermeable working surface or pavement should be constructed and maintained to prevent the transmission of liquids beyond the pavement surface. The impermeable surface should be associated with a sealed drainage system connected to a collection sump.




318 | P a g e

5. The type of impermeable surface required is likely to depend on a number of factors, including:

Depending upon the type, quantity and activity of E-Waste; the impermeable working surface will be constructed for the storage area

The type and quantity of E-waste being stored or processed including whether the E-waste contain hazardous substances and fluids

b) The type and volume of other materials dealt with c) The type and level of activity undertaken on the surface d) The level of maintenance. 6. Spillage collection facilities include the impermeable

pavement and sealed drainage system as the primary means of containment. However, spill kits to deal with spillages of oils, fuel and acids should be provided and used as appropriate.


7. The dismantler must provide appropriate storage for dismantled parts from E-waste. Some parts (e.g. motors and compressors) will contain oil and/or other fluids. Such parts must be appropriately segregated and stored in containers that are secured such that oil and other fluids cannot escape from them. These containers must be stored on an area with an impermeable surface and a sealed drainage system. The type and size of containers have been described in collection centre chapter.

Appropriate storage area with impermeable surface and a selaed drainage system will be provided.

8. Other components and residues arising from the dismantling of E-waste will need to be contained following their removal for disposal or recovery. Where they contain hazardous substances they should be stored on impermeable surfaces and inappropriate containers or bays with weatherproof covering. Containers should be clearly labelled to identify their contents and must be secure so that liquids, including rainwater cannot enter them. Components should be segregated having regard to their eventual destinations and




319 | P a g e

the compatibility of the component types. All batteries should be handled and stored having regard to the potential fire risk associated with them.

Space requirement for Dismantler Space is required for storage of raw material, segregated

material and dismantling operations, office or administration and other utilities. A dismantler should have about 25% of the space for storage and the rest for process and other utilities. Storage space should be adequate for keeping ten (10) days of raw material requirement and ten (10) days of product produced and a separate enclosed space for hazardous waste. For example, an applicant for grant of registration for dismantling for a capacity of 1 Ton per day may require a minimum of 4000 sq. feet (assuming 200 Kg/m2for raw material and about 0.5MT/m2 for segregated material and 40% free space for movement). No dismantler shall be permitted to operate below 2 MT/day capacity. The existing dismantlers having lesser space may however be permitted to continue their operations but at reduced capacity.

All steps will be taken to fulfill the requirements of the storage space

6.1.3 Regulatory Requirement for Dismantlers: The dismantler has to comply with following legal requirement: 1. To obtain authorization and registration from the State

Pollution Control Board SMSIL will obtain authorization and registration from the State Pollution Control Board

2. To ensure that no damage is caused to the environment during storage and transportation of e-waste

SMSIL Will ensure that no damage is caused to the environment during storage and transportation of e-waste

15 3. To ensure that the facilities and dismantling & recycling

processes are in accordance with the standards or guidelines published by the Central Pollution Control Board from time to time

SMSIL will ensure that the facilities and dismantling & recycling processes are in accordance with the standards or guidelines published by the



320 | P a g e

Central Pollution Control Board from time to time

4. Dismantler to ensure that dismantled e-waste are segregated and sent to the registered recycling facilities for recovery of materials

5. To ensure that non-recyclable/non- recoverable components are sent to authorized Treatment Storage and Disposal Facilities (TSDF)

non-recyclable/non- recoverable components will be received at the proposed TSDF site.

6. To file return in form 3 to the SPCB/PCC on or before 30th June following the financial year to which that returns relates.

Yes Will do

7. Should not process any E-waste for recovery or refining of materials, unless he is registered with SPCB/PCC as a recycler for refining and recovery of materials.

SMSIL will get registration from SPCB as a recycler for refining and recovery of materials.

MoEF Rules for E-waste 2011 CPCB Guidelines for Implementation of E-waste Rules Action Plan for Compliance

from SMS Responsibilities of recycler- Every recycler shall-

Recyclers

(1) obtain authorization and registration from State Pollution Control Board in accordance with the procedure under the rules 9 and 11;

Recyclers may also set up their own authorized collection centres and may establish linkages with producers/bulk generators/other collection agencies. They may also establish a scheme for household collection of e-waste or may establish tie–ups with other agencies involved in collection of e-waste from individual consumers.

1. Authorisation from SPCB shall be taken 2.Recycling: The composition of E-waste consists of diverse items like ferrous and non ferrous metals, glass, plastic, electronic components (resistor, capacitor, transistor, diode, operational amplifier etc.) and other items and it is also revealed that E-waste consists of hazardous



321 | P a g e

elements. Therefore, the major approach to treat E-waste is to reduce the concentration of these hazardous chemicals and elements through recycle and recovery. In the process of recycling or recovery, certain E-waste fractions act as secondary raw material for recovery of valuable items.

(2) ensure that the facility and recycling processes are in accordance with the standards laid down in the guidelines published by the Central Pollution Control Board from time to time;

The output material after dismantling and segregation of mild steel, aluminium, Hg Switches, batteries, capacitors, plastic components, CRT, printed circuit board (plain or shredded), cables etc. can be further re-processed or recycled for refinement or enrichment or recovery of useful components that can be used as supplementary raw material for production of new materials including electronic components.

2. Treatment: Environmentally sound E-waste treatment technologies are used at three levels as described below:

(3) make available all records to the Central or State Pollution Control Board or Pollution Control Committee of Union territories'for inspection;

The functions of the recycling facilities are similar to the dismantlers but implements high degree technologies for recycling or recovery operations. There shall be no restriction on degree of operations that can be permitted for recyclers. The following processes can be employed by recyclers are below;

All the three levels of E-waste treatment are based on material flow. The material flows from 1st level to 3rd level treatment. Each level treatment consists of unit operations, where E-waste is treated and output of 1st level treatment serves as input to 2nd level treatment. After the third level treatment, the residue are disposed off either in TSDF or incinerated.

(4) ensure that residue generated thereof is disposed of in a hazardous waste treatment storage disposal facility;

1. Manual / semi-manual / automatic dismantling operations 1st Level Treatment:

(5) file annual returns in Form 3, 2. Shredding / crushing / grinding / enrichment operations Input: E-waste items like TV,



322 | P a g e

to the State Pollution Control Board or Pollution Control Committee concerned as the case may be, on or before 30th June following the financial year to which that returns relate.

refrigerator and Personal Computers (PC) Unit Operations: There are three unit operations at first level of E-waste treatment a. Decontamination - Removal of all liquids and gases b. Dismantling - Manual / Mechanized breaking c. Segregation All the three unit operations are dry processes, which do not require usage of water.

3. Pyro-metallurgical operations - Smelting furnace 2nd Level Treatment: 4. Hydro metallurgical operations Input: Decontaminated E-

waste consisting segregated non hazardous E-waste like plastic, CRT, circuit board and cables.

5. Electro-weaning Unit Operations: There are three unit operations at second level of E-waste treatment

6. CRT cutting Hammering 7. Toner cartridge recycling Shredding 8. Melting, casting, molding operations (for metals and plastics) Special treatment processes

comprising of 1. A recycling facility can be permitted to receive any kind of E-

waste listed in Schedule-I of E-waste Rules. • Non CRT and CRT treatment consisting of separation of funnels and screen glass

2. The recycling facilities shall comply with the requirements as specified for dismantlers in the above section for the operations specified therein.

• Electromagnetic separation



323 | P a g e

3. A recycling facility shall install adequate wastewater treatment facilities for process wastewater and air pollution control equipment depending on type of operations undertaken.

• Eddy current separation

Suitable space dedusting equipment shall be installed where manual dismantling, shredding operations are carried out.

• Density separation using water

5. Suitable fume hoods connected with bag dust collectors followed by wet (chemical) scrubbers shall be installed for control of fugitive emissions from furnaces or chemical reactor fumes.

3rd Level Treatment:

6. The discharges from the facility shall comply with general standards under E(P) Act, 1986 for discharge of wastewater.

The 3rd level E-waste treatment is carried out mainly to recover ferrous, non ferrous metals, plastics and other items of economic value. The major recovery operations are focused on ferrous and non ferrous metal recovery. The following sections describe the unit operations, processes, available technology and environmental implications.secured landfill. The landfill is designed in such a way that it can be used for two years. Alternatively at Karnataka site, these materials may be fed to Plasma Gasification Reactor where all the organic materials will be gasified and inorganic components and metals will form vitrified slag. Thus use of land for SLF is eliminated.



324 | P a g e

7. In case of air emissions, the unit shall comply with emission values prescribed under Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act,1981. In case of furnace, a minimum stack height of 30mt shall be installed depending on emission rate of SO2.


8. The workers involved in recycling operations shall wear proper PPEs (Personal Protective Equipment).


9. In additions to dismantling operations, recyclers may adopt suitable technologies for shredding, wet grinding, gravity / magnetic/density/eddy current/electromagnetic separators with adequate air pollution control equipment. It shall be ensured that dust control equipment shall comprise of mechanical dust collectors followed by fabric filters or two stage fabric filters or fabric filter followed by wet (chemical) scrubbers.


10. Adequate facilities for disposal of bag filter residue and floor cleaning dust in secure manner or shall obtain membership with TSDF for safe disposal.


Space requirement for Recyclers A recycler of a capacity of 1 Ton per day shall require a

minimum of 5000 sq. feet. Registration to recyclers may be preferred if they have minimum operational capacity of 2MT/day with an area of about 10,000 sq. ft.

Proposed E -waste Facility – 4000 TPA (capacity)

Regulatory Requirement for Recyclers: The dismantler has to comply with following legal requirement: 1. To obtain authorization and registration from the State

Pollution Control Board SMSIL will obtain the authorization and registration from SPCB

2. To ensure that no damage is caused to the environment during storage and transportation of e-waste

SMSIL will ensure that no damage is caused to the environment during storage and transportation of e-waste

3. To ensure that the recycling process are in accordance with SMSIL will ensure that the



325 | P a g e

the standards or guidelines published by the Central Pollution Control Board from time to time

recycling process are in accordance with the standards or guidelines published by the Central Pollution Control Board from time to time

4. Recyclers to ensure that dismantled materials are sent to the registered or bonafied industries for use of recycled material as their raw materials

SMSIL will ensure that dismantled materials are sent to the registered or bonafied industries for use of recycled material as their raw materials

5. To ensure that non-recyclable/non- recoverable components are sent to authorized Treatment Storage and Disposal Facilities (TSDF)

SMSIL will ensure that non-recyclable/non- recoverable components are sent to the proppsed Treatment Storage and Disposal Facilities (TSDF)

6. To file return in form 3 to the SPCB/PCC on or before 30th June following the financial year to which that returns relates.

Yes Will do

7. Should not process any E-waste for recovery or refining of materials, unless he is registered with SPCB/PCC as a recycler for refining and recovery of materials.

SMSIL will obtain the authorization and registration from SPCB



326 | P a g e

10. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

10.1. Prelude

630. The present study was aimed at identifying the potential environmental impacts due to the various project activities, assessment of impact, mitigation measures, and at developing an environmental management and monitoring plans for proper mitigation of any adverse environmental impact. In this study, the various activities likely to take place during the construction and operation phases of the project have been analyzed in relation to the baseline condition of different valuable environmental components. The mitigation measures proposed for the contractors and the project proponent have also been reviewed and the potential residual impacts discussed. The key points considered in this study are described in the following sections

10.2. Regulatory Compliances

631. The project is yet at its technical investigation stage. Prior to its implementation, it will be necessary to acquire all the necessary clearance from the Government of India, as per the applicable national regulations. Key clearances include obtaining the No Objection Certificate from the Karnatka State Pollution Control Board (KSPCB) under TheWater (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and Rules, 1975; TheAir (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and Rules, 1982. In addition to that Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals (MSIHC) Rules, 1989 and amendments thereafter, Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2008, Bio Medical Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 1998 and amendments thereafter, The Common hazardous Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 1989 Under E.P.A .Act, 1986 (Amended 2000; 2003 & 2008),Municipal Solid Waste

This chapter includes the overall justification for implementation of the Project and how adverse effects have been mitigated in construction as well as in operation Phase



327 | P a g e

(Management & Handling) Rules, 2000 and amendments thereafter will also be applicable to the industry.

10.3. Baseline Conditions

632. The monitoring of the existing environmental conditions of the proposed project site and of its close vicinity have been established with respect to physical, biological and socio economic environment. Baseline condition in the study area is suitable to establish integrated waste management facility. The air quality of the area meets the prescribed National Ambient Air Quality Standards applicable for the Residential & Rural Areas. The background noise levels were also found well within the standards as at present most of the area is not developed.

633. Ground water from dug wells, tube wells and hand pumps cater to the drinking water needs of the villages in the region. The quality of ground water was assessed by taking samples and analysed as per CPCB guidelines

634. It is envisaged that no surface water body is existing in the study area.

635. The Ground water quality in the region has been compared with respect to the Drinking Water Quality Standards as per IS: 10500:1991 and it has been found that the Ground water is not desirable for Drinking Purposes. Some of the Parameters likes Total Hardness as CaCO3, calcium as Ca which are above Permissible Limit

636. No forest land is falling in the study area. In addition to that there is no sensitive ecosystem in the vicinity. No rehabilitation and resettlement issue is emerging with the selected project site

10.4. Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

637. The project entails various impacts on the study area, some negative and some positive. The impacts will be caused by the construction activities as well as by the other industrial activities during the construction and operation phases, respectively. Various impacts identified during the study have been provided mitigation measures for a better environmental management. In addition to that the roles and responsibilities of the developers have also been



328 | P a g e

given in the Environmental management Plan with action plan of respective legislations. A well defined Environmental Monitoring Programis also suggested to monitor the implementation of the environmental management plan to ensure the mitigations of adverse impacts

10.5. Recommendations

638. Based on the environmental impact assessment conducted, the following recommendations are made:

Since regulations are fast changing in India, the project proponent must keep themselves updated with respect to applicable laws and take appropriate actions in case the provisions in some regulations undergo change.

Most of the impacts envisaged are due to construction activities. Systems of periodic auditing and reporting shall be adopted during the construction period to ensure that the contractors adhere to the EMP.

The project proponent and its team of consultants and contractors are urged to develop a strategy for effective communication with local people. The construction team/ developer should effectively follow the suggestions made in the EMP and/ or any other environmental measures so as not to damage the environment of the project area.



329 | P a g e

11. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

Declaration by Experts Contributing to this Report Declaration by Experts Contributing to the Environmental Impact Assessment Study of Proposed Integrated Waste Management facility comprising of TSDF (Madanhatti & Pitchguntrahalli Village, Malur Taluk, Kolar District, Karnataka.) I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.

EIA Coordinator: Name: Yogesh Gupta/ P K Srivastava Signature & Date:

Contact Information: 011-30003200 Functional Area Experts

Functional Areas Name of the Expert Involvement (Period and Task**) Signature

Air Pollution Monitoring & Control (AP)

S K Jain / A K Chaturvedi

Site visit, assistance in selection of monitoring locations, checking air quality data, evaluation of results of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM)

Air Quality Modeling and Prediction (AQ)

Dr. Sudhanshu / Mahnedra Sadaria

Assistance in air quality modeling and prediction: met file generation and model run

Landuse (LU) Yamesh Sharma Team Member: Anil kumar

Development of landuse maps of study area using GIS / related tools, site visit for ground truth survey, finalization of landuse maps

Water Pollution (WP) S K Jain/ Trushit Desai

Site visit, assistance in selection of sampling locations for surface water sampling, water balance for the project and contribution to EIA documentation

Ecology and Bio-diversity Conservation Dr. Hacharan Singh Site visit, assistance in

selection of sampling



330 | P a g e

Functional Areas Name of the Expert Involvement (Period and Task**) Signature

(EB) locations and contribution to EIA documentation

Solid and Hazardous Waste Management (SHW)

S K Jain

Identification of waste generated from the industry, studying adequacy of mitigation measures for management of hazardous waste

Socio-Economics (SE)

T.G. Ekande Team Member: Anil Kumar

Site visit, contribution to Baseline environment and contribution to EIA documentation

Risk and Hazards (RH)

V.K. Gautam Team Member: S K Jain

Site visit, Identification of modeling scenarios, consequence modeling using PHAST, finalization of DMP, contribution to RA / DMP Documentation and contribution to EIA documentation

Soil Conservation (SC) K. K. Gupta

Site visit, assistance in selection of sampling locations and contribution to EIA documentation

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization/authorized person I, S.K.Jain, hereby confirm that the above-mentioned experts Environmental Impact Assessment Study of Proposed Integrated Waste Management facility comprising of TSDF (Madanhatti & Pitchguntrahalli Village, Malur Taluk, Kolar District, Karnataka.). I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement. Signature:

Name: S.K.Jain

Designation: Director, Technical

Name of the EIA Consultant organization EQMS India Pvt. Ltd.

NABET Certificate No. NABET/EIA/RA11/007

NABET Issue Date: 19th May, 2014



REFERENCES

1) United States Environmental Protection Agency EPA530-F-02-026a (5306W)

2) Guidelines for Conducting environmental impact assessment , Site selection for

common hazardous waste Management facility Published by CPCB

DOCUMENT SERIES HAZWAMS/25/2002-2003

3) cpcb.nic.in/upload/NewItems/NewItem_149_Protocol.pd

4) www.moef.nic.in/legis/env_clr.htm

5) cgwb.gov.in/district_profile/karnataka/kolar.pdf

6) www.census2011.co.in › Karnataka › District List

7) http://cpcb.nic.in/BioMedical_Incinerators.php

8) http://cpcb.nic.in/Common_HW_incinerators.php

9) http://cpcb.nic.in/Noise_Standards.php

10) Guidelines for Hazardous Waste Management & Handling published by Ministry of Environment & Forest, 1991.

References relating to the preparation of met input file:

11) "Altas of Hourly Mixing Height and Assimilative Capacity of Atmosphere in

India", India Meteorological Department, New Delhi, 2008

12) "Spatial Distribution of hourly Mixing Depth Over India Region,CPCB:1-29,

2002.

13) "Assessment of Impact to Air Environment: Guidelines for Conducting Air

Quality Modeling", PROBES/70/1997-98, CPCB, New Delhi, 1999

14) "Meteorological Monitoring Guidance for Regulatory Modeling Applications",

U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY, Research Triangle Park,

NC 27711, February 2000

http://www.census2011.co.in/census/state/districtlist/karnataka.html

2015 environment impact assessment report of...

Documents